HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
US Army Corps of Engineers
Engineering and Support Center, Huntsville
ENGINEERING GUIDANCE
DESIGN MANUAL
RE
VISION 9
29 OCTOBER 2020
PREPARED BY
DIRECTORATE OF ENGINEERING
U.S. ARMY ENGINEERING AND SUPPORT CENTER, HUNTSVILLE
HUNTSVILLE, ALABAMA
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
1
FOREWORD
No changes can be made to this document without the agreement of the authorizing
signatory and must be approved by the authorizing signatory before implementation.
ACTION
TITLE
DIGITIAL SIGNATURE
Approval
Director of Engineering
Review
Mechanical-Electrical Division Chief
HAYWOOD.JIMMY.C.JR.1229838
Digitallysignedby
020
HAYWOOD.JIMMY.C.JR.1229838020
Date:2020.10.2909:46:54‐05'00'
Reveiw
Civil-Structures Division Chief
DOSS.ALLEN.W.1230667116
DigitallysignedbyDOSS.ALLE N.W.1230667116
Date:2019.04.2613:49:18‐05'00'
Review
Systems Cost Engineering Div Chie
f
POMMERENCK.AMANDA.DICKINSON.
Digitallysignedby
1069462118
POMMERENCK.AMANDA.DICKINSON.1069462118
Date:2019.04.2613:54:09‐05'00'
Review
Medical Center of Expertise Chief
TRAVIA.ANTHONY.JOHN.III.10654927
Digitallysignedby
05
TRAVIA.ANTHONY.JOHN.III.1065492705
Date:2019.04.2615:04:44‐04'00'
Initiate Subject Matter Expert
Date Issue Revision Description Approved By
This document provides a consolidated guide for architect-engineers, contractors, and
Government personnel when preparing project-related engineering documents, contract
drawings and specifications, and various supporting materials. This document will also
be used as guidance for all in-house designs prepared by U.S. Army Engineering and
Support Center, Huntsville (USAESCH). It also provides information on acceptable
design standards and processes that the USAESCH (aka Huntsville Center) has
determined to be essential for prudent project execution. All personnel employed, either
directly or indirectly, by the Huntsville Center should familiarize themselves with the
guidance contained in this design manual.
The first USAESCH Design Manual was published in July l968. Seven editions have
been published since 1968. This eighth edition has been updated by the technical
branches responsible for USAESCH designs and is considered basic to USAESCH
design activities.
Revisions and changes to this manual will be made as necessary and noted in the table
above. The official copy of this design manual will be available on the USAESCH
website and will be updated as the need arises; any hard copies are unofficial. Specific
comments on the contents of this manual are requested from users and should be
directed to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Huntsville Center, Directorate of
Engineering, Chief of Design (CEHNC-ED), in accordance with the change request
procedure described in paragraph 5.22.
A.
WA
DE DOSS, PE, PM
P
Director of Engineering
Engineering and Support
Center, Huntsville
DOSS.ALLEN.W.1230667116
Digitally signed by DOSS.ALLEN.W.1230667116
Date: 2020.10.29 11:56:41 -05'00'
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................. 9
1.1 PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY ....................................................................... 9
1.1.1 Purpose ....................................................................................................... 9
1.1.2 Applicability .................................................................................................. 9
1.2 RELATIONSHIP OF THIS MANUAL TO THE USAESCH QUALITY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ......................................................................... 12
1.3 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS .............................................................................. 12
1.4 GENERAL GUIDANCE ....................................................................................... 13
1.4.1 Overall Objective. ............................................................................................ 13
1.4.2 Ownership and Rights ............................................................................... 13
1.5 PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT-ENGINEER SIGNATURES OF DESIGN
DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................................... 13
1.6 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN ........................................................................................... 14
1.6.1 High Performance and Sustainable Buildings ............................................ 14
1.6.2 Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) .......................... 15
2. PROJECT INITIATION ........................................................................................... 18
2.1 USAESCH BUSINESS PROCESSES .............................................................. 18
2.1.1 General ...................................................................................................... 18
2.1.2 Swimlane Flow Chart Descriptions ............................................................ 18
2.2 PROJECT INITIATION ..................................................................................... 20
2.3 PROJECT PLANNING ........................................................................................... 20
2.3.1 PMP Development ..................................................................................... 20
2.3.2 Criteria Development ................................................................................. 20
2.4 INTERRELATION BETWEEN TECHNICAL PRODUCTS AND SERVICES,
CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS, AND ACQUISITION ................................................. 21
2.5 PREPARATION OF SCOPE OF WORK (SOW) ............................................... 21
2.5.1 Basic Definition .......................................................................................... 21
2.5.2 General ...................................................................................................... 21
2.5.3 MILCON SOWs ......................................................................................... 22
2.5.4 Architect-Engineer (A-E) SOWs ................................................................. 22
2.6 PREPARATION OF PERFORMANCE WORK STATEMENT (PWS)................ 22
2.6.1 Basic Definition of a PWS .............................................................................. 22
2.6.2 Elements of a PWS .................................................................................... 23
2.7 PREPARATION OF TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGN-BUILD
RFPS ........................................................................................................................... 24
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
3
2.8 PREPARATION OF ARCHITECT-ENGINEER (A-E) DESIGN ESTIMATE. ..... 25
2.9 PREPARATION OF DESIGN-BUILD (DB) COST ESTIMATE. .......................... 25
2.10 PREPARATION OF DESIGN QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (DQCP) ................. 25
2.10.1 Applicability ................................................................................................ 25
2.10.2 Development of DQCPs ............................................................................ 25
2.10.3 Contents of DQCPs ................................................................................... 26
2.11 TECHNICAL AND COST EVALUATIONS ............................................................ 26
3. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................ 28
3.1 CAD/BIM DELIVERABLES ............................................................................... 28
3.1.1 Computer-Aided Design (CAD) ................................................................. 28
3.1.2 Building Information Modeling (BIM) .......................................................... 28
3.2 DESIGN-BID-BUILD DESIGN SUBMITTALS. ..................................................... 28
3.2.1 Geotechnical .............................................................................................. 28
3.2.2 Civil. ................................................................................................................. 30
3.2.3 Structural ................................................................................................... 36
3.2.4 Architectural ............................................................................................... 42
3.2.5 Interior Design. ................................................................................................ 47
3.2.6 Fire Protection. ................................................................................................ 48
3.2.7 Plumbing .......................................................................................................... 51
3.2.8 Process ...................................................................................................... 53
3.2.9 HVAC ......................................................................................................... 56
3.2.10 Electrical .................................................................................................... 59
3.2.11 Telecommunications .................................................................................. 63
3.2.12 Utility Monitoring And Control Systems (UMCS) .......................................... 68
3.2.13 Electronic Security Systems (ESS) ............................................................ 72
3.2.14 Project Specifications ................................................................................ 79
3.2.15 Design Analysis ......................................................................................... 87
3.2.16 Preparation of Design Bid Build Construction Cost Estimates ................... 87
3.2.17 Design Signature ....................................................................................... 88
3.3 DESIGN-BUILD DESIGN SUBMITTALS. .............................................................. 89
3.3.1 Geotechnical .............................................................................................. 89
3.3.2 Civil. ................................................................................................................. 89
3.3.3 Structural ................................................................................................... 93
3.3.4 Architectural Design-Build Design Submittals ............................................ 99
3.3.5 Interior Design. .............................................................................................. 101
3.3.6 Fire Protection. .............................................................................................. 104
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
4
3.3.7 Plumbing ........................................................................................................ 106
3.3.8 Process. ......................................................................................................... 108
3.3.9 Mechanical .............................................................................................. 111
3.3.10 Electrical .................................................................................................. 113
3.3.11 Telecommunications ................................................................................ 114
3.3.12 Utility Monitoring And Control Systems (UMCS) ........................................ 118
3.3.13 Electronic Security Systems (ESS) .......................................................... 122
3.3.14 Specifications .......................................................................................... 128
3.3.15 Design Analysis ....................................................................................... 129
3.3.16 Design Signatures ................................................................................... 129
3.4 WORK PLAN SUBMITTALS ........................................................................... 129
3.5 ENGINEERING DURING CONSTRUCTION ...................................................... 130
3.5.1 Requests for Information (RFIs) ............................................................... 130
3.5.2 Field Modifications ................................................................................... 130
3.5.3 Construction Submittal Review ................................................................ 131
3.6 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS .............................................................................................. 131
3.7 ENGINEERING DATA MANAGEMENT ................................................................... 131
4. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................ 132
4.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................... 132
4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR DESIGNS AND OTHER TECHNICAL
PRODUCTS ............................................................................................................... 132
4.3 SUPERVISORY OVERSIGHT (BOTH IN-HOUSE AND CONTRACTOR) ............ 133
4.3.1 Designs and Other Technical Products .................................................... 133
4.3.2 Review Comments ................................................................................... 133
4.4 ROLE OF THE PROJECT ENGINEER/ARCHITECT (PE/A) AND FACILITY
STANDARDS TECHNICAL LEAD (FSTL) ................................................................. 134
4.4.1 Professional and Ethical Responsibilities ................................................. 134
4.4.2 Assignment .............................................................................................. 134
4.4.3 Duties Prescribed by Regulation. ............................................................. 134
4.4.4 Other Duties ............................................................................................ 134
4.4.5 FSTL Responsibilities and Duties ............................................................ 136
4.4.6 Training .................................................................................................... 136
4.4.7 Supervisory Support for PE/As and FSTLs ................................................. 137
4.5 REVIEW OF DESIGN-BUILD DESIGN SUBMITTALS ................................... 137
4.6 REVIEW OF WORK PLANS ................................................................................ 137
4.7 REVIEW OF IN-HOUSE DESIGNS – CUSTOMER INPUT/REVIEW, ITR,
QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................. 138
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
5
4.7.1 Customer Input and Review ..................................................................... 138
4.7.2 Independent Technical Review (ITR) ....................................................... 138
4.8 BIDDABILITY, CONSTRUCTABILITY, OPERABILITY, ENVIRONMENTAL,AND
SUSTAINABILITY (BCOES) REVIEWS.......................................................... 139
5. SPECIAL TOPICS ................................................................................................... 142
5.1 PARAMETRIC DESIGN.................................................................................. 142
5.2 SITE ADAPTATION OF DESIGN PACKAGES ............................................... 142
5.2.1 Standard Designs ......................................................................................... 142
5.2.2 Explosive safety-related designs ............................................................. 142
5.2.3 Non-standard designs .............................................................................. 142
5.3 GIS PACKAGES. .................................................................................................. 143
5.4 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND REPORT ......................................... 143
5.5 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY. ................................................................................. 144
5.6 ENVIRONMENTAL DOCUMENTATION ........................................................ 144
5.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION. .......................... 145
5.8 ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING AND LABORATORY REQUIREMENTS ...... 145
5.9 SPECIAL PROJECTS – MUNITIONS AND EXPLOSIVES OF CONCERN
(MEC) RECONNAISSANCE (RECON) SURVEYS ........................................................ 145
5.10 HARDENED/PROTECTIVE CONSTRUCTION .............................................. 146
5.10.1 Governing Criteria ......................................................................................... 146
5.10.2 Safety Approval ....................................................................................... 148
5.11 PHYSICAL SECURITY. ....................................................................................... 148
5.11.1 Integrating With Other Requirements ....................................................... 149
5.11.2 Submittal requirements ............................................................................ 149
5.12 ANTI-TERRORISM ......................................................................................... 149
5.12.1 Governing Criteria ..................................................................................... 149
5.12.2 Level of Protection. ......................................................................................... 150
5.12.3 Coordination of AT with other security requirements ................................. 150
5.12.4 Submittal requirements ............................................................................. 150
5.13 MEDICAL FACILITIES .................................................................................... 150
5.13.1 Governing Criteria ..................................................................................... 150
5.13.2 Medical Facilities Center of Expertise and Standardization (MX) .............. 151
5.13.3 Customer Interaction ................................................................................. 152
5.13.4 Non-MILCON projects for military customers ............................................ 152
5.13.5 Non-military customers ............................................................................. 153
5.14 LOW IMPACT DEVELOPMENT (LID) ............................................................ 153
5.15 SYSTEMS ENGINEERING ............................................................................. 153
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
6
5.15.1 Purpose And Applicability ......................................................................... 153
5.15.2 Systems Engineering Management Plan (SEMP) ........................................ 154
5.15.3 Systems Engineering Elements ................................................................ 154
5.15.4 Systems Analysis ...................................................................................... 154
5.15.5 Product Assurance .................................................................................... 155
5.15.6 Integrated Logistics Support (ILS) ............................................................. 159
5.15.7 Configuration Management (CM).................................................................... 163
5.16 VALUE ENGINEERING ................................................................................... 163
5.17 SYSTEMS SAFETY… ............................................................................................. 164
5.17.1 Facility System Safety ..................................................................................... 164
5.17.2 Explosives Safety ............................................................................................ 164
5.18 PREPARATION OF LIFE CYCLE COST ESTIMATES AND OTHER COST
PRODUCTS ....................................................................................................................... 169
5.18.1 Purpose and Applicability ............................................................................... 169
5.18.2 Engineer/Analyst Qualifications ............................................................... 169
5.18.3 Development of the Life Cycle Cost or Study. .............................................. 169
5.18.4 Report Format ......................................................................................... 170
5.18.5 Cost Engineering Support to Planning and Programming .......................... 171
5.18.6 Other Cost Products ...................................................................................... 172
5.19 CYBERSECURITY ......................................................................................... 172
5.19.1 References .................................................................................................... 172
5.19.2 Five Steps for Cybersecurity Design. ............................................................ 173
5.20 RENOVATIONS/RETROFITS/ADDITIONS ...................................................... 173
5.20.1 Assessment of Customer’s Needs ................................................................ 173
5.20.2 Site Investigations .......................................................................................... 174
5.20.3 Design Considerations ................................................................................... 174
5.20.4 Coordination/phasing ............................................................................... 175
5.21 UMCS SITE SURVEY/FEASIBILITY STUDY… .................................................. 175
5.22 DESIGN MANUAL CHANGE PROCEDURE… .................................................. ,175
APPENDICES ............................................................................................................ 176
APPENDIX A Consolidated Reference List ......................................................................... 177
APPENDIX B STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE FOR AMENDMENT AND
CHANGE ORDER PREPARATION .............................................................................. 186
B-1
PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY ......................................................................... 186
B-1.1 Amendments And Change Orders ................................................................ 186
B-1.2 Narrative Of Specifications And Drawing Changes ...................................... 186
B-1.3 Drafting Method. ................................................................................................ 186
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
7
B-1.4 Specifications .................................................................................................... 186
B-2 RECORD COPY ....................................................................................................... 186
B-3 IDENTIFYING REVISIONS. ..................................................................................... 186
B-3.1 Deltas ............................................................................................................. 187
B-3.2 Cloud. ............................................................................................................. 187
B-3.3 Recording Revisions ................................................................................ 187
B-3.4 Symbol Column. ............................................................................................ 187
B-3.5 Description Column ....................................................................................... 187
B-3.6 Date Column .................................................................................................. 188
B-3.7 Approval ......................................................................................................... 188
B-3.8 Border Identification ................................................................................. 188
B-4 DRAWING INDEX SHEETS .................................................................................. 188
B-4.1 Index Sheets .................................................................................................. 188
B-4.2 Posting..................................................................................................... 188
B-4.3 New and Deleted Sheets ......................................................................... 188
B-4.4 Recording. ............................................................................................... 188
APPENDIX C Process Flow Charts ............................................................................ 192
APPENDIX D Sample Certifications............................................................................ 193
APPENDIX E SAMPLE SCOPE OF WORK OUTLINE ............................................... 196
E-1 OUTLINE FOR DEVELOPING A STATEMENT OF WORK (SOW)......................... 196
1. Introduction and Overview .......................................................................................... 196
1.1 Background ..................................................................................................... 196
1.2 Scope of Work .................................................................................................... 196
1.3 Objectives ........................................................................................................... 196
1.4 Period of Performance ....................................................................................... 196
1.5 Projected Cost ....................................................................................................... 196
2. References .................................................................................................................. 196
3. Requirements .............................................................................................................. 197
3.1 Tasks .............................................................................................................. 197
3.2 End Results/Deliverables ................................................................................ 197
3.2.1 List of Deliverables by Task ........................................................................... 197
3.3 Schedules/Milestones ............................................................................................ 197
3.3.1 Who Does What When Report ...................................................................... 198
3.4 Other Considerations ............................................................................................. 198
4. Progress/Compliance ................................................................................................... 198
5. Transmittal/Delivery/Accessibility ................................................................................ 198
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
8
6. Notes ........................................................................................................................... 198
APPENDIX F Design Manual Change Recommendation Forms ...................................... 199
APPENDIX G GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION .................................................. 201
APPENDIX H DESIGN COORDINATION & APPROVAL BLOCK SAMPLE ................. 206
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
9
CHAPTER 1
1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
1.1 PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY.
1.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this design manual is to identify and establish technical requirements,
processes, procedures, and other instructions for technical products and services
produced by or for the U.S. Army Engineering and Support Center, Huntsville
(CEHNC), including but not limited to the preparation of facility designs, specifications,
design analyses, cost estimates, scopes of work/performance work statements, systems
engineering plans and associated Computer Aided Design (CAD)/Building Information
Modeling (BIM)/Geographic Information Systems (GIS) standards, regardless of the
method of project delivery.
1.1.2 Applicability
This manual applies wholly or in part to the following CEHNC entities responsible for
obtaining or developing technical products and services:
ARCHITECT-ENGINEERING CONTRACTORS- Selected based on
their specialized qualifications and experience in accordance with the
Brooke Architect-Engineer Act. They perform the bulk of design
services for CEHNC. This document will be referred to in the contract
Scope of Work for A-E contracts with the recommended template
language: “The Huntsville Engineering and Support Center Design
Manual (CEHNC 1110-1-1) provides key requirements, criteria, and
quality expectations for the development of technical products specified
in this statement of work. Waivers and exemptions to criteria specified
in the manual are indicated in this statement of work, if any. Use of this
document and adherence to its requirements in no way relieves the
contractor of any of his or her professional, legal, or other
responsibility to deliver a safe, functional, useable design that complies
with all relevant codes and standards. The latest version of the Design
Manual is available at the USACE Technical Information website
(TECHINFO) at
http://www.hnc.usace.army.mil/missions/engineering/techinfo.aspx .”
In the event of a conflict between this manual and the contract
documents, the contract will take precedent. The A-E contractor is
responsible for accessing the Unified Facility Criteria (UFC)
established in the Whole Building Design Guide website to ensure the
latest criteria is being used. Conflicts will be brought to the immediate
attention of the CEHNC Contracting Officer (KO) and the Project
Manager (PM). In the event of conflict between this document and
generally accepted design practices the contractor will notify the KO
and PM for resolution. (Chapters 1, 3, and 5; Appendices A, B, and G
are applicable to A/E Contracts)
ENGINEERING SERVICES CONTRACTORS- Selected based on
their best value of services, and where design services are small and
incidental to the overall contracted effort to the point where the Brooke
Architect-Engineer Act is not applicable. This document will be
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
10
referred to in the contract Scope of Work for Engineering Services
contracts with the recommended template language: “The Huntsville
Engineering and Support Center Design Manual (CEHNC 1110-1-1)
provides key requirements, criteria, and quality expectations for the
development of technical products specified in this statement of work.
Waivers and exemptions to criteria specified in the manual are
indicated in this statement of work, if any. Use of this document and
adherence to its requirements in no way relieves the contractor of any
of his or her professional, legal, or other responsibility to deliver a safe,
functional, useable design that complies with all relevant codes and
standards. The latest version of the Design Manual is available at the
USACE Technical Information website (TECHINFO) at
http://www.hnc.usace.army.mil/missions/engineering/techinfo.aspx .”
In the event of a conflict between this manual and the contract
documents, the contract will take precedent. The Engineering Services
contractor is responsible for accessing the Unified Facility Criteria
established in the Whole Building Design Guide website to ensure the
latest criteria is being used for the project being executed. Conflicts will
be brought to the immediate attention of the CEHNC Contracting
Officer (KO) and the Project Manager (PM). In the event of conflict
between this document and generally accepted design practices the
contractor will notify the KO and PM for resolution. (Chapters 1, 3, and
5; Appendices A, B, and G are applicable to Engineering Services
contracts)
DIRECTORATE OF ENGINEERING (ED)/IN-HOUSE DESIGN
TEAMS- Performs in-house designs or reviews contractor
submissions for technical accuracy and compliance with established
criteria. For in-house design, the technical team (including the Design
Team Leader, and other design disciplines) shall access the Unified
Facility Criteria established in the Whole Building Design Guide
website to ensure the latest criteria is being used for the project. In-
house personnel will bring scope/criteria conflicts to the attention of
their supervisors, for resolution at the Division Chief or Director of
Engineering level, as required. Waivers and exemptions to UFC
requirements are to be documented and submitted to the cognizant
authority (i.e. USACE Fire Protection Engineer) for approval if
required. ED personnel are expected to be cognizant of the
requirements in this document. In-House Design Team Members are
expected to be highly knowledgeable of the requirements for their
respective disciplines.
DIRECTORATE OF INSTALLATION SUPPORT PROJECT
MANAGEMENT (ISPM)-Performs day-to-day management of
resources, schedules, budgets, and customer relationships. Through
the efforts of Project Managers (PM) and PM Specialists and using the
Project Management Business Process (PMBP), projects are properly
resourced, schedules and milestones are maintained, and the
customer is informed of progress and issues. ISPM personnel are
expected to be generally familiar with the requirements of this
document.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
11
DIRECTORATE OF CONTRACTING (CT)-Performs the planning,
execution, and closeouts of contracts. Through the efforts of their
Contracting Officers (KO) and Contracting Specialists, and using the
requirements and processes established under the Federal Acquisition
Regulations, the Directorate of Contracting ensures that the
Government receives the goods and services stipulated in the contract
under fair and reasonable costs. CT personnel are expected to be
familiar with this document and ensure that is properly referenced in
A/E and Engineering Services contracts.
PROJECT ENGINEERS/ARCHITECTS (PE/A) AND FACILITY
STANDARDS TECHNICAL LEADS (FSTL)- The PE/A is primarily
responsible for the technical quality of products and services provided
by Engineering Directorate in accordance with ER 1110-1-12. The
PE/A is the ED primary technical representative on the Product
Delivery Team (PDT) for an assigned program. The FSTL is the
technical expert on their assigned facility type and shall be member of
all PDTs involving the standard facilities they are assigned. PE/As and
FSTLs are expected to be highly knowledgeable of this document
requirements for their respective assigned programs or standard
facilities.
PROJECT DELIVERY TEAM (PDT)-The PDT is empowered and
supported by senior organizational leaders to make project decisions
within the bounds of the approved Project Management Plan (PMP).
Led by the Project Manager, they are empowered to act in unison
across organizational boundaries focusing on consistent service to
customers. Senior leaders are responsible to ensure the team has the
resources, tools, skills, and experience needed to deliver a quality
project. Though projects may include many distinct, separate phases,
they must be approached from an integrated, life-cycle perspective
focused on meeting the project's goals, objectives, and expectations.
The PDT works with customers to determine and provide what is
expected and strive to deliver products and services that are in the
public interest. The needs and expectations of customers and
stakeholders will be balanced, while considering available resources
and lifecycle requirements. Expectations of the beneficiaries and/or
stakeholders of projects are considered when determining quality
objectives. CEHNC will not compromise professional standards.
Requirements that exceed mandatory standards are negotiated with
the customer based on the project's complexity, available resources,
and the degree of risk the customer and CEHNC are willing to
assume. The PDT is expected to be knowledgeable of this document
requirements for their assigned projects.
PROJECT MANAGER (PM)-Assigned to achieve the project
objectives, the PM manages scope, schedule, quality, customer
expectations and budget while leading a PDT in accordance with the
principles of the USACE Project Management Business Process
(PMBP). Project managers may be assigned to any organization or
geographic area. PMs are expected to be familiar with the
requirements contained in this manual.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
12
CONTRACTING OFFICER (KO)-Has the authority to enter into,
administer, and/or terminate contracts and make related
determinations and findings. The term includes certain authorized
representatives of the contracting officer acting within the limits of their
authority as delegated by the contracting officer. KOs are expected to
be familiar with this document and ensure that is properly referenced
in A/E and Engineering Services contracts.
CONTRACTING OFFICER REPRESENTATIVE (COR) -A duly
authorized representative of the Contracting Officer, with limited
delegated authority which typically involves the acceptance of work,
day-to-day interactions with the contractor, clarification of
requirements within scope, and the approval of progress or interim
payments to the contractor. The COR is expected to be
knowledgeable of this document requirements for their assigned
projects.
CHIEF OF DESIGN- Generally responsible for ensuring the quality of
in-house design projects. Maintains management oversight of on-
going in-house design projects and takes action when problems arise
that threatens the accomplishment of project technical quality, design
cost, and schedule goals. Reviews and recommends completed in-
house projects for the Director of Engineering’s approval. The Chief of
Design is expected to be knowledgeable of the requirements of this
document and is expected to recommend changes and updates when
necessary.
DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING-Responsible to the CEHNC
Commander for the administration, staffing, technical competence,
quality of technical products, as well as the coordination, review, and
implementation of policies regarding design, engineering, and
construction. The Director of Engineering is the authorizer of this
document and approver of recommended changes.
1.2 RELATIONSHIP OF THIS MANUAL TO THE CEHNC QUALITY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (QMS).
This Manual is a CEHNC QMS Level 4 document primarily supporting Level 2 Key
Processes 01 (Design) and 02 (Construction). To a lesser extent, it also supports the
other three Key Processes, 03 (Services), 04 (Supplies), and 05 (Acquisition). As a
Level 4 document, this Manual primarily applies to ED personnel as internal quality
management processes and procedures, and is binding as applicable on contractors
when referenced in the contract documents. References herein to other organizations
such as ISPM and CT are only intended to depict how ED should interact with these
organizations and for informational purposes.
1.3 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS.
A consolidated list of reference documents is included in Appendix A. Designers and
design reviewers must be thoroughly knowledgeable with the documents listed in
Appendix A as well as the discipline-related documents referenced in each chapter.
Designers are responsible for obtaining a copy of the cited references. The latest revision
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
13
of each document will be used. Department of the Army (DA) Pamphlet 25-30,
Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Forms, provides current information on Army
publications. (To view Army regulations, visit the Army Publishing Directorate website
http://www.apd.army.mil/. For other documents listed in Appendix A, visit the USACE
Technical Information website (TECHINFO) at
http://www.hnc.usace.army.mil/missions/engineering/techinfo.aspx or the Whole Building
Design Guide website at http://www.wbdg.org/ccb/ccb.php.) Any deviations from these
references or those of the subsequent chapters including the use of criteria obtained
directly from the Using Agency or other sources must be considered, approved or resolved
by CEHNC
1.4 GENERAL GUIDANCE
1.4.1 Overall Objective.
The goal for all technical products is that they should clearly, concisely, and
comprehensively address the customer’s requirements, applicable policy and criteria, and
enable a technically sound, cost effective approach to be implemented to meet
those requirements. Deliverables should be at an appropriate level of detail for the size
and complexity of the project. Goals of the project (including scope, schedule, and
budget), applicable criteria, existing conditions, alternatives considered to meet the
goals, the selected or recommended alternative, and rationale for the technical choices
made should all be documented in sufficient detail so that (1) the physical work to be
done is clearly understood, can be reliably priced by the performer and the Government,
and results achieved can be measured against customer and other stakeholder
expectations, and (2) the technical approach taken to meet the project goals is described
sufficiently to document compliance with the relevant criteria and sound technical
practices.
1.4.2 Ownership and Rights.
The final technical product and associated deliverables are the property of the
Government. As such, when technical products are prepared by Contractor personnel,
the Contractor shall not, within professional engineering guidelines, copyright, or
otherwise restrict the Government from using, distributing, duplicating, or disseminating
this product.
1.5 PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECT-ENGINEER SIGNATURES OF DESIGN
DOCUMENTS
Quality Management policy stated under ER 1110-1-12 and ER 1110-1-8152 establishes
the requirement that A-E contractors or Engineering Services contractors, will prepare or
review and approve design documents, permit applications, or certifications as required
by the contract. If the work requirements and the contract necessitate signature and a
stamp or seal for specific document sections for specific engineering disciplines such as
structural, mechanical, electrical, or fire protection designs, then the currently registered
A-E professional(s) overseeing the production of those documents will sign and stamp or
seal the documents associated with that specialty. The complete set of design documents
will be signed and stamped or sealed by the currently registered designer of record.
For specific procedures, see paragraphs 3.2.17 for design-bid-build projects or 3.3.16 for
design-build projects.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
14
1.6 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
1.6.1 High Performance and Sustainable Buildings
The design analysis for all disciplines shall evaluate applicability and address any
sustainability requirements for all projects as required by UFC 1-200-02 High
Performance and Sustainable Building Requirements. The design analysis will include
an evaluation of Table 1-1 in UFC 1-200-02 to determine what, if any, chapters apply to
this design. The design analysis should also include a narrative description of how the
design will address the specific requirements of UFC 1-200-02 that are applicable.
All projects including in-house design, design bid build/design build AE design submittals
for review, and performance contracting design submittals for review will be checked by
the CEHNC Engineering Directorate to insure compliance with energy and sustainability
criteria as required by the contract. Energy and Sustainability requirements are
addressed in UFC 1-200-02 High Performance and Sustainable Building Requirements.
Each discipline will be responsible for reviewing their applicable criteria and one of these
disciplines will be designated to act in a lead role by the Project Engineer for that
program.
The CEHNC discipline acting in the lead role to insure adherence to energy and
sustainability criteria will typically be Architectural, Mechanical, or Electrical depending
on the type of project/work. Project/Work Type defined as new construction, new
addition, and major renovation (as defined in UFC 1-200-02, Table 1-1) will typically
have the Architectural discipline designated as the lead. Project/Work Type defined as
minor renovation, O&M, or sustainment/restoration/modernization (as defined in UFC
1-200-02, Table 1-1) will typically have the discipline with the majority of the work
designated as the lead.
1.6.1.1 Department of Defense (DOD) Policy
UFC 1-200-02 establishes the current sustainability policy through OUSD AT&L
Memorandum, “Department of Defense Sustainable Buildings Policy”, 10
November 2013, https://www.denix.osd.mil/sustainability/DODPolicy.cfm, requires
compliance with UFC 1-200-02, in alignment with Federal policy. The memo also
requires the use of auditable processes to track this compliance. Per “Department
of Defense Sustainable Building Policy”, 10 November 2013, DOD projects must
“…include green-building certification of those buildings through any of the
systems approved for federal use…” The green-building rating system is also
known as Third Party Certification, and is an additional requirement to UFC 1-200-
02 compliance and tracking. Third Party Certification (TPC) is required for
applicable DOD component buildings in the US and US territories. For all other
DOD building locations, apply TPC to the greatest extent practical. Apply TPC to
each applicable building in a project that has a construction cost of greater than
$3M.
In general UFC 1-200-02 integrates DOD requirements (DODI 4170.11 and other
DOD Policies) with High Performance and Sustainable Building (HPSB) Guiding
Principles and industry standards for HPSBs. Compliance with UFC 1-200-02 is
considered compliance with the HPSB Guiding Principles.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
15
1.6.2 Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED).
The Assistant Secretary of the Army for Installations, Energy, and Environment (ASA
(IE&E)) establishes policy for the implementation of LEED requirements. Policy and
requirements are subject to change based on the priorities and focus of the Department
of the Army. Therefore, review of current policy is required to determine the applicability
of LEED based on the current criteria. LEED will then be determined on a case by case
basis. Where LEED is not required, the first design submittal will include rationale for
why it is not required as part of the design analysis. Leadership in Energy and
Environmental Design (LEED) is a rating system developed by the US Green Building
Council (USGBC). Current LEED requirements are mandated by the ASA (IE&E)
Memorandum titled "Sustainable Design and Development Policy Update". The
memorandum is available at http://www.asaie.army.mil/Public/IE/doc/ASA(IEE)-SDD-
policy-update-(16-Dec-2013).pdf
Refer to the current “USACE Army LEED Implementation Guide” for details regarding
compliance with LEED requirements. New construction projects and major renovation
projects may be required to be registered with the US Green Building Council (USGBC)
and use the LEED Letter Templates for project documentation. Registration and
payment of registration fees may be required and therefore must be specified as being
performed by the Government or contractor depending on the type of contract.
Administration of the online project will be by the Government or A-E during the design
phase. Validation of the credits will be by the Government. The Government may
choose to seek USGBC certification of the project, in which case the Government will
pay certification fees and coordinate with the USGBC and the Contractor will furnish
audit data as requested at no additional cost.
1.6.2.1 Checklist
USGBC provides a checklist of each point within the rating system. The checklist has a
“Y” for yes, “N” for no and a “?” for unsure. The earliest in the project that a checklist
can be filled out of the points towards meeting a silver rating provides the team
members, owners, and project managers’ vital information if meeting the required silver
rating is possible. Ideally the checklist would be started back in the planning/PDR stage
of our projects. At a minimum, a completed checklist must be provided at the concept
design submittal.
1.6.2.2 Project Documentation
Design team must fill out LEED online templates after the project is registered.
Registration provides access to LEED Online. LEED online data will show if the rating
point requirements or prerequisite requirements are met. Information on the project
name and access must be provided to the construction team to finish off the
documentation.
1.6.2.3 Drawings
Drawings must show all documentation requirements for boundaries, materials, and
equipment. If necessary information for LEED is documented in the online templates
and not needed for construction of the facility then don’t duplicate the information on the
drawings. Rather complete the online information and reference in the Design Analysis.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
16
1.6.2.4 Specifications
Specifications must coordinate with LEED requirements for materials and methods of
installation.
1.6.2.5 Design Analysis
Provide checklists and template information in the Design Analysis to demonstrate
completion of LEED requirements.
1.6.2.6 General Requirements
LEED Project Implementation Major Activities are as follows:
Initial Project Programming/Planning Charrette (if applicable)
LEED Training as needed for all PDT members
Establish LEED Project Strategy and checklist
Program Sustainable Design and Development Cost
PM coordinate formal endorsement and filing of LEED Project Checklist with
Green Building Certification Institute
Code 3 Design/Parametric Estimating and Project Definition Charrette (if applicable)
Provide updated LEED Project checklist
Update/Validate Sustainable Design and Development Cost
PM coordinate formal endorsement and filing of updated LEED Project
Checklist
Design-Build (DB) Request for Proposal (if applicable)
RFP to contain information identified in USACE Army LEED Implementation
Guide
DB Post Award Conference/DBB Pre-Design Conference
Design Team LEED Accredited Professional (AP) confirmed
Assignment of LEED responsibilities by LEED AP
Discussion of LEED Project Checklist
PM coordinate formal endorsement and filing of LEED Project Checklist with
Green Building Certification Institute (if not done previously )
DBB Intermediate /DB Interim Design Submittals
LEED credit requirements incorporated into drawings and specifications
LEED supporting documentation provided in a separable portion of design
analysis
Updated LEED Project checklist
Written verification from LEED AP that LEED supporting documentation has
been uploaded to US Green Building Council (USGBC) LEED OnLine
DBB Final /DB Complete Design Submittal
Final design LEED Interim Score and Rating
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
17
Final design LEED Project Checklist
Green Building Certification Institute (GBCI) Design Review Approval (for GBCI certified
DBB Projects)
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
18
CHAPTER 2
2. PROJECT INITIATION
2.1 CEHNC BUSINESS PROCESSES.
2.1.1 General.
Appendix C contains a series of flow charts which depict the ‘normal’ processes applied
at various stages of a project. These are written from the standpoint of ED; other
organizations such as Project Management (PM) and Contracting (CT) are depicted only
to the extent that they interact with ED and the flow charts do not attempt to represent
the full details of tasks performed by PM and CT. The flow charts are intended to depict
‘business as usual’ but this does not cover the diversity of work performed by ED; it is
permissible to adapt these processes to suit the demands of a particular program or
project, but such adaptations must be documented in the Project/Program Management
Plan (PMP) and approved in advance by the appropriate PE/A, upon consultation with
ED management when required.
2.1.2 Swimlane Flow Chart Descriptions
C.2 - PROJECT PLANNING. This swimlane flowchart details the project
planning process flow from notifying the Chief of Design that a project has
been initiated to finalizing the Scope of Work (SOW) and Independent
Government Estimate (IGE). It also addresses assembling the Project
Delivery Team (PDT) and development and review of the Project
Management Plan (PMP) and the Design Quality Control Plan (DQCP).
This process applies to in-house personnel.
C.3.1 - CRITERIA DEVELOPMENT. This swimlane flowchart details the
criteria development process flow from participation in the pre-design
conference/design charrette to the development and delivery of the resulting
report to the customer/client, user, and records management. This process
applies to in-house personnel.
C.3.2 - CRITERIA DEVELOPMENT (A/E). This swimlane flowchart details
the criteria development process for an A/E or Services Contractor from
participation in the pre-design conference/design charrette to the
development and delivery of the resulting report to the customer/client, user,
and records management. This process applies to in-house and contractor
personnel.
C.3.3 – MEDICAL MILCON PROCESS FLOW. This swimlane flowchart
depicts the typical workflow of a major MILCON medical project from
issuance of the design directive to the geographic District, to Design During
Construction (DDC) services following award of the construction contract
(for design-bid-build project delivery) or release for construction (for design-
build project delivery). This process applies to in-house personnel.
C.4 - SITE PERMITS, SURVEYS, AND INVESTIGATIONS. This swimlane
flowchart details the site investigation process to include development and
execution of the acquisition strategy for obtaining site permits and other
environmental/ordnance investigations, topographic surveys, erosion control
and sedimentation plans, and the geotechnical site investigation. This
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
19
process applies to in-house personnel.
C.5 - PARAMETRIC DESIGN. This swimlane flowchart details the process
from issuance of the Code 3 design directive and origination of the
parametric design report (PDR) to finalization of ENG Form 3086, Current
Working Estimates for Budget Purposes. This process applies to in-house
personnel, including those at geographic Districts, installations, ACSIM, and
HQUSACE.
C.6.1 - CONCEPT DESIGN SUBMITTAL. This swimlane flowchart details
the development of the concept design submittal from the origination of the
plans, list of required specifications, basis of design and construction cost
estimate through design submittal review and origination of the value
engineering study and report to storage of the submittal documents in
records management. This process applies to in-house personnel.
C.6.2 – TECHNICAL SUBMITTAL REVIEW. This swimlane flowchart
details the general process of reviewing submittals received from
contractors or other non-USAESCH document preparers, generating and
coordinating review comments, and resolving them. This process applies to
in-house and contractor personnel.
C.6.3 – DRAFT SOW/PWS/RFP. This swimlane flowchart details the
process of translating customer requirements into a draft contract statement
of work (SOW), performance work statement (PWS), or request for
proposals (RFP), with associated value engineering study and cost estimate
as required. This process applies to in-house personnel.
C.6.4 - PREPARE DRAFT TECHNICAL DOCUMENT. This swimlane
flowchart depicts the general process of preparing a draft study, explosive
safety submittal, or similar document, submitting it to customers and other
stakeholders, and responding to comments received from reviewers. This
process applies to in-house personnel.
C.6.5 – MEDICAL MILCON TECHNICAL SUBMITTAL REVIEW. This
swimlane flowchart is an adaptation of flowchart C.6.2 to the specific
requirements of major MILCON medical projects. This process applies to
in-house personnel.
C.7 – INTERMEDIATE DESIGN SUBMITTAL. This swimlane flowchart
details the process of preparing an intermediate design submittal including
drawings, specifications, design analysis, and cost estimate, submitting it to
customers and other stakeholders, and responding to comments received
from reviewers. This process applies to in-house personnel.
C.8 – PRE-FINAL DESIGN SUBMITTAL. This swimlane flowchart details
the process of preparing a pre-final design submittal including drawings,
specifications, design analysis, and cost estimate, submitting it to customers
and other stakeholders, conducting an independent technical review (ITR)
and responding to comments received from reviewers. This process applies
to in-house personnel.
C.9.1 – FINAL DESIGN SUBMITTAL. This swimlane flowchart depicts the
process of finalizing a set of plans and specifications from the pre-final
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
20
stage (C.8), including conducting a Biddability, Constructability, Operability,
Environmental, and Sustainability (BCOES) review, incorporating and
closing out all comments, and obtaining final signatures as required. This
process applies to in-house personnel.
C.9.2 – FINAL SOW/PWS/RFP. This swimlane flowchart depicts the
process of finalizing a SOW, PWS, or RFP and associated cost estimate
from the draft stage (C.6.3), including conducting a BCOES review,
resolving/incorporating and closing out all comments, and obtaining final
signatures as required. This process applies to in-house personnel.
C.9.3 – PREPARE FINAL TECHNICAL DOCUMENT. This swimlane
flowchart depicts the process of finalizing technical documents from the
draft stage (C.6.4), including conducting an ITR when required,
incorporating and closing out all comments, and obtaining final signatures
as required. This process applies to in-house personnel.
C.10 – PRE-AWARD. This swimlane flowchart depicts ED support to the
advertisement process, primarily providing responses to technical Requests
for Information (RFIs) and preparing the technical portion of RFP
amendments when required. This process applies to in-house and A-E
personnel.
C.11.1 – POST-AWARD. This swimlane flowchart depicts ED support to
the construction process when the project has been designed in-house,
primarily providing responses to technical RFIs, User-Requested Changes
(URCs), or Value Engineering Change Proposals (VECPs) and preparing
the technical portion of contract modifications when required. This process
applies to in-house personnel.
C.11.2 – COORDINATE RFI RESPONSE/CONTRACT MOD WITH DOR.
This swimlane flowchart covers the same topics as C.11.1 when the
Designer of Record (DOR) is an A-E or Services contractor. This process
applies to in-house and contractor personnel.
2.2 PROJECT INITIATION.
Project initiation consists of establishing scope, schedule, and budget, and as such is
primarily a PM responsibility. The ED role in this process is a supporting one; key tasks
for ED include providing scope, schedule, and budget input for the technical and
engineering level of effort to allow the PM to integrate the data into the overall project
plan and assigning a project engineer/architect to coordinate technical support to the PM.
2.3 PROJECT PLANNING.
2.3.1 PMP Development.
Again, this is primarily a PM responsibility. Key tasks for ED during this phase include
providing input to the PMP, assigning PDT members to supply appropriate technical
expertise, and preparing a Design Quality Control Plan (DQCP) when required.
2.3.2 Criteria Development.
Primarily an Engineering responsibility, this process has two parts. In addition to
identifying and compiling relevant laws, regulations, industry codes and standards, and
other technical criteria, it is necessary to define what constitutes project “success”, i.e.
what are the functional and technical requirements of the project. Depending on the size
and complexity of the project, one or several members of the PDT should visit the
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
21
customer’s site, establish existing conditions, and identify the customer’s functional and
operational requirements. This could be as simple as one person talking to the site
representatives for a couple of hours, or as involved as a full-scale design charrette
lasting for several days and attended by the customer, designer (either in-house or
Architect–Engineer), the PM, and possibly representatives from regulatory agencies.
The charrette process consists of a series of on-site interviews with the purpose of fully
developing and quantifying the functional and technical requirements of the project,
including cost estimates. In any case, at the end of the criteria development process the
PDT (including customer representatives) should have achieved early consensus on
project design priorities, have an early understanding of the potential impact of various
design strategies, and have identified potential project strategies for exploration with
their associated costs, time constraints, and the needed expertise to eliminate costly
"surprises" later in the design and construction processes.
2.4 INTERRELATION BETWEEN TECHNICAL PRODUCTS AND SERVICES,
CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS, AND ACQUISITION.
The goal for all technical products is that they should clearly, concisely, and
comprehensively address the customer’s requirements and applicable policy and
criteria, and enable a technically sound, cost effective approach to be implemented to
meet those requirements. Many factors must be balanced in achieving this goal. The
customer’s expectations must be reconciled with schedule, budget, laws and
regulations, other relevant criteria such as industry codes and standards, and good
technical practice. Environmental and other permits will require their own supporting
technical products, and will likely affect the technical solution chosen. Acquisition
requirements (such as contracting method/vehicle to be used, approval requirements for
acquisitions above various thresholds, prescribed policies and procedures, etc.) will all
impact the content, format and schedule of the technical product. Simply put, the
technical staff cannot work in isolation; rather it must work as part of a truly integrated
PDT and coordinate to assure that all requirements are integrated in a timely manner.
The PE/A is the lead person for ED in ensuring this coordination, working together with
the PM.
2.5 PREPARATION OF SCOPE OF WORK (SOW).
2.5.1 Basic Definition.
The Scope of Work is a portion of a contract which establishes and defines all non-
specification requirements for contractor's efforts either directly or with the use of specific
cited documents.
2.5.2 General.
The Government Request for Proposal (RFP) or solicitation defines the Government's
requirements and becomes the basis for the resultant contract. Therefore, the SOW as a
component of the RFP must be consistent with the remainder of the RFP. The SOW
preparer should work closely with the overall RFP drafter and all contract section authors
to achieve consistency. The SOW should specify in clear, understandable terms the
work to be done in developing or producing the goods to be delivered or services to be
performed by a contractor. Preparation of an effective SOW requires both an
understanding of the goods or services that are needed to satisfy a particular
requirement and an ability to define what is required in specific, performance-based,
quantitative terms. A SOW prepared in explicit terms that make expectations clear will
enable offerors to clearly understand the Government's needs. This facilitates the
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
22
preparation of responsive proposals and delivery of the required goods or services. A
well written SOW also aids the Government in the conduct of the source selection prior
to award and contract administration after award. After contractor selection and contract
award, the contract SOW becomes a standard for measuring contractor performance.
Consequently, the SOW writer must consider the contractual and legal implications of
the SOW during its preparation. As the contracted effort progresses, the Government
and the contractor will refer to the SOW to determine their respective rights and
obligations. In this respect, the SOW defines the contract and is subject to the
interpretations of contract law. The SOW must clearly define the work to be performed,
since the language detailing the contractor's effort may be pertinent to legal questions
concerning the scope of work. The standard format for a SOW typically includes:
Section 1 SCOPE. This section includes a brief statement of what the SOW
should cover. The scope paragraph defines the breadth and limitations of
the work to be done. In some cases, the use of an introduction, background,
or both, is appropriate, but should be limited to only that information needed
to familiarize the proposers with the basic acquisition requirement.
Section 2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS. Lists those documents specifically
referred to in Section 3.
Section 3 REQUIREMENTS. Specific work tasks are called for in SOW
Section 3. These tasks, developed to satisfy customer requirements, are
essentially the contractor work requirements. Section 3 should specify
requirements clearly and state the specific duties of the contractor in such a
way that the contractor knows what is required and can complete all tasks
to the satisfaction of the contract administration office. Section 3 should be
written so specifically that there is no question of whether the contractor is
obligated to perform specific tasks. It avoids directing how tasks are to be
performed and states only what results are required.
Safety Requirements. Contractor’s work must comply with EM 385-1-1. An
Accident Prevention Plan (APP) or Abbreviated APP (AAPP), depending on
the type of work being performed, must be accepted by the USAESCH
Safety Office before work can begin on site. Site specific safety
requirements, such as special training or limited access areas, may also
apply.
An example SOW outline is shown in Appendix E.
2.5.3 MILCON SOWs.
SOWs for MILCON design-build projects should be prepared using the Model RFP
Wizard, available at http://mrsi.usace.army.mil/rfp/SitePages/Home.aspx.
2.5.4 Architect-Engineer (A-E) SOWs.
For guidance and examples regarding A-E scopes of work, refer to EP 715-1-7.
2.6 PREPARATION OF PERFORMANCE WORK STATEMENT (PWS).
2.6.1 Basic Definition of a PWS.
The PWS is a statement of work for performance-based acquisitions that describes the
required results in clear, specific and objective terms with measurable outcomes. It is an
integral part of the acquisition strategy. In a performance-based acquisition, PWS
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
23
requirements are stated in general terms of what (outcome) is to be produced rather
than how (methodology) the work is to be accomplished. There is no prescribed format
for the PWS as long as it describes the requirement in terms of results rather than
process, it uses measurable performance standards and a quality assurance
surveillance plan (QASP), it provides for disincentives such as reductions of fees or
prices, and it includes performance incentives where appropriate.
2.6.2 Elements of a PWS
Project Title
Brief Synopsis. Describe the objective of the PWS, the mission of the
organization, and the current work site conditions. Include a brief
description of the goods or services required.
Scope. Describe the type of procurement, the objective, and the expected
outcomes.
Applicable Documents/Regulations.
Summary of Requirements. Identify type of tasks to be performed and
describe WHAT is to be done – most important. Be clear and concise,
accurate and complete, and descriptive. Use language that will ensure
equal competition. Be careful with the use of “shall” and “should” for
contractor and “will” or “may” for government. Use directive language rather
than passive; avoid use of "shall" whenever possible. Do not define HOW
the work is to be done - allow the contractor to develop the best method to
accomplish the desired outcome. Identify “must haves” regarding materials
or methodologies with the customer and project engineer. If left up to the
Contractor, it will be their choice if not specified. Find the right balance
between prescriptive and performance.
Deliverables. Refer to base contract for guidance – use Contract Data
Requirements List (CDRL), Data Item Deliverables (DIDs), Technical Data
Packages (TDPs), etc, as appropriate. Be specific! Where a Work Plan or
similar document is required, requirements for this document, whether
contained in a DID or elsewhere in the contract requirements, should be
described clearly, specifically, and unambiguously. The PWS preparer, at
both the base contract and task order stages, should carefully consider the
requirements of the type of work being done and tailor the contract Work
Plan deliverables accordingly.
Government Support. Describe access to work location, identify
government furnished equipment (GFE) or information, and identify specific
restrictions or limitations of use.
Payment Schedule.
Points of Contact. List Contracting Officer, project manager, project
engineer, on-site representative, others (such as Contracting Officer’s
Representative or COR) as required.
Schedule and Period of Performance. Include specific due dates or time
periods and identify any particular milestone dates that are tied to a site-
specific requirement.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
24
Quality Assurance. Develop a Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan (QASP)
to measure contractor performance. Describe performance objectives that
are meaningful (i.e. important and tied directly to the overall objectives to be
achieved), reasonable, achievable, and measurable. Describe type and
frequency of inspection. Describe evaluation methodology, such as error
rate, availability percentage, or response times. See FAR part 46.103(a) for
services contracts, or part 46.312 for construction contracts, for more
details.
Safety Requirements. Contractor’s work must comply with EM 385-1-1. An
Accident Prevention Plan (APP) or Abbreviated APP (AAPP), depending on
the type of work being performed, must be accepted by the USAESCH
Safety Office before work can begin on site. Site specific safety
requirements, such as special training or limited access areas, may also
apply.
2.7 PREPARATION OF TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGN-BUILD RFPS
Ensure that RFP technical specifications for Design-Build (DB) construction projects
clearly define program/project requirements, performance attributes, performance
factors, submittal procedures, as well as other mandatory requirements such as building
envelopes. Any condition or element absolutely essential to the project must be stated in
the RFP. Identify mandatory Federal, technical, regulatory, fire protection, life safety
code, and quality requirements that must be included in the RFP technical specifications.
State project requirements, criteria, and evaluation factors. The RFP Design Criteria
should include only as much criteria as necessary to ensure that essential and
mandatory technical criteria will be met. The emphasis should be on performance criteria,
in lieu of prescriptive criteria, to the extent practicable.
Define whether the project/work type is new construction; new addition; major
renovation; minor renovation; O&M, sustainment, restoration and modernization; or
leased building as defined in UFC 1-200-02 High Performance and Sustainable Building
Requirements. Providing the project/work type further defines which chapters in UFC 1-
200-02 are required by the RFP.
The number of reviews, percentage of completion for review, and the design detail
expected at each submittal must be determined as part of the Project Criteria Approach.
The RFP must specify the submittal requirements for the Design-Build contractor's
design. Submittal detail requirements are covered in paragraph 3.3 for the various
disciplines.
The RFP can have one of three levels of criteria; nominal, partial, or full criteria.
Nominal criteria RFP’s are typical of many Design-Build projects and
essentially represent an almost total performance specification approach.
Partial criteria RFP’s include concept floor plans which indicate a special
mechanical equipment layout, overall dimensions, and any special
requirements. Enlarged floor plans are provided, as required, to explain
special design conditions.
Full criteria RFP’s represent a more prescriptive approach. The criteria
begin to resemble the traditional design of the design-bid-build approach. In
some cases, the criteria are essentially a complete design.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
25
The RFP should include provisions for future expansion where appropriate.
2.8 PREPARATION OF ARCHITECT-ENGINEER (A-E) DESIGN ESTIMATE.
Cost estimates for A-E contracts will be prepared in accordance with the requirements of
EP 715-1-7, Appendix Y. An Independent Government Estimate (IGE) for A-E services
will be developed from a detailed analysis of the SOW, assuming reasonable economy
and efficiency, and modern and effective methods. IGEs will be prepared by engineers,
architects, and/or other appropriate personnel having expertise (education, training, and
professional experience) in the type of work being contracted, and approved by a
supervisor also having appropriate expertise. The level of supervisory approval will be
commensurate with the complexity and dollar value of the contract action, and will be in
accordance with Procurement Instruction Letter (PIL) 2012-03-R1 or current acquisition
policy.
2.9 PREPARATION OF DESIGN-BUILD (DB) COST ESTIMATE.
The type of estimate required for Design Build construction is highly dependent upon
the amount of information available at the time the IGE is being prepared. If the design
maturity represented by the SOW/PWS is less than 35% then the designer will be
expected to develop a parametric estimate utilizing the PACES software. If more
information is available (equivalent to a design of 35% or more) the designer should
utilize the MII software to develop the estimate as a “bottom-up” detailed estimate.
Preparation requirements and signature authorities for IGEs for various contract types
and dollar amounts are prescribed in PIL 2012-03-R1.
2.10 PREPARATION OF DESIGN QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (DQCP)
2.10.1 Applicability.
A DQCP will be prepared for all ED in-house projects that require in house designs for
multiple disciplines. Studies are not required to have a DQCP nor are the development
of standards even if they are multiple disciplinary standards. The DQCP is written for
projects that are intended to occur one time only and use a significant portion of in-
house design.
2.10.2 Development of DQCPs.
The assigned PE/A or design team lead is responsible for the development of the
DQCP. The DQCP will be considered to be a draft until it has been reviewed and
approved. The electronic version of the DQCP uploaded into the electronic project
design files will be considered to be the official version to be used and audited. The
DQCP will list all QP-EDs and USAESCH Quality Procedures that will be used in the
work covered by the DQCP, including this manual. The following will
originate/authorize/review/recommend/approve all DQCPs before they are considered to
be in effect:
Originate: PE/A or design team lead
Authorize: Management Representative
Review: Branch Chiefs with employees on the design team
Review: QA Engineer
Review: Value Engineering Officer
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
26
Review: Division Chiefs
Recommend: Chief of Design
Approve: Director of Engineering
At the conclusion of the project, the final DQCP will be filed with the electronic Project
Design Files.
2.10.3 Contents of DQCPs.
The DQCP will be coordinated with the Project Management Plan, which is maintained
by the project manager. The DQCP will, at a minimum, cover the following items:
General Information. This section includes general information about the
project that is being described, including project name, brief project history,
and project definition.
Scope of Service. This section defines the scope of service that will be
provided by ED.
Project Team Members. This section identifies the project team members
and their roles.
Quality Management Activities. This section identifies all of the relevant and
appropriate quality processes, SOPs, etc, that will be used for quality
management purposes. Any special information needed to clearly define
how the quality processes will be used will be included.
Significant Meetings. This section will identify any significant project
meetings that will normally be held. It will also identify who will be
responsible for developing and maintaining the minutes for the meetings.
Independent Technical Review (ITR). This section will indicate ITR team
members and their respective roles. An ITR will always be conducted for
projects requiring a DQCP unless specifically authorized by the Chief of
Design.
Design Information. This section includes all unique design facts that
should be incorporated or considered for incorporation into this project.
Scope Revisions. This section will identify how revised scopes will be
implemented.
Biddability, Constructability, Operability, Environmental, Sustainability
(BCOES) review schedule and method of accomplishment, including who
will perform the BCOES reviews.
BIM Project Execution Plan (PxP)
BIM Minimum Modeling Matrix
Design Budget
Design Schedule
2.11 TECHNICAL AND COST EVALUATIONS.
The Proposal Evaluation Team (PET) conducts an analysis of price/cost and technical
factors on task order proposals forwarded by the KO/Contract Specialist. The team
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
27
should produce a completed consensus document within 10 calendar days of proposal
receipt. Each contractor’s proposal will be evaluated separately utilizing the Section 863
Evaluation Consensus Form and the established evaluation plan. PET members may
compose detailed notes on a Word or Excel document; however, members that do so
must ensure the data is either incorporated or referenced as an attachment within the
form.
Technical Evaluations are conducted without visible pricing data. Overall past
performance and technical/management approach ratings as well as price information
derived from each contractor’s Section 863 Evaluation Consensus Form shall be placed
within the appropriate fields within the Section 863 Evaluation Consensus Matrix Form.
The evaluation team shall not use any other descriptors to enhance the ratings (such as
“+” or “-“) other than those adjectival ratings identified in the evaluation plan. The PM or
PET lead shall compose a summary stating the PET’s consensus to the KO within the
Summary Comments of the Section 863 Evaluation Consensus Matrix Form. The PM or
PET lead shall ensure the summary is understandable and based on the results
documented in each Section 863 Evaluation Consensus Form. Upon the PM or PET
lead’s concurrence, he or she shall sign the form. The author of the form should strive
for making the recommendation brief, understandable and value added so the KO may
make an informed business decision. The level of detail to support the evaluation should
be proportional to the dollar amount and project complexity of the acquisition being
evaluated. The PET leader forwards the Section 863 Evaluation Consensus Form(s)
(along with supporting attachments) and Section 863 Evaluation Consensus Matrix Form
to the KO, who will conduct a review of the 863 Evaluation Package and make a
determination as to whether to make a selection based on initial offers or to negotiate. If
the documented evaluation is not sufficient, the KO will make every possible effort to
resolve issues with the PET leader.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
28
CHAPTER 3
3. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1 CAD/BIM DELIVERABLES
3.1.1 Computer-Aided Design (CAD)
Documents and data developed in CAD (e.g., construction drawings, work plan
drawings/sketches, as-built drawings, etc.) will adhere to the latest version of the A/E/C
CAD Standard (ERDC/ITL TR-12-6) as well as the CAD Graphics Standard (ERDC/ITL
TR-12-1). Use the resource files (e.g., border sheets, line styles, symbols, patterns,
templates, etc.) provided with the A/E/C CAD Standard during the development of CAD-
related documents/data. Standards and resource files are available for download from
https://cadbimcenter.erdc.dren.mil/cad.
3.1.2 Building Information Modeling (BIM)
3.1.2.1 Applicability
Army vertical construction projects, regardless of funding source, will utilize BIM to
accomplish associated design and construction. All other vertical construction projects,
regardless of funding source, will utilize BIM to accomplish associated design and
construction unless directed by the customer with a valid justification. For the purposes of
this requirement, "vertical construction" is considered to be new construction or additions
to existing buildings. BIM may be required for major renovations of existing buildings, but
this decision should be made on a case by case basis considering benefit to the project.
Include a justification for this decision in the DQCP for in-house designs, or the
contractor's design plan for A-E or DB designs, along with the specific CAD/BIM platform
to be utilized. Civil Works horizontal construction projects will use BIM or related Civil
Information Modeling (CIM) tools (e.g., Civil 3D, InRoads, etc.) to accomplish associated
design and construction.
3.1.2.2 Design-Bid-Build and Design-Build Contract BIM Compliance
Whether the contract delivery method is Design-Bid-Build or Design Build, the contract
will reference the latest version of the USACE BIM Contract Language prescribed under
United Facilities Guide Specification 01 33 16.00 10. The contract will require the
preparation of an Advanced Modeling Project Execution Plan (PxP) and a BIM Minimum
Modeling Matrix for each project. The BIM Contract Language as well as templates for
the PxP and the modeling matrix are available for download from
https://cadbimcenter.erdc.dren.mil/
3.1.2.3 In-house Design BIM Compliance
The in-house design team will prepare an Advanced Modeling Project Execution Plan
(PxP) and a BIM Minimum Modeling Matrix for each project if BIM is to be utilized. The
PxP and the modeling matrix are available for download from
https://cadbimcenter.erdc.dren.mil/
3.2 DESIGN-BID-BUILD DESIGN SUBMITTALS.
3.2.1 Geotechnical.
3.2.1.1 Drawings.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
29
a. Concept Design. Planned or actual locations of soil/rock borings, test
pits, test wells, monitoring wells, piezometers, or other investigative
works should be shown on the civil site plan or on a separate boring
location plan. Boring logs and test results may be shown in the
drawings or as an appendix to the specifications; in either case,
indicate on the civil site plan/boring location plan (as appropriate) the
locations of the individual borings as well as the drawing or
specification reference for the boring logs.
b. Intermediate Design. Further development of the drawings from the
Concept stage should include necessary details and incorporation of
the recommendations of the geotechnical report into civil, structural,
and architectural drawings as appropriate.
c. PreFinal Design. The drawings at the prefinal stage should include all
necessary details and be fully coordinated between disciplines as well
as with the specifications. Final Design. The only changes required at
this stage should be incorporation of comments from the ITR or
customer review of the prefinal submittal.
3.2.1.2 Specifications
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation of the
geotechnical specifications.
3.2.1.3 Design Analysis.
a. Concept Design. The Geotechnical Report, if available, including
boring logs and laboratory test data, should be included in the Concept
Design Analysis as an appendix. Incorporate recommendations stated
in the Geotechnical Report into the design and provide any required
geotechnical design calculations (such as settlement, slope stability,
bearing capacity, etc) using parameters outlined in the Report. If the
Geotechnical Report is not available at this stage, list assumptions
made as a basis for design, pending confirmation by the Investigation
and Report.
b. Intermediate Design. Update and expand the Concept Design
Analysis to support the submittal. Incorporate the accepted comments
on the concept design. Perform any Concept Design tasks that were
not completed. List additional information or criteria needed for final
design.
c. PreFinal Design. Update the previously prepared analysis to support
final plans and specifications, and ensure that the recommendations of
the Geotechnical Report have been incorporated into drawings and
specifications of all affected disciplines.
d. Final Design. The only changes required at this stage should be
incorporation of comments from the ITR or customer review of the
prefinal submittal.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
30
3.2.1.4 Special features unique to USAESCH work.
a. Depending on the size, complexity, and mission criticality of the
project, as described in UFC 3-310-04, special attention to seismicity
may be required. This may include a probabilistic or deterministic
seismic hazard analysis to define site-specific ground motions. Such an
analysis should follow the requirements of UFC 3-310-04 and ASCE 7.
b. Dynamic soil properties can become an issue for large rotating
machinery such as generators, air compressors, or process equipment,
as well as feeding into the analysis of the entire building/structure for
seismic events. Support structures for missile defense radar systems
are also especially sensitive to dynamic effects and may require a
dynamic analysis of the entire structure, including the foundation. In
such cases, the geotechnical investigation should include a
determination of the shear modulus and Poisson’s ratio of the in-situ
soil mass.
c. Unexploded ordnance. Land uses on military installations are subject
to change over time, with records from World War II or earlier likely to
be spotty at best. Construction projects on military installations may be
sited in areas formerly used as ammunition production or storage
facilities, or firing ranges and may encounter either unfired
ammunition/explosives or unexploded ordnance (collectively referred to
as “munitions and explosives of concern” or MEC.) The potential for
MEC contamination must be evaluated on a case by case basis, using
visual observation, historical information, or guidance from installation
personnel on previous uses of the site or previous MEC discoveries. A
specific investigation using geophysical or other appropriate methods
may be required, as described in paragraph 5.9. The potential for MEC
contamination should be evaluated early in the project life cycle, so that
if a complete or partial site change is necessary, it can be accomplished
without impacting the overall project schedule.
3.2.2 Civil.
Engineering criteria applicable to site development, grading, storm drainage and
pavement are found in UFC 3-201-01, Civil Engineering. Additional criteria and
requirements for the development of the design analysis, drawings, and specifications
are found in ER 1110-345-700, Design Analysis, Drawings and Specifications. General
parameters for the Civil design analysis are addressed in Part 2, para. 1. Civil. Civil site
design concerns the development and most efficient use of the available site for the
proposed project. It includes, but is not limited, to the following:
a site investigation and topographic survey to document the existing site
conditions,
designation of wetlands
archeological preservation
identification of wildlife and plants that are adversely impacted by the
placement and operation of the project on the site
unexploded ordnance (Munitions and Explosives of Concern (MEC))
demolition
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
31
siting of buildings and other structures
cut-and-fill
borrow and spoil
grading
surface and sub-surface storm drainage
pre- and post-development hydrology
erosion and sedimentation control and best management practices
storm water permits
road layout
paving and curbing
road signage and marking
vehicle and pedestrian ingress/egress and circulation
access control
vehicle parking
fencing and gates
anti-terrorism/force protection requirements
sustainable design
landscaping
Civil site design shall also, as needed, include project specific related design, such as
line-of-sight for live-fire range design. Environmental designs to include water and waste
water facilities, and solid waste and hazardous waste disposal facilities, shall be in
accordance with applicable chapters of the relevant standards listed in Appendix A. The
designer must always keep in mind that these publications represent minimum standards
and design criteria. In the event that local, state, or federal requirements (or host nation
standards when applicable) are more stringent, the more stringent requirements govern.
Water systems (i.e., potable water systems) may include sources (wells or surface water
service pumps), treatment, storage, and transmission and distribution. Wastewater (both
domestic and industrial) systems may include collection, pumping and conveyance, and
treatment and disposal facilities. Solid and hazardous waste facilities may include
landfills, incinerators, or other disposal/treatment facilities.
3.2.2.1 Drawings. See ER 1110-345-700, Appendix C.
a. Concept
At a minimum the drawings shall:
identify and locate wildlife, plants, wetlands, and archeological sites that are
adversely impacted by the project
convey the existing site conditions based on a topographic survey
provide the general layout of all buildings and ancillary features associated
with the project
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
32
Water and Wastewater: Plans shall show all existing water and wastewater facilities of
interest, i.e. receiving mains, force mains, sanitary sewer manholes, etc. New water
service lines and fire protection facilities, i.e., fire mains and fire hydrants, etc. shall be
shown to the point of connection of existing utilities. Similarly, domestic wastewater (i.e.,
sanitary sewer) collection and pumping and conveyance facilities shall be shown to the
existing receiving facilities or onsite treatment facilities (existing or proposed). For water
systems principal valves and appurtenances shall be sufficiently depicted to convey the
proposed flow/process directions as applicable for water service facilities, or water
supply, treatment, and distribution systems. Major facilities such as, storage tanks,
treatment units, pumping facilities, etc. shall be depicted. Similarly, for wastewater
systems major facilities and components such as collection, treatment, pumping and
conveyance facilities including building connections, service laterals, manholes, as
applicable shall be shown to the point of connection or disposal. Pipe sizes shall be
indicated. Inverts and elevations for gravity facilities shall be indicated to demonstrate
the validity of Concept design. Pipe sizing should reflect known or calculated project
demands and as applicable be based on field conducted flow tests to obtain necessary
existing data such as available flow and residual pressures so as to properly design and
size system components. Requests for field conducted flow test should specify exact
hydrant or other component locations where flow and pressure are desired to be
measured. Requests for field conducted flow tests shall be submitted to USAESCH
project manager. Proposed water and wastewater facility drawings shall be sufficiently
detailed showing major new work as necessary to obtain reasonably accurate project
Concept design cost estimates. The designer shall provide component and facility
details on the drawing in addition to those specified above that he or she considers
necessary to show the intent of design.
Solid and Hazardous Waste: Sanitary or hazardous waste landfill drawings shall include
preliminary site layout with location of active landfill areas, monitoring or methane vent
wells, truck scales, roads, parking, and any buildings including equipment storage and
administrative/control buildings. Preliminary grading and draining plans shall include
siting of any ditching and sediment control basins.
b. Intermediate
The drawings shall be sufficiently complete to include all project related design as
indicated in paragraph 3.2.2, Civil, incorporating changes resulting from comments
received from the concept submittal.
Water and Wastewater: In addition to requirements of Concept design, details required
for construction of new work should be developed and included in the Intermediate
design, and should be generally complete. For example, detailed facility plans, sections,
and elevations shall be provided with dimensions. Where crowded conditions exist due
to the proximity of other facilities, either existing or proposed, sufficient blow ups of the
affected areas shall be provided to clearly indicate the location and orientation of new
facilities. A legend shall be provided on drawings to clearly differentiate between existing
and new work. Existing construction is generally indicated by light and dashed
symbols whereas new construction is indicated by solid and heavy symbols. Where
equipment connection details are shown indicate all required valves, fittings, and
appurtenances. Drawings should be coordinated with specification requirements to
preclude conflicting requirements and ensure that all requirements are sufficiently
specified. Performance characteristics for all items of equipment shall be specified by
equipment schedules. Equipment characteristics specified solely by "Note" fashion, or in
random locations on the drawings shall not be acceptable. Manufacturer's trade names
shall not be shown on the drawings. Electrical characteristics, such as phase, voltage,
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
33
frequency, horsepower ratings, classification of National Electrical Manufacturers
Association (NEMA) type, if applicable, and motor rotation speeds shall be included in
equipment schedules and shall be consistent with the specifications. Specified
equipment characteristics selected shall not be restrictive to any one manufacturer, and
ideally should allow for consideration among at least three manufacturers. The location
of all new work including equipment and piping shall be completely coordinated with
other features of the project i.e., architectural, plumbing, mechanical, structural,
electrical, etc. For treatment and disposal systems, all treatment and unit operations
facilities should be depicted and detailed with hydraulic profiles to demonstrate proper
flow through the facilities. Instrumentation and control schematics, diagrams, and details
shall be generally complete. Horizontal and vertical control shall be established and
depicted on the drawings. Equipment components, piping, valves, fittings and
appurtenances shall be depicted showing proposed layout. Construction details, notes,
and other information, e.g., piping profiles (gravity lines as well as pressure mains), utility
conflicts, etc. shall be generally complete. All piping, valves, fittings and appurtenances
shall be sized and called out on the drawings. Connections to existing systems shall be
depicted and detailed. Proposed water and wastewater facility drawings shall be
generally complete with sufficient detail required to obtain refined project cost estimates
for all proposed new work commensurate with Intermediate design.
Solid and Hazardous Waste: Update the preliminary site plan provided at the concept
stage to an intermediate level of development. Provide floor plans and sections of
structures.
c. Pre-Final
The drawings shall be sufficiently complete to include all project related design as
indicated in paragraph 3.2.2, Civil, incorporating changes resulting from comments
received from the intermediate submittal and from the ITR comments. The intent of the
pre-final submittal should be a complete design which is submitted to obtain final review
and comment.
d. Final
The drawings shall be sufficiently complete in detail to provide for fair and competitive
bids from contractors and to provide for the construction of the project without additional
drawings except for those items that are to be designed by others as allowed by UFC 3-
301-01. Drawings shall include all project related design as indicated in paragraph
3.2.2, Civil, incorporating changes resulting from comments received from the pre-final
submittal and from the BCOES comments.
At a minimum, the drawings shall indicate:
stated above minimum content required for the pre-final submittal with
completion of the minor details lacking to provide complete Civil drawings
all valid comments made on the previous submittals are incorporated into
this submittal
details and requirements of the erosion, sedimentation and pollution control
(ES&PC) plan
3.2.2.2 Specifications. See paragraph 3.2.14, Project Specifications.
3.2.2.3 Design Analysis.
See 3.2.15, Design Analysis and ER 1110-345-700, Appendix B for guidance in
preparation of the Civil design analysis. The Civil design analysis will document general
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
34
parameters, functional and technical requirements, design objectives and provisions,
provide design calculations applicable to the project, and identify coordination with the
installation or outside agencies. The design analysis shall not conflict with the drawings
and specifications and shall contain necessary information to serve as the basis of site
design. Copies of emails, memorandums and record of conversations obtained during
the design process shall be included as warranted to document basis of design.
Design computations will be originated to support all facets of the Civil design. The
computations shall be systematic and accurate. The designer will present the
calculations in a clear and legible form, incorporating title page and a table of contents.
Pages will be numbered consecutively and identified in the table of contents. Cross-
referencing will be clear. The source of formulas and references will be identified.
Assumptions and conclusions will be explained. All computations will be given a
complete numerical and theoretical check and the designer and reviewer names and
dates of design and review will be recorded on the individual calculation sheets or the
calculation cover sheet. For computer software analyses, the designer will include all
applicable input and output data in readable printed form as part of the design
calculations. All computer codes will be identified. Computer-generated procedures and
calculations will be verified by hand calculations to verify the procedures used and
accuracy of the results. All calculations do not have to be verified by hand, but sufficient
hand calculations will be performed by the designer to demonstrate the accuracy of the
computer calculations and results. Critical design information such as service
populations, waste characteristics and loadings, flood elevations, etc. shall be identified.
All governing assumptions and requirements shall be explicitly stated.
At a minimum, the design analysis shall include the information listed below for the
various stages of submittals.
a. Concept
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the
concept submittal of the drawings. The design analysis shall be sufficiently complete to
clearly show project requirements and utility support capacity. The design analysis shall
also include flood protection, wetland mitigation, and related issues, as applicable.
Sanitary and hazardous waste design at this stage shall include a description of
treatment processes, leachate and gas recovery systems, handling/containment of storm
water runoff, and post closure plan/procedures.
The design analysis shall include:
all items previously identified in the parametric submittal and all design
progress up to the concept submission
design criteria and code/standard references
general design parameters and assumptions
functional and technical requirements
design objectives and provisions
design calculations
input from coordination with installation or outside agencies
copies of emails, memorandums and record of conversations obtained
during the design process
DD1391 if applicable
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
35
b. Intermediate
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the
intermediate submittal of the drawings and specifications and shall incorporate all valid
comments from the previous submittal. The design analysis shall include:
all items previously identified in the concept submittal and all design
progress up to the intermediate submission
design criteria and code/standard references
general design parameters and assumptions
functional and technical requirements
design objectives and provisions
design calculations
input from coordination with installation or outside agencies
copies of emails, memorandums and record of conversations obtained
during the design process
Piping analyses indicating design flows velocities, pipe sizes, friction
factors, slopes for gravity pipes, pipe lengths, and elevations or required
depth of cover.
Flow diagrams depicting process unit operations and treatment units for
waste treatment and disposal systems.
Determination of total dynamic head for pumps incorporating static head,
and friction and minor losses.
For pumps, system-head curves superimposed on manufacturer's pump
curves annotating the desired operating point
For pumping stations with multiple pumps, determine operating points for
single and multiple pump operation
c. Pre-Final
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the pre-
final submittal of the drawings and specifications and shall incorporate all valid
comments from the previous submittal. All design calculations shall be completed and
checked by a qualified senior engineer. Only minor changes are expected between this
stage of completion and the final submission.
The design analysis shall include:
all items previously identified in the intermediate submittal and all design
progress up to the pre-final submission
design criteria and code/standard references
general design parameters and assumptions
functional and technical requirements
design objectives and provisions
design calculations
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
36
input from coordination with installation or outside agencies
copies of emails, memorandums and record of conversations obtained
during the design process
d. Final
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the final
submittal of the drawings and specifications and shall incorporate all valid comments
from the previous submittal. All design calculations shall be completed and checked by
a qualified senior engineer.
The design analysis shall include:
all items previously identified in the pre-final submittal and all design
progress up to the final submission
design criteria and code/standard references
general design parameters and assumptions
functional and technical requirements
design objectives and provisions
design calculations
input from coordination with installation or outside agencies
copies of emails, memorandums and record of conversations obtained
during the design process
3.2.3 Structural.
Structural design shall be in accordance with applicable chapters of UFC 1-200-01
GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS and UFC 3-301-01 STRUCTURAL
ENGINEERING. Structural designs should use material efficiently, provide maximum
usable space, minimize the use of special equipment, and utilize conventional methods
of construction. Consideration must be given to future uses of the structure, possibilities
of alterations, and alternate functions and maintenance costs during the required lifetime
of the structure. The structural engineer shall not only consider providing adequate
strength for the building or structure, but also serviceability. At a minimum, the structural
engineer shall consider the following factors:
Type of construction (structural system)
Column locations
Bracing or shear walls locations
Floor and roof penetrations
Floor to floor heights
Exterior cladding
Equipment and utility arrangements
Modifications to existing buildings
Protective Construction (Antiterrorism and Explosives Safety)
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
37
During the design process, the structural engineer will consistently
coordinate with other design disciplines to ensure no conflict of information
is shown on the drawings or in the specifications. Within the structural
discipline, the drawings, specifications and design analysis shall not conflict
and shall contain all necessary information for procurement, construction
and validation of the design.
3.2.3.1 Drawings. See paragraph 3.1.1 for CADD standards’ requirements.
See ER 1110-345-700, Appendix C.
a. Concept
The drawings shall indicate the construction type and general load bearing (gravity and
lateral) systems. At a minimum the drawings shall indicate:
foundation plan indicating the type of foundation (spread footing, strip
footing, mat footing, pile foundation, etc.)
floor framing plan with primary members
roof framing plan with primary members
foundation plan, floor plan, roof plan and other structural plan will have an
alpha-numeric grid system aligned with the columns, or with load bearing
and non-load bearing walls, as applicable. Use the same grid system for all
plan views. Grid system will match other design disciplines.
gravity and lateral load resisting system with primary members
General Notes sheet with, at minimum, preliminary design criteria for the
project, primary structural member material types. State the fire resistance
criteria for all portions of the structural system and identify structural
members by fire rated element (column line, wall line).
Identify fire walls, fire barriers and fire partitions as defined in IBC.
b. Intermediate
The drawings shall be sufficiently complete to demonstrate the structural system and
clearly indicate gravity and lateral load paths to the foundation. At a minimum the
drawings shall indicate:
content of the ‘Concept’ submission and all design progress up to point of
the intermediate submission
General Notes providing criteria for general contractor instructions, design
criteria and loading, construction material type, special inspections, pre-
engineered metal buildings and other items where design is delegated to
others and abbreviations. State the fire resistance criteria for all portions of
the structural system and identify structural members by fire rated element
(column line, wall line).
identify fire walls, fire barriers and fire partitions as defined in IBC.
plans, sections, elevations and typical details for the foundation, floor and
roof.
plans, elevations, sections and details will have all necessary dimensions to
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
38
define the locations of the grid lines, offsets and all structural elements, as
well as the overall sizes of buildings and structures.
size of primary structural members for gravity and lateral load resisting
system
typical details for the structural system
connection details for primary framing members
reinforcing steel sizes and spacing for all primary concrete framing
members.
specialty items or methods of construction differing from general
conventional structural practice. A few examples are base isolation
systems, equipment required to be seismically qualified to withstand and
operate after or during a seismic event, anchorage of specialized mission
critical equipment, protective construction related to antiterrorism and/or
explosives safety and new material types.
c. Pre-Final
The drawings shall be sufficiently complete in detail to demonstrate the entire primary
and secondary structural system, including interfaces with other design disciplines. All
coordination efforts with other design disciplines will be incorporated into this submittal.
With the exception of completing minor details, this submittal could be used to obtain fair
and competitive bids from contractors and used for construction. At a minimum the
drawings shall indicate:
content of the ‘Intermediate’ submission and all design progress up to point
of the Pre-Final submission
complete General Notes providing criteria for general contractor
instructions, design criteria and loading, construction material type, special
inspections and abbreviations. Identify systems or component parts of the
structure where the Designer of Record is delegating the design
responsibility to a qualified delegated engineer (see UFC 3-301-01). State
the fire resistance criteria for all portions of the structural system and
identify structural members by fire rated element (column line, wall line).
identify fire walls, fire barriers and fire partitions as defined in IBC.
if not identified in a performance specification, identify stress or load
diagrams for systems or component parts of the structure that are being
designed by a delegated engineer
plans, sections, elevations and details (typical and special) for the
foundation, floor and roof.
foundation plan, floor plan, roof plan and other structural plan will have an
alpha-numeric grid system aligned with the columns, or with load bearing
and non-load bearing walls, as applicable. Use the same grid system for all
plan views. Grid system will match other design disciplines.
plans, elevations, sections and details will have all necessary dimensions to
define the locations of the grid lines, offsets and all structural elements, as
well as the overall sizes of buildings and structures. Dimension shall not
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
39
conflict with other discipline drawings.
construction, expansion and contraction joint locations in the floor slab and
foundation walls
control joint locations in Masonry walls
framing plan for floor and roof including details of all penetrations and
openings
all required schedules, including but not limited to footings, columns,
connections, base-plates, beams and joist.
stair details on multistory structures
details for specialty items
all critical structural steel connections will be completely detailed and shown
on the contract drawings. Critical connections are those connections
subjected to moment, axial and shear loads, or combinations thereof. Only
simple connections (i.e., connections classified as shear connections and
subjected to shear loads only) may be deferred to the construction
contractor for detailing.
d. Final
The drawings shall be sufficiently complete in detail to provide for fair and competitive
bids from contractors and to provide for the construction of the project without additional
drawings except for those items that are to be designed by others as allowed by UFC 3-
301-01. At a minimum the drawings shall indicate:
stated above minimum content required for the ‘Pre-Final’ submission with
completion of the minor details lacking to provide complete structural
drawings. All valid comments made on the previous submittals are
incorporated into this submittal.
3.2.3.2 Specifications
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation of the
specifications.
3.2.3.3 Design Analysis
See 3.2.15 ‘Design Analysis’ and ER 1110-345-700, Appendix B for guidance in
preparation of the structural design analysis. The structural design analysis will
document general parameters, serviceability requirements, functional and technical
requirements, design criteria, design objectives, design assumptions, and provide design
calculations applicable to the project. The design analysis shall not conflict with the
drawings and specifications and shall contain necessary information to serve as the basis
of design of the structure and structural elements of the project. Copies of emails,
memorandums and record of conversations obtained during the design process shall be
included as warranted to document basis of design.
Design computations will include an investigation of loading (gravity, wind, seismic,
blast, etc.), shear, moment, stress analysis diagram, uplift, stability, and deflection
calculations. The computations will be systematic and accurate. The designer will
present the calculations in a clear and legible form, incorporating title page, table of
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
40
contents, and a tabulation showing all design loads and conditions and load
combinations. Pages will be numbered consecutively and identified in the table of
contents. Cross-referencing will be clear. The source of loading conditions, formulas,
and references will be identified. Assumptions and conclusions will be explained. All
computations will be given a complete numerical and theoretical check and the
designer’s and reviewer’s names and dates of design and review will be recorded on the
calculation sheets. For computer software analyses, the designer will include all
applicable input and output data in readable, printed form as part of the design
calculations. All computer codes will be identified. Computer-generated procedures and
calculations will be verified by hand calculations to verify the procedures used and
accuracy of the results, unless this verification has been done on a previous project. All
calculations do not have to be verified by hand, but sufficient hand calculations will be
performed by the designer to demonstrate the accuracy of the computer calculations and
results.
At a minimum the design analysis shall include the information listed below for the
various stages of submittals.
a. Concept
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the
concept submittal of the drawings.
The design analysis shall:
include the structural design criteria and code/standard references
include the structural design loads and conditions. Include environmental
(wind, snow, rain, seismic) loads, and explosives blast loads from accidental
or intentional detonations
include the structural calculations supporting the concept drawings
include the type and fabrication or construction of the structural system, to
include the basis for selection for at least three competitive systems
(reference ER 1110-345-700, App B, Part 2, section 4 'Structural', c. (4)). The
base installation design guide shall be considered in the selection of the
structural system. The basis for selection should at a minimum consider the
ability of the system to adequately resist all structural loads, availability of
material, future additions, use of prefabricated building systems and
components, costs and skill sets of the labor force. Selection of a system
which is not the most economical system must be justified. In the event that
design, architectural or functional requirements or site conditions dictate the
system selection, a statement to this effect should be included and fully
justified.
clearly describe the vertical and lateral load resisting systems.
include requirement for special inspections,
identify pre-fabricated structural items (such as pre-engineered metal
buildings, precast concrete panels) and other items where design is
delegated to others. Address design responsibilities related to the designer
of record and portions of the design that is being delegated to others.
state the fire resistance criteria for all portions of the structural system.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
41
further describe impacts of specialty items and design considerations (such
as the seismic design requirement for a site specific ground motion study)
that are potential cost drivers, long lead items or items that require non-
conventional design and construction methods including undesirable
subsurface conditions
provide necessary explosives safety information to support a preliminary
Explosives Safety Site Plan if applicable to the project (See Section 5.17.2
‘Explosives Safety’ and Section 5.10 ‘Hardened/Protective Construction’)
b. Intermediate
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the
intermediate submittal of the drawings.
The design analysis shall:
include all items previously identified in the concept submittal and all design
progress up to the intermediate submission
in close coordination with the mechanical and electrical design disciplines,
identify equipment requiring seismic qualification per UFC 3-310-04. Indicate
the ‘seismic functionality’ requirement of the equipment (i.e. remain
anchored but can accept damage, survive the event and operate post-
earthquake, or remain operable during the event). Note: For Risk Category
V facilities, as defined in UFC 3-301-01, the design requirements in UFC
3-310-04 for Mission-Critical Level 1, Mission-Critical Level 2 and Non-
Mission-Critical Components shall be met. For Risk Category I, II, III or IV
facilities, the equipment design requirements in UFC 3-310-04, which
amends ASCE 7, shall be met.
include complete calculations and load path distributions for the primary
gravity and lateral load structural systems (main members included
diaphragms, bracing, and moment frames).
include preliminary design of structural connections for the primary gravity
and lateral load structural systems
include preliminary calculations for secondary structural members and
exterior cladding
include protective construction calculations needed to support a final
Explosives Safety Site Plan submission. The structural design of protective
construction elements schedule will be in advance of the remainder of the
structural design for the project and be at Pre-Final stage of submission.
include narratives stating how each applicable UFC 4-010-01 Anti-Terrorism
Standard, related to the structural discipline, is met.
Include information (laminated glass thickness, interlayer thickness, and
glazing frame bite) on blast resistant window systems
Include structural design calculations for progressive collapse resistance if
triggered by UFC 4-010-01 Standard 6.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
42
c. Pre-Final
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the pre-
final submittal of the drawings and incorporate all valid comments from the previous
submittals. All structural calculations shall be completed and check by a qualified senior
engineer. Only minor changes are expected between this stage of completion and final
submission.
The design analysis shall:
include all items previously identified in the intermediate submittal and all
design progress up to the pre-final submission
include complete design of structural connections for the primary gravity
and lateral load structural systems
include complete calculations for secondary structural members and
exterior cladding
identify all structural elements and components where the design will be
delegated to others. Clearly indicate interface points of the structure
between the designer of record and the qualified design of delegated
components.
include calculations that indicate an independent technical review by a
qualified structural engineer to ensure quality control.
d. Final
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the final
submittal of the drawings and specifications and shall incorporate all valid comments
made on the pre-final submission. All structural calculations shall be completed and
checked by a qualified senior engineer.
3.2.4 Architectural.
This section states requirements and guidance for more typical aspects of architectural
design. Specific project conditions may dictate the need for design that exceeds these
requirements. The architectural design efforts must result in code compliant, functional,
life-cycle cost effective, buildable, discipline coordinated, and sustainable design
solutions throughout all phases of project programming and design. The objective of the
COE is to obtain attractive structures which are designed using sound technical
knowledge and which are constructed using recognized, good industry practices, as well
as being cost effective. The design and construction shall incorporate those
characteristics which will provide structures with present and continuing utility, durability
and desirability, and which will be economical to maintain for the life of the structure.
Facility designs shall be governed by the functional requirements of the projects, conform
to criteria and standards, and be consistent with applicable congressional cost
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
43
limitations. Provide the appropriate quality of construction that is appropriate for the type
of facility being designed, within funding limitations, taking into account life cycle cost
considerations. Include design economies that are affected by the use of suitable local
and regional construction methods, materials, and skills that are consistent with the intent
of these criteria. Design shall utilize commercially available standard or stock equipment,
fixtures and materials when they meet functional requirements.
3.2.4.1 Architectural Drawing Requirements
a. Concept Design. At a minimum the concept design drawings must
have a developed floor plan, elevations, a life safety plan and typical
wall sections. At 35% the drawings should solve the functional needs
of the user. The design solution must meet the base installation design
requirements and relevant criteria. The design solution though only
35% complete, should be thoroughly coordinated by the architects with
structural engineers for layout of structural elements, mechanical,
electrical, and fire protection engineers for chases or raceways for
ducts, piping and electrical and vertical loading of mechanical or
communication rooms, and with civil/site engineers for positioning
building on the site. The 35% should set the design through the
construction document development.
(1) Floor Plans. Provide plans at scales in accordance with the AEC
CADD Standards and at a minimum size for each floor to show
functional elements, when drawn to scale. In addition the following
shall be shown:
o The general building layout showing exterior walls, interior
partitions, and circulation elements (stair, elevators, corridors,
etc.) drawn to scale.
o The identification of major areas and their functional relationship.
o Match lines locations shall be shown for large floor plans and a
key plan must be provided to delineate which part of the overall
plan is being shown.
o Cross references for enlarged floor plans, elevations, wall types
and building sections.
o Planning grid or column lines.
o Overall and building element location dimensions
o Room names and numbers.
o Finish floor elevations for each floor or change in floor level.
o Fenestration to scale and located (doors, windows, etc.).
o All major equipment.
o Furnishing and equipment layouts will be coordinated with Interior
Design Drawings see 3.2.5.
o Provisions for handicap access.
o Floor area tabulations.
o Demolition/Existing Condition information for repair, renovation or
addition design.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
44
(2) Roof Plan(s).
(3) Planning grid or column lines.
o Call out materials for membrane or roofing type, insulation and
flashing.
o Indicate slope, drainage areas and drains/scuppers.
o Show roof mounted equipment.
o Show any skylights or major penetrations.
o Show access.
o Show cross references for elevations, details and sections.
o Provide dimensions for overall, changes in wall/parapet direction
and distance from edge of building to any items on the roof to
locate those items.
o Show gutter, downspout and locations
(4) Elevations
o Planning grid or column lines.
o Note, call out or show the exterior finishes and extent of where the
materials occur.
o Material colors or description of material must be provided on the
elevations.
o Show all doors, windows or other openings and indicate if
operable.
o Provide dimensions for height of building.
o Show elevation height markers of finish floor, roof, parapet and
any other element visible in elevation.
o Show major equipment that is attached to building or pad mounted
next to building.
o Show downspouts and gutters.
(5) Typical Wall and Building Sections
o Show and note the vertical bearing materials
o Show and describe the building envelope materials
o Wall section thickness overall will be drawn to scale. Certain
elements should be emphasized (over scaled) to be able to be
called out and communicated to reviewers and contractors. For
example, a liquid applied or thin membrane air barrier would not
be readable in a smaller scale section, but must be noted if it is
part of the wall system.
o List the insulation value.
o Sections should be provided to show the structural spanning
elements and how they bear on vertical structure.
(6) Life Safety Plan
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
45
The analysis of building life safety should be coordinated with the design team and rest
of the design submittal. At a minimum the sheet(s) must include the following data and
provide a legend for symbols used on the drawings:
The occupancy type(s).
Type of construction
Fire/smoke compartments.
Exit width calculations and number of exits.
Location and rating of walls
Door label requirements, devices, required door swing directions and smoke
proof doors.
Egress, dead-end, and common path of travel distances indicating code
compliance.
Exit lights.
b. Intermediate Design Drawings
Incorporate comments from the Concept Design. The drawings should be blocked out to
form the final number of drawings so an index can be completed. Final coordination of
spaces and materials must be finalized so full construction document development is
undertaken to a 50-65% level of effort and minimal changes impacting all disciplines will
occur later.
(1) Building Plans
o Provide plans for each floor, roof, and ceiling showing dimensions,
functional arrangement, and equipment for all areas, including
corridors, exits, stairs, and utility spaces.
o The relationship of the building to exterior access, vehicle parking,
service areas etc. shall be indicated on site plans.
o Detail any non-standard building design that deviates from
normally acceptable building methods.
o All column lines must be shown and coordinated with structural
engineering.
o Identify fire walls, smoke partitions and all fire rated construction.
o Show indication of phased construction and delineate which parts
or areas are to be done in order.
o All drawing symbols will be thoroughly cross referenced.
o All wall types should be finalized and referenced to sections and
details.
o All floor finishes must be coordinated with interior design plans.
(2) Building Elevations
o Elevations should be significantly complete showing all materials
and their extents.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
46
o The elevations must show each side of the buildings and what the
facility will appear like when complete.
o All fenestration and building joints must be shown.
(3) Building and Wall Sections
o All section references should appear on the plans.
o Building sections should be significantly complete and show major
elements of the building envelope and structural systems.
o At least one of every wall type shall be developed to demonstrate
envelope materials, attachment to structure, thermal performance,
moisture protections, and majority of details needed.
(4) Schedules
o The drawings shall include door, window, and equipment
schedules.
o Indicate any AT/FP requirements for the doors and windows or
coordinate in specifications.
o Windows and doors will have elevations and details.
o Indicate for each window type, dimensions, type of operation,
frame material, glazing type and thickness.
o Door schedule must show door numbers, door and frame types,
door size, door and frame materials and fire ratings.
o Provide interior and exterior finish schedules.
(5) Details
Details should be cross referenced on their location within the drawing set.
c. PreFinal Design Drawings
Incorporate comments from previous reviews, Concept, Intermediate or any over the
shoulder during design. Provide response to each comment.
Final drawings shall show all pertinent plans, elevations, section, details, schedules and
notes to present a complete description of the construction required. All drawing sheets
shall have Huntsville Center File Numbers and Huntsville Center Drawing Numbers as
shown in Index of Drawings. Architectural drawings shall be coordinated with the civil,
structural, mechanical, electrical and site drawings and with the specifications.
Dimensions, schedules, sections and details shall be completely checked. Door, window,
and space numbers or symbols shall be properly shown. Locations of wall sections and
cross sections shall be shown on plans and elevations. Details must be complete and cross
referenced. All errors and discrepancies noted shall be corrected. Ensure drawing index is
complete and coordinated with the drawings. Coordinate reflected ceiling plans with
lighting and air conditioning plans.
d. Final Design Drawings
Incorporate all review comments. Provide responses to comments. If comments result
in drawing or design changes, complete change, coordinate with disciplines, and go over
changes with reviewer until accepted. Make drawings ready to advertise.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
47
3.2.4.2 Architectural Specification Requirements
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation of the
specifications.
3.2.4.3 Architectural Design Analysis Requirements
a. Concept Analysis
Analysis shall develop or respond to any previous comments or design action items from
the design kick-off, parametric design, customer concerns, or design team coordination
concerns. The design analysis should be significantly complete except for any final
calculations while coordinating final design concept to proceed on construction
documents.
b. Intermediate, PreFinal and Final Design Analysis Requirements
Analysis shall incorporate or respond to any previous comments. The design analysis
should be complete including any final calculations as the details of building envelope
are completed.
3.2.5 Interior Design.
Interior Design criteria and submittal requirements are comprehensively covered under
UFC 3-120-10. Interior Design is required for new building construction and renovation
projects, regardless of funding source. The Comprehensive Interior Design (CID) is
comprised of two design deliverables: the Structural Interior Design (SID), a part of the
design and construction effort programmed within the DD-1391; and, the Furniture,
Fixtures and Equipment Design (FF&E), a functional requirement for a move-in ready
facility usually funded with O&M funds.
The SID provides for building-related interior design elements that are part of the
building itself and is performed concurrently with the architectural design. It includes but
is not limited to walls, ceilings, floor coverings, signage, finish schedules and built-in
casework. This design effort includes the accommodation of needed furniture and
equipment within the building and the coordination of furniture and equipment layout
with other related design disciplines. UFC 3-120-10, Chapter 4 sets requirements for
SID submittals.
The FF&E is performed either during the building design or the construction process. It
includes the design for furniture and equipment related to building functionality and
includes the detailed selection and specification of furniture and equipment, as well as
space planning, necessary for a fully functional facility that meets the operational needs
of the end user. UFC 3-120-10, Chapter 5 sets requirements for FF&E submittals.
Interior Design produces fully coordinated SID and FF&E design efforts for new
construction and renovation projects. Each design effort shall incorporate best practices
and principles of interior design into the completed design efforts. Both SID and FF&E
must be developed in full compliance with the contractual scope of work; comply with
applicable codes, regulations and laws; produce a design within funding limits, fully
satisfy the design scheme, aesthetic and functional requirements of the project; provide a
design fully coordinated with other related design disciplines (architecture, electrical,
mechanical, fire protection; provide a fully integrated design solution (coordination of
interior finishes, furniture, equipment, electrical, lighting, window treatments, etc.);
incorporate sustainable design principles and energy conservation methods into the
design; consider life cycle cost analysis in the selection of interior finishes and
furnishings; incorporate best practices for maintainability of facilities and furnishings; and,
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
48
result in the production of complete, accurate and coordinated construction and
procurement documentation for the project. Designs shall be developed in compliance
with the published design guide for installation. Special design consideration shall be
given to projects with historical or architectural significance. Interior Design concepts and
schemes shall be developed to be in harmony with the existing architectural character
and local environment of each project.
3.2.5.1 Specifications.
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation of the
specifications.
3.2.5.2 Design Analysis.
See 3.2.15 ‘Design Analysis’ and ER 1110-345-700, Appendix B for guidance in
preparation of the Interior Design analysis. The Interior Design analysis will document
general parameters, functional and technical requirements, design criteria, design
objectives, design assumptions, and provide sustainability, energy conservation and life
cycle cost factors applicable to the project. The design analysis shall not conflict with
the drawings and specifications and shall contain necessary information to serve as the
basis of design of the Structural Interior Design (SID) and the Furniture, Fixtures and
Equipment Design (FF&E). Copies of emails, meeting minutes, memorandums and
record of conversations obtained during the design process shall be included as
warranted to document basis of design.
a. Concept (10-15%).
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the
Concept Design Phase submittal of the drawings. The design analysis shall incorporate
or respond to any previous comments. Any changes in the direction of the design
development shall be reflected in the design drawings in addition to being captured in
the design analysis. The design analysis should be significantly complete at the
completion of the concept phase.
b. Design Development (30-65%).
The design analysis shall be reviewed at the Intermediate Design Phase to ensure
compliance and coordination with the design development through the drawings and
specifications. Revisions should be minor. Incorporate any revisions necessary due to
the progression of the design into the design analysis. Incorporate or address any
review comments received prior to this submittal.
c. Pre-Final (95%).
The design analysis shall be reviewed at the Pre-Final Design Phase submittal to ensure
compliance and coordination with the design development through the drawings and
specifications. Revisions should be minor or non-existent. Incorporate any revisions into
the design analysis. Incorporate or address any review comments received prior to this
submittal.
d. Final (100%).
The design analysis should be complete prior to the Final Design Phase submittal. If
there are any outstanding comments from previous design reviews, address or
incorporate these into the final design analysis.
3.2.6 Fire Protection.
All designs must comply with UFC 3-600-01. Unless the project scope of work specifies
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
49
the performance design of the fire protection system, the designer will show all
information necessary to construct the fire protection system(s) ("total design"). The
information provided will be detailed to the extent that the construction contractor will
only provide shop drawings that show compliance with the contract requirements.
Where the project SOW specifies the "performance design" of a water sprinkler system,
the designer will include the following in the contract documents: water system supply
curve plotted on semi-logarithmic paper, occupancy classification, design density, design
area, hose stream (where applicable), and duration of the water supply. The
performance design will include adequate hydraulic calculations to determine if the
facility will require fire pumps or water storage tanks. If calculations demonstrate the
need for either item, the designer will include in detail, the necessary items in the design.
The designer will ensure that all designs provide the most cost effective fire protection
that complies with all applicable requirements and does not increase the risk of property
damage or adversely impact life safety considerations. A qualified Fire Protection
Engineer (FPE) is required to be a member of the design team for projects involving any
feature identified by UFC 3-600-01 paragraph 1-5, other than minor sprinkler head
relocation or like-kind sprinkler head replacement. At the Final Design stage, the FPE will
provide a letter/statement certifying that the plans and specifications are in compliance
with UFC 3-600-01 and all applicable criteria. The project FPE is required to review
stamp fire protection shop drawings.
3.2.6.1 Drawings.
a. Concept Design. For either "performance" or "total" design concept
drawings, the information specified above for "performance design" of a
water sprinkler system, or the equivalent information for other
extinguishing systems will be submitted. Equipment will be drawn to
scale.
b. Intermediate Design. For “performance design,” the concept design
drawings will be updated to reflect any changes made to the design
since the concept submittal. For “total design,” the he layout plan of all
equipment and piping will be shown. Section and detail views will be
identified. Maintenance access areas will be identified.
c. PreFinal Design. The performance requirements of all equipment will
be included in an appropriate schedule. A sequence of operation will
be included where required to clearly understand the function or
operation of any systems or equipment. All equipment will be shown in
detail. Where equipment connection details are shown, all valves,
gauges, and fittings required by the specifications or otherwise required
will be shown. For proper operation and maintenance of the
equipment, adequate space will be allotted based on the requirements
in the catalog cuts furnished above. Clearances or access required for
proper operation and maintenance will be shown on the drawings.
Sections, elevations, and details of mechanical rooms and all other
congested areas will be provided where required for clarity and
coordination. All piping within the mechanical room and all other
congested areas will be drawn double-line (to scale). All supports,
other than standard piping supports, will be shown on the drawings and
clearly detailed. Flow diagrams and/or isometrics and sequences of
operation will also be provided as needed for clarity. Fire protection
drawings will not contain information pertaining to other disciplines,
except where required for reference or coordination.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
50
(1) For "performance design," the intermediate drawings will be updated
to reflect any changes made to the design since the concept submittal.
(2) For "total design," the intermediate drawings will be expanded to
include the location of all sprinklers, risers, and piping, or the
equivalent information for other extinguishing systems. Center-to-
center dimensions between sprinklers on branch lines and between
branch lines, from end sprinklers to adjacent walls, from walls to
branch lines, from sprinkler feed mains and cross mains and branch
lines to finished floors and roof or ceiling will be shown. Sections will
be included that show typical branch line and cross main pipe routing
as well as the elevation above finished floor for typical sprinklers.
d. Final Design. The only changes required at this stage should be
incorporation of comments from the ITR or customer review of the
prefinal submittal.
3.2.6.2 Specifications.
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation of the
specifications.
3.2.6.3 Design Analysis.
a. Concept Design.
(1) General Description. A description of the system(s) to be used along
with a list of standards (including date and reference to applicable
sections or paragraphs) upon which the design is based will be
submitted. A preliminary version of the Fire Protection Design Analysis
in accordance with UFC 3-600-01 will be included.
(2) Design Analysis Calculations. For "total" or "performance design" of
water sprinkler systems, the hydraulic calculations specified above for
"performance" designs will be submitted at this stage. An equivalent
level of information will be submitted at this stage for other
extinguishing systems. The calculations required for a "performance
design" should be essentially complete at this point. The source for
each equation used will be listed, including title, chapter, equation
number, etc.
b. Intermediate Design.
(1) General Description. The concept description will be updated to
reflect any changes made to the design since the concept submittal.
The basis for changes will be documented. Include the final draft of the
Fire Protection Design Analysis in accordance with UFC 3-600-01.
(2) Calculations. The concept calculations will be updated to reflect any
changes made to the design since the concept submittal. The basis for
changes will be documented. Calculations should be complete at this
stage for all extinguishing systems.
c. Pre-Final Design.
(1) General Description. The intermediate description will be updated to
reflect any changes made to the design since the intermediate
submittal. The bases for changes will be documented. Include the
final version of the Fire Protection Design Analysis in accordance with
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
51
UFC 3-600-01.
(2) Calculations. The intermediate calculations will be updated to
reflect any changes made to the design since the intermediate
submittal. The basis for changes will be documented. Catalog cuts
from at least three contractors, sufficient in detail to demonstrate
compliance with all contract requirements including the contract
specifications, will be included for all major items of equipment. For
"total design" of water sprinkler systems, completed hydraulic
calculations or the equivalent information for other extinguishing
systems will be submitted. The calculations will substantiate that the
design area indicated is, in fact, the most hydraulically demanding.
Computer prepared hydraulic calculations will have a cover sheet that
includes design input and provides an explanation of output generated.
Output will include a plot of the water system supply and the sprinkler
system demand curves plotted on semi-logarithmic paper. Computer
software which uses typical k-factors for branch lines will not be used.
All calculations will be accompanied by sketches that identify areas,
nodes, piping segments, etc., used in the calculations to facilitate
review.
d. Final Design. The only changes required at this stage should be
incorporation of comments from the ITR or customer review of the
prefinal submittal.
3.2.7 Plumbing
3.2.7.1 Drawings.
Drawings will conform to UFC 3-420-01 except as modified or supplemented below:
a. Concept Design. The drawings will include plumbing fixture layout,
floor and area drains, and single-line piping and equipment layout. All
equipment will be drawn to scale. Preliminary performance
requirements of all equipment will be included in appropriate
schedules.
b. Intermediate Design. The drawings provided at concept submittal will
be updated to include the piping plan and piping isometrics for the
water and waste/vent systems. Drawings shall be coordinated with
other non-plumbing systems such as providing floor drains for air
handling units. Drawings will typically show natural gas piping systems
even when they are part of non-plumbing systems such as building
heating systems.
c. PreFinal Design. A plumbing fixture schedule will be provided that lists
individual fixtures and the size of all piping connections (cold water, hot
water, vent, and waste). The performance requirements of all
equipment will be included in an appropriate schedule. A sequence of
operation will be included, where required, to clearly understand the
function or operation of any systems or equipment. All equipment will
be shown in detail. Where equipment connection details are shown, all
valves, gauges, and fittings required by the specifications or by other
standards will be shown. For proper operation and maintenance of the
equipment, adequate space will be allotted based on the requirements
in the catalog cuts furnished above. Clearances or access required for
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
52
proper operation and maintenance will be shown on the drawings.
Sections, elevations, and details of mechanical rooms and all other
congested areas will be provided as necessary for clarity and
coordination. All supports, other than standard piping supports, will be
shown on the drawings and clearly detailed. Isometrics and sequences
of operation will also be provided as needed for clarity. Plumbing
drawings will not contain information pertaining to other disciplines,
except where required for reference or coordination. Drawings will be
sealed by a mechanical professional engineer where required by
contract.
d. Final Design. The only changes required at this stage should be
incorporation of comments from the ITR or customer review of the
prefinal submittal.
3.2.7.2 Specifications.
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation of the
specifications.
3.2.7.3 Design Analysis.
Design Analysis will conform to UFC 3-420-01 except as modified or supplemented below:
a. Concept Design.
(1) General Description. A description of the system(s) to be used along
with a list of standards (including date and reference to applicable
sections or paragraphs) upon which the design is based will be
submitted.
(2) Calculations. The number and type of plumbing fixtures required will
be provided along with calculations to determine the cold and hot water
load (flow) requirements. The types and capacity requirements for
drainage systems will also be included. Calculations necessary to
determine equipment capacities and their corresponding utility
requirements will be provided. To facilitate review, all calculations will
be accompanied by sketches that identify nodes, piping segments, etc.,
used in the calculations. The source of each equation used will be
listed, including title, chapter, equation number, etc. Calculations
related to water conservation features such as gray water systems and
solar preheat systems will be included. The design analysis shall also
determine applicability and address any sustainability requirements for
all projects as required by UFC 1-200-02 High Performance and
Sustainable Building Requirements. The design analysis will include an
evaluation of Table 1-1 in UFC 1-200-02 to determine what, if any,
chapters apply to this design. The design analysis should also include a
narrative description of how the design will address the specific
requirements of UFC 1-200-02 that are applicable.
b. Intermediate Design.
All pipe sizing calculations should be completed and submitted. For all pipes, the
calculations will include design flow (in gpm or liters per second and fixture units), pipe
size, velocity, friction factors, slopes, lengths and the pressure and flow available at each
fixture at designed conditions. Compressed air, natural gas, and other plumbing systems
will include design flow, pipe sizing, and storage tank sizing calculations.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
53
c. PreFinal Design.
All pipe sizing calculations will be completed at this stage. Catalog cuts sufficient in detail
to demonstrate compliance with all contract requirements, including the contract
specifications from at least one vendor, will be included for all major items of equipment.
d. Final Design.
The only changes required at this stage should be incorporation of comments from the
ITR or customer review of the prefinal submittal.
3.2.8 Process
3.2.8.1 Drawings.
a. Concept Design. The concept submittal will include drawings with
sufficient information to indicate the envelope the equipment requires.
Electric and other utilities required will be identified. Provide scaled
floor plans for all support facilities with major pieces of equipment
located. Process flow drawings (PFD) and piping and instrumentation
diagrams (P&ID) will be provided. Piping plan drawings will depict the
routing of major lines.
b. Intermediate Design. This submittal will have the equipment outline
clearly defined on the plans with locating dimensions given from walls
or columns. Section and detail views will be included if sufficient
information is available. Process and Utility Diagrams showing pipe
sizes, equipment and control devices; equipment lists; comprehensive
functional and operational system description of the control system,
and site plan showing all site elements. At the intermediate submittal
PFD's and P&ID's will be complete. PFD's will have the flow rates for
all process lines identified for the design conditions. P&ID's will have
all lines sized and numbered; instrumentation identified including tag
numbers. Piping plan drawings will be provided that show the routing
of all lines along with pipe identification numbers. Elevation and detail
drawings will be started but are not expected to be complete at this
time. When equipment is furnished by other than the construction
contractor, the interface will be clearly identified. Any areas on hold
awaiting information will be identified.
o Piping System Drawings. Piping drawings will include plans and
elevations of the piping runs with the location of expansion
devices, anchors, and changes in direction indicated and located
on both the plans and elevations. Sufficient detail will also be
provided to ensure interface definition between piping systems
and contractor and Government-furnished equipment. A process
and instrumentation diagram showing the system control
components and instrumentation will be provided for each process
piping system. Instrumentation symbols used will be in
accordance with Instrumentation and Symbols Standard (ISA-
S5.1).
o Piping Details. Piping details will be shown in isometric wherever
practical.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
54
o Miscellaneous. Pipelines, valves, controllers, and instrumentation
will be numbered on the drawings. A pipeline and valve listing will
be provided.
c. PreFinal Design. Details will be furnished for supports, anchors, pipe
sleeve closures, valve pits, guides, and other such features.
d. Final Design. The only changes required at this stage should be
incorporation of comments from the ITR or customer review of the
prefinal submittal.
3.2.8.2 Specifications.
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation of the
specifications. In addition, the following considerations will be addressed:
a. Cleaning. The details of the cleaning processes and the number and
location of cleanings will be specified. The specification will call out the
degree of inspection and will require the use of approved cleaning
facilities. The contractor will be required to provide detailed cleaning
procedures before piping is cleaned. Pipe or components cleaned in a
shop off the job will be sealed against contamination through use of a
substantial sealing method.
a. Components. Components such as valves, strainers, gauges, and
other devices will be specified in detail with pressure or temperature
rating, size, capacity, pressure, and temperature ranges; test
pressures, tolerances, and materials will be called out. Components
will be cleaned to the specified cleanliness level at the manufacturer's
plant; they will be sealed and packaged so as to arrive on the job site in
the specified clean condition.
b. Inspection. Methods and degree of cleanliness and welding
inspection will be specified. Generally, welding inspections will consist
of visual and radiographic or other nondestructive inspection. The
method of testing and the standards used will be documented.
c. Testing. Detailed requirements will be specified for pressure testing,
leak testing, and operational testing. Test requirements for
components such as leak testing and proof testing will be called out in
detail. Operational tests will also be indicated. Records of tests will be
made and a reproducible copy turned over to the contracting officer.
Performance and other tests of valves, strainers, etc., will require
certification with copies furnished the contracting officer.
d. Piping Connections. The method of making piping connections will
be specified. Welding and inspection of welding will be in accordance
with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ANSI Piping Code,
and the American Welding Society Standards. A requirement for
welding procedure, welding operator, and welder qualification and
identification will be specified. No unqualified procedure or welder will
be used. Detailed requirements for welding will be specified.
(1) Protective Coatings. Protective coatings for both aboveground and
underground piping will be specified with appropriate test procedures.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
55
(2) Materials. The options on materials for the piping systems will be
furnished as part of the design criteria.
(3) Piping Identification. Requirements for piping identification will be
specified.
3.2.8.3 Design Analysis.
a. Concept Design.
A design analysis will be furnished by the designer for all major items of equipment. The
parameters, calculations, and rationale used for selecting the equipment will be
identified, and at least, three manufacturers' names and the model numbers of their
equipment will be provided to verify that competition is available. Catalog cuts from at
least one manufacturer will be provided to demonstrate compliance with project
requirements. A process description, site concepts or layouts, control systems concept,
and code analysis as applicable for each will be furnished by the designer. The designer
will document the required capability of material handling equipment to fulfill mission
requirements and ensure the equipment has built-in safety features. Material Handling
covers items such as elevators, pneumatic-tube systems, monorails, overhead cranes,
etc.
(1) Seismic Design. Seismic design of piping, equipment, supports, and
anchors will conform to UFC 3-310-04. (Coordinate requirements with
Structural.)
(2) Noise Control. Design work will be in accordance with UFC 3-450-
01 and UFC 3-450-02.
(3) Special Conditions
o Hazardous Facilities. Hazardous facilities require special design
considerations which include selecting equipment items and
materials that prevent damage and hazards to personnel and
facilities. Hazards may be created by corrosive acids, explosions,
fire, lethal gases, or other causes. AMC-R 385-100 will be used
for designing facilities where hazardous (but non-nuclear)
munitions materials will be manufactured, processed, stored,
handled, or transported within a facility. The safety requirements
of the American Petroleum Institute may be imposed for facilities
associated with petroleum products or with the conversion of one
energy form into another.
o Hazardous and Toxic Waste. Hazardous and toxic wastes piped
underground must have double containment and meet the
requirements of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA).
b. Intermediate Design. Calculations will be included for the sizing of all
equipment and major distribution lines..
c. Pre-Final Design.
(1) Alignment. The horizontal and vertical alignment of the piping will be
carefully planned to use the inherent flexibility of the pipe to absorb
expansion. Consideration will be given to road crossings and other
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
56
obstructions in the route of the piping.
(2) Expansion. The design of flexibility of the system, will consider the
maximum and minimum temperatures to which the line will be exposed.
This will include not only environmental temperature, but temperatures
of cleaning processes such as steam or vapor cleaning. Ample
provision will be made for such temperature ranges, and this will be
covered by the design analysis. Where expansion of piping will be
absorbed by using the inherent flexibility of the piping or by providing
expansion loops and bends, the pipe expansion stresses will be
calculated by a standard method used in industry. Where computer
analysis is used, the analysis will include a user's manual and a sample
problem.
(3) Supports. Supports for above ground piping will be designed with
full allowances for the movement and forces developed by the piping
either during operation, testing, cleaning, or shock loading, whichever
is the most severe condition. Supports will be of ample strength to
withstand the forces developed by the piping. Supports will be
designed to allow free movement of the piping during expansion and to
adequately guide the line without binding it. Support design will
incorporate stock or production parts, provided they conform to the
requirements of design loads and are commonly used. Accurate stress
and weight balance calculations will be made to determine forces and
movements at each support point, anchor, and equipment connection.
Vibration and shock loads will be examined in detail and
accommodated. All calculations will be included in the design analysis.
(4) Anchors. Pipe anchors will be designed to withstand the maximum
forces developed by the pipe system during the most severe condition
of either regular operation, testing, shock loading, or cleaning. Anchors
will be proportioned to not less than twice the section modulus of the
pipe. Design calculations for anchors will be a part of the design
analysis. These calculations should show forces, assumptions, soil
bearing values, etc. When it is necessary to use a bellows type
expansion device, anchors and supports will be designed to take the
full pressure thrust at the highest pressure to which the line will be
subjected, either in normal operation or during the pressure testing.
(5) Drainage and Sectionalizing. System operation conditions will be
taken into consideration when designing the drainage points and
sectionalizing. If a system is to be cleaned in place, the line will be
capable of being divided into short sections for ease of cleaning without
cutting the piping. Drains will be located at low points, and if they are
to be used for cleaning or flushing, they will be large enough to ensure
adequate flow. Horizontal pipe runs will be pitched for gravity drain in
the desired direction.
d. Final Design. The only changes required at this stage should be
incorporation of comments from the ITR or customer review of the
pre-final submittal.
3.2.9 HVAC
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
57
3.2.9.1 Drawings.
HVAC drawings will conform to UFC 3-401-01 except as modified or supplemented below:
a. Concept Design. A single-line layout will be provided for all equipment,
ductwork, and piping. Equipment will be drawn to scale. Preliminary
performance requirements of all equipment will be included in
appropriate schedules. A preliminary sequence of operation for each
system will be included on the drawings.
b. Intermediate Design. The drawings provided at concept submittal will
be updated to include the equipment, piping and duct locations.
Equipment schedules will include information available based on the
calculations. Ductwork shall be shown with double lines and all
fire/smoke dampers shall be located. Sequence of Operation will be
expanded to address all major control sequences.
c. Pre-Final Design. The performance requirements of all equipment will
be included in appropriate schedules. A sequence of operation will be
included where required to clearly understand the function or operation
of any systems or equipment. All equipment will be shown in detail.
Where equipment connection details are shown, show all valves,
gauges, and fittings, required by the specifications or otherwise
required. For proper operation and maintenance of the equipment,
adequate space will be allotted based on the requirements in the
catalog cuts furnished above. Clearances or access required for
proper operation and maintenance will be shown on the drawings.
Sections, elevations, and details will be provided for mechanical rooms
and all other congested areas where required for clarity, coordination,
or detail. All piping and ductwork within the mechanical room and all
other congested areas will be drawn double-line (to scale) with exterior
dimensions that reflect any required insulation. All supports, other than
standard ductwork or piping supports, will be shown on the drawings
and clearly detailed. A flow diagram and sequence of operation will be
provided for each system. HVAC drawings will not contain any
information pertaining to other disciplines, except where required for
reference or coordination. Drawings will be coordinated with
specifications to show all items by which the specifications refer to the
drawings for additional visual detail. Drawings will be sealed by a
mechanical professional engineer where required by contract.
d. Final Design. The only changes required at this stage should be
incorporation of comments from the ITR or customer review of the
pre-final submittal.
3.2.9.2 Specifications.
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation of the
specifications.
3.2.9.3 Design Analysis.
The HVAC design analysis will conform to UFC 3-401-01 except as modified or
supplemented below:
a. Concept Design. The description of the system(s) will include the
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
58
indoor and outdoor design conditions for each area. Where energy
from an existing plant is to be used, verification will be included that
capacity, availability, and the reliability of the plant are adequate to
serve the intended loads. As a minimum, block loads that take into
account all loads that will influence equipment size will be submitted for
each system. All calculations will be accompanied by sketches that
identify nodes, piping, or duct-work segments, etc., used in the
calculations to facilitate review. The size of major pipe and duct mains
will be included. The source for each equation used will be listed,
including title, chapter, equation number, etc. The design analysis will
reference the building seismic design analysis where seismic hazards
exist and determine whether mechanical system piping, equipment, and
ductwork must be braced according to seismic hazard level A, B, C, or
D per latest edition of SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual. The design
analysis shall also determine applicability and address any
sustainability requirements for all projects as required by UFC 1-200-02
High Performance and Sustainable Building Requirements. The design
analysis will include an evaluation of Table 1-1 in UFC 1-200-02 to
determine what, if any, chapters apply to this design. The design
analysis should also include a narrative description of how the design
will address the specific requirements of UFC 1-200-02 that are
applicable. New construction, new addition, and major renovation (as
defined in UFC 1-200-02 dated 01 March 2013, Table 1-1) will typically
include (but not be limited to) the following deliverables (see UFC 3-
410-01):
o Energy Cost Budget (ECB) Compliance Report as shown in
Appendix G of ASHRAE 90.1 User's Manual including backup
calculations.
o Life Cycle Cost Analysis (LCCA) narrative including calculations
for specific conservation measures that exceed requirements.
o ASHRAE Standard 62.1 ventilation analysis including detailed
calculations.
o Minor renovation projects will typically include ASHRAE Standard
62.1 ventilation analysis including detailed calculations
b. Intermediate Design. Calculations will be included for the sizing of all
equipment and major air and water distribution lines. Design analysis
shall determine whether ASHRAE Standard 15 Safety Standard for
Refrigeration Systems is applicable.
c. Pre-Final Design. All pipe sizing calculations will be completed at
this stage. For all pipes, the calculations will include design flow (over
the entire range where applicable), duct size, velocity, slope (if
applicable), length and all pertinent details relative to the calculation
method used. The entering and leaving design conditions at each piece
of equipment (over the entire operating range where applicable) will be
listed. The cycle of each heating and/or cooling system will be plotted
on a psychometric chart with each point on the chart cross-referenced
to the corresponding point in the system. Individual room heat gain/loss
calculations will be made. The extrapolation of "typical" room
calculations or the proration of block load calculations will not be
permitted. A completed ventilation analysis based on the requirements
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
59
listed in UFC 3-410-01FA will be provided. Catalog cuts from at least
three vendors sufficient in detail to demonstrate compliance with all
contract requirements, including the contract specifications, will be
included for all major items of equipment.
d. Final Design. The only changes required at this stage should be
incorporation of comments from the ITR or customer review of the
prefinal submittal.
3.2.10 Electrical.
Electrical design shall be in accordance with UFC 1-200-01 General Building
Requirements. This UFC provides general building requirements, establishes the use of
consensus building codes and standards, identifies key core UFCs, and identifies unique
military requirements, such as facilities in support of military operations. This UFC applies
to the design and construction of new and renovated Government-owned
facilities for the Department of Defense. It is applicable to all methods of project delivery
and levels of construction.
Levels of construction are permanent, semi-permanent, and temporary. Use the
International Building Code (IBC) except as modified by this UFC. Substitute all
references in the IBC to the International Fire Code (IFC) with criteria in UFC 3-600-01
Fire Protection. Substitute all references in the IBC to the International Fuel Gas Code
with criteria in NFPA 54 and NFPA 58. Core UFCs referenced in this UFC provide the
unique military building criteria that parallel the International Building Code (IBC). For
electrical design, Chapter 27 – Electrical of the IBC is modified by 2-27 of this UFC. In
addition to these IBC modifications, electrical design will comply with other criteria in
Chapter 3 and UFCs referenced in Appendix A of this UFC. Chapter 3 addresses Higher
Authority Mandates, Unified Facility Criteria (both core UFCs and specific Facility Criteria
(FC)), Antiterrorism, Explosive Safety, Physical Security, High Performance and
Sustainable Building requirements mandated by law and policy.
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation of the
specifications.
IBC Chapter 27 – Electrical is modified by a number of core UFCs with UFC 3-501-01
Electrical Engineering specifying the general electrical requirement criteria as the
overarching electrical design guide. A block diagram is provided in Figure 1-1 Electrical
UFC Delineation and in Appendix B, Figure B-1 Additional Electrical-Related UFCs. The
USACE Technical Excellence Network (TEN) has a listing of these UFCs.
IBC and UFC 3-501-01 shall be used in the development of the plans, specifications,
calculations, and Design/Build Request for Proposals (RFP) and shall serve as the
minimum electrical design requirements for design-build and design-bid-build projects.
Compliance with this UFC is mandatory for the design of electrical systems at all
facilities, bases, and at leased facilities. UFC 3-501-01 establishes design analysis
requirements in support of design activities and defines minimum requirements for
design drawings in terms of drawing types and content.
During the design process, the electrical engineer will consistently coordinate with other
design disciplines to ensure no conflict of information is shown on the drawings or in the
specifications. Within the electrical discipline, the drawings, specifications and design
analysis shall not conflict and shall contain all necessary information for pricing,
procurement, construction and validation of the design.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
60
3.2.10.1 Drawings
Drawings shall be submitted in accordance with UFC 3-501-01 CHAPTER 3 DESIGN
ANALYSIS AND DOCUMENTATION, 3-3 DRAWING REQUIREMENTS.
a. Concept Design Drawings. Drawings shall indicate the level of
construction and general electrical and telecommunication systems
requirements. In addition to the requirements of UFC 3-501-01, the
drawings shall include:
o Legends and Abbreviations associated with the electrical design
o Demolition Plans
o Site Plans for Exterior Electrical Power and Lighting and
Telecommunications: Electrical and telecommunications drawings
will include plan and elevation drawings. Electrical power and
lighting and telecommunications layouts will show new and
existing utilities. Plans will show locations of electrical supply
equipment, building service equipment, and exterior supply circuits
affected by new construction or renovation. The plans will
be coordinated with other utility plans concerning scale, landmark
references for proximity, and interference management. The plans
will be separate from water, sewage, and other utility plans.
Elevation views of assemblies will be scaled and will identify each
item of equipment arranged on the front of cabinets,
compartments, cubicles, panels, and units. Electrical power and
lighting and telecommunications layouts depicting exact locations
with defining details will be included
o Building Floor and Ceiling Plans for Interior Electrical Power and
Lighting and Telecommunications: Plans will include layouts for
power, lighting, conduits, cable tray, backboard/distribution
frames, telecommunication systems (voice and data), feeders,
branch circuits, grounding, and electrical receptacles. For
renovation and modification projects, plans will depict the work
and no work requirements. Where work is extensive, separate
sheets should be used to show existing-to-remain, demolition, and
new work
o Single-line Diagrams: Concept single-line diagrams will depict
proposed power sources and distribution schemes (interior and
exterior). The diagrams will include existing and proposed
protective device types in sufficient detail to communicate the
system protection philosophy
o Drawings will contain nameplate data for components of existing
systems which are affected by the new design or which affect the
new equipment or systems
o Riser diagrams for power, telecommunications,
intercommunication/paging, special systems, fire alarm, and
grounding (includes service entrance equipment, grounding
electrode system, lightning protection system, and cathodic
protection)
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
61
b. Intermediate Design Drawings. Drawings shall be sufficiently complete
to demonstrate the electrical and telecommunication systems
requirements. In addition to the requirements of UFC 3-501-01, the
drawings shall include:
o Single-line diagrams: Single-line diagrams will depict power
sources and distribution schemes (interior and exterior). The
diagrams will show the distribution and utilization equipment
protective device types
o Three-line diagrams required for annunciation, instrumentation,
control, and coordinated protection of power system equipment
and materials
o Drawings will identify and describe existing and proposed
conductors, devices, equipment, and materials by data shown on
the manufacturers' nameplate data and on single-line and three-
line diagrams
o Elementary and schematic control diagrams for
telecommunication systems
o Riser diagrams for power, telecommunications,
intercommunication/paging, special systems, fire alarm, and
grounding (includes service entrance equipment, grounding
electrode system, lightning protection system, and cathodic
protection)
o Schedules and elevations for power panels, panel boards, motor
control centers, switchboards, and switchgear
o Grounding and lightning protection plans and details
c. Pre-Final Design Drawings. Drawings shall be sufficiently complete in
detail to demonstrate the entire electrical and telecommunication
systems requirements, including interfaces with other design
disciplines. All coordination efforts with other design disciplines will be
incorporated into this submittal. With the exception of completing minor
details, this submittal could be used to obtain fair and competitive bids
from contractors and used for construction. At a minimum the drawings
shall include:
o Content of the ‘Intermediate’ submission and all design progress
up to point of the Pre-Final submission
o General notes providing criteria for general contractor instructions,
design criteria for electrical and telecommunication systems,
construction materials and equipment, and inspections, testing
and verification of systems intended function. Identify systems or
component parts of the electrical and telecommunication systems
where the Designer of Record is delegating the design
responsibility to a qualified delegated engineer
o Final drawings will show all pertinent plans, elevations, sections,
details, schedules, and notes to present a complete description of
the construction required. All elements to be constructed will be
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
62
properly annotated and located with proper dimensions
(1) Pre-Final exterior electrical drawings will include:
o Details which clearly depict the installation requirements of
overhead and underground supply and utilization equipment and
telecommunication systems
o Clearances required by IEEE C2
o Plans and details which clearly distinguish new from existing
construction and define their interfaces
o Equipment schedules for all equipment included in the design will
be complete
(2) Pre-Final interior electrical drawings will include:
o A lighting fixture schedule
o Complete electrical wiring details
o Riser diagram indicating connections and wiring to main switch,
distribution, power and lighting panels
o Details for mounting fixtures and equipment
o Horsepower ratings of all motors
o Panel board and switch schedule, together with connected loads
o Designation of all rooms and areas as shown on architectural and
other drawings
o Internal and external equipment wiring diagrams, including
interconnections between related items of equipment
o Cable and conduit schedules
o Electrical equipment plan, elevation, side views, sectional views,
and details (interior and exterior).
o Interface drawings between existing electrical systems/equipment
and new electrical systems/equipment
o Nameplate data for components of existing systems which are
affected by the new design or which affect the new equipment or
systems
o Completely developed schedules for all equipment included in the
design will be submitted
d. Final Design Drawings. Drawings shall be complete in detail to
demonstrate the entire electrical and telecommunication systems
requirements by including the ‘Pre-Final’ submission with addition of
minor details noted during the ‘Pre-Final’ review. All valid comments
made on previous submittals shall be incorporated into this final
submittal. The drawings shall be complete in detail to provide for fair
and competitive bids from contractors and to provide for the
construction of the project without additional drawings.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
63
3.2.10.2 Specifications:
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation of the
specifications.
3.2.10.3 Design Analysis shall be submitted in accordance with
paragraph 3-2 Design Analysis of UFC 3-501-01 CHAPTER 3 DESIGN
ANALYSIS AND DOCUMENTATION,. Refer to 3.2.15 ‘Design Analysis’
and ER 1110-345-700, Appendix B for guidance in preparation of the
electrical design analysis. Electrical design analysis will document general
parameters, serviceability requirements, functional and technical
requirements, design criteria, design objectives, design assumptions, and
provide design calculations applicable to the project. Electrical design
analysis shall not conflict with the drawings and specifications and shall
contain necessary information to serve as the basis of design of the
electrical elements of the project. Copies of emails, memorandums and
record of conversations obtained during the design process shall be
included as warranted to document basis of design.
a. Concept Design Analysis. (Provide all items in the Parametric Design
Analysis and additional design work to include further development of
all systems and features described in Sections 3.2.1 Basis of Design,
3.2.2 Electrical Calculations, and 3.2.3 Load Analysis of UFC 3-501-01.
b. Intermediate Design Analysis. Provide all items in the Concept Design
Analysis and all special features of the design. Include the studies and
analysis described in sections 3.2.4 through 3.2.17 of UFC 3-501-01.
c. Pre-Final Design Analysis. Analysis shall be sufficiently complete in
detail to demonstrate the entire electrical and telecommunication
systems requirements, including interfaces with other design
disciplines. All coordination efforts with other design disciplines will be
incorporated into this analysis.
d. Final Design Analysis. Analysis shall be complete in detail to
demonstrate the entire electrical and telecommunication systems
requirements by including the Pre-Final Analysis with addition of minor
details noted during the Pre-Final review. All valid comments made on
previous submittals shall be incorporated into this final submittal.
3.2.11 Telecommunications.
3.2.11.1 Fire Detection & Alarm/Mass Notification Systems. All designs
must comply with UFC 3-600-01 and UFC 4-021-01.
a. Drawings. Legends shall contain only symbols used in the design.
Where the final, signed design drawings are part of subcontractor’s
shop drawings submittal, the design shall include a typical system riser
diagram, with any detail diagrams for needed clarity, showing all types
of equipment, all types of circuits and all connections to other systems
that will be provided in the construction process.
(1) Concept Submittal. Provide systems layout and system
installation details, such as system riser for each system,
telecommunications room layout, rack/cabinet layouts, rack
details, outlet configurations, cable support details and layout and
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
64
grounding details. Provide a preliminary system riser diagram
reflecting anticipated devices and circuit types. Provide an interim
site plan showing manholes, handholes, routes of cables,
telecommunications rooms, and all major features of the design.
Provide all cable, connector and outlet types and colors for voice
and data. Provide termination details, i.e. T568B. Provide
personnel certifications if applicable.
(2) Intermediate Submittal. Update concept layout drawings and
system riser diagram. Include detail drawings to show device wiring
and installation.
(3) Final Submittal. Finalize drawings to comply with comments and
scope changes/clarifications. Update concept layout drawings,
operational matrix and system riser diagram. Include detail drawings
to show device wiring and installation.
b. Specifications. See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for
guidance in preparation of the specifications.
c. Design Analysis. Design analysis shall be a part of the Fire Protection
Design Analysis required by UFC 3-600-01, Section 1-4.
(1) Concept Submittal. To be provided as part of the summary required
by UFC 3-600-01. Provide a description of the type of system(s) and
devices to be used, including the criteria, codes and standards driving
the design.
(2) Intermediate Submittal. Provide a full design analysis of the
system(s) to be provided, including battery calculations. Verify that
the fire alarm/MNS configuration follows the guidance of UFC 4-021-
01.
(3) Final Submittal. Update and finalize to comply with any comments
or scope changes. Analysis shall reflect the final design.
3.2.11.2 Medical Communications Systems. Telecommunications
designs for medical facilities and medical communications systems shall
be in compliance with UFC 4-510-01.
a. Drawings. Legends for different communications systems may be
combined or separate but shall contain only symbols used in the design.
Where the final, signed design drawings are part of subcontractor’s shop
drawings submittal, the design shall include a typical system riser
diagram, with any detail diagrams for needed clarity, showing all types of
equipment, all types of circuits and all connections to other systems that
will be provided in the construction process.
(1) Concept Submittal. Provide a conceptual floor plan showing the
location of panels and devices. Provide a conceptual systems riser
diagram.
(2) Intermediate Submittal. Provide final systems layout and system
installation details, such as system riser for each system,
telecommunications room layout, rack/cabinet layouts, outlet
configurations, cable tray layout and grounding details.
(3) Final Submittal. Provide final drawings, including any changes from
comments and/or scope changes.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
65
b. Specifications.
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation
of the specifications.
c. Design Analysis. Provide a separate analysis for each system.
(1) Concept Submittal. Provide a general description of the systems to
be provided, including the codes, standards and criteria that govern
the design.
(2) Intermediate Submittal. Provide a full design analysis, including any
design changes due to scope changes and/or comments.
(3) Final Submittal. Update and finalize the analysis, verifying that it
fully reflects the design.
3.2.11.3 Data and Voice Network Systems. All designs must comply with
UFC 3-580-01 and the I3A.
a. Drawings. Legends for different communications systems may be
combined or separate but shall contain only symbols used in the
design. Where the final, signed design drawings are part of
subcontractor’s shop drawings submittal, a system riser diagram shall
be provided, with any detail diagrams for needed clarity, showing all
types of equipment, all types of circuits and all connections to other
systems that will be provided in the construction process. The I3A
examples in Appendix B shall be used as a style guide.
(1) Concept Submittal. Provide an interim floor plan showing
the location of panels and devices. Provide an interim
systems riser diagram. Provide an interim site plan showing
manholes, handholes, routes of cables, telecommunications
rooms, and all major features of the design. Provide
personnel certifications if applicable.
(2) Intermediate Submittal. Provide final systems layout and
system installation details, such as system riser for each
system, telecommunications room layout, rack/cabinet
layouts, outlet configurations, cable support details and
layout, and grounding details. Provide all cable, connector
and outlet types and colors for voice and data. Provide
termination details, i.e. T568B.
(3) Final Submittal. Provide final drawings, including any changes
from comments and/or scope changes.
b. Specifications. DB specifications will be developed in accordance with
contract requirements, paragraph 3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted
design plan. Designer shall not use a mix of service specifications,
i.e., Army telecommunications system with Navy raceways.
c. Design Analysis. Provide a separate analysis for each system. Clarify
any conditions that are different from those presented in the scope that
has affected the design such that any requirements are not met.
(1) Concept Submittal. Provide a general description of the
systems to be provided, including the codes, standards and
criteria that govern the design.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
66
(2) Intermediate Submittal. Provide a full design analysis,
including any design changes due to scope changes and/or
comments. Provide manufacturers’ cut sheets for
components.
(3) Final Submittal. Update and finalize the analysis, verifying
that it fully reflects the design.
3.2.11.4 Operational Technology (OT) Network Systems.
d. Drawings.
(1) Concept Submittal. Provide an interim floor plan showing the
location of panels and devices. Provide an interim systems riser
diagram for each system.
(2) Intermediate Submittal. Provide final systems layout and
system installation details. Provide a site plan showing
manholes, handholes, routes of cables,
telecommunications rooms, and all major features of the
design. Provide final systems layout and system
installation details, such as system riser for each system,
telecommunications room layout (if applicable),
rack/cabinet layouts, outlet configurations, cable support
details and layout, and grounding details. Provide all
cable, connector, connector and outlet types and colors for
voice and data. Provide termination details, i.e. T568B.
(3) Final Submittal. Provide final drawings, including any changes
from comments and/or scope changes.
e. Specifications. DB specifications will be developed in accordance with
contract requirements, paragraph 3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted
design plan.
f. Design Analysis.
(1) Concept Submittal. Provide a general description of the
systems to be provided, including the codes, standards
and criteria that govern the design. Provide the following:
a. The Mission Categorization Letter if applicable
b. The “Conceptual Data Model”, the “Logical Data Model”,
and the “Physical Data Model” of the DODAF (Department
of Defense Architecture Framework) that meet the project
OT requirements.
c. The Network Architecture Diagram, showing component IP
addresses, physical interfaces, make/model, and protocols.
d. A functional and protective element diagram of the system.
e. Hardware and software component list.
f. “Type Accreditation(s)” if applicable.
g. Logic flow diagram of the system.
h. Acceptance test procedure(s).
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
67
i. Commissioning Plan.
j. A defense-in-depth layered process diagram as it relates to
resiliency and security.
k. A Life Cycle Cost Analysis (LCCA) if applicable.
(2) Intermediate Submittal. Provide a full design analysis,
including any design changes due to scope changes and/or
comments. Provide manufacturers’ cut sheets for
components.
(3) Final Submittal. Update and finalize the analysis, verifying
that it fully reflects the design.
3.2.11.5 Industrial Process Network Design.
a. Drawings. Legends for different communications systems may be
combined or separate but shall contain only symbols used in the
design.
(1) Concept Submittal. Provide a complete Process and
Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID) IAW International Society
of Automation (ISA) or ISO 15519 guidelines, and a
Process Flow Diagram for the project.
(2) Intermediate Submittal. Provide final systems layout and
system installation details. Provide a site plan showing
manholes, handholes, routes of cables, telecommunications
rooms, and all major features of the design. Provide final
systems layout and system installation details, such as
system riser for each system, telecommunications room
layout (if applicable), rack/cabinet layouts, outlet
configurations, cable support details and layout, and
grounding details. Provide all cable, connector, connector
and outlet types and colors for voice and data. Provide
termination details, i.e. T568B.
(3) Final Submittal. Provide final drawings, including any
changes from comments and/or scope changes. Provide
control wiring drawings.
b. Specifications. DB specifications will be developed in accordance with
contract requirements, paragraph 3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted
design plan. Designer shall not use a mix of service specifications,
i.e., Army telecommunications system with Navy raceways.
c. Design Analysis. Provide a separate analysis for each system. Clarify
any conditions that are different from those presented in the scope that
has affected the design such that any requirements are not met.
(1) Concept Submittal. Provide a general description of the
systems to be provided, including the codes, standards and
criteria that govern the design. Provide a narrative
description of the process operation. If applicable, provide a
hierarchical control diagram for the project.
(2) Final Submittal. Provide a full design analysis, including
any design changes due to scope changes and/or
comments. Provide manufacturers’ cut sheets for
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
68
components.
(3) Complete Submittal. Update and finalize the analysis,
verifying that it fully reflects the design.
3.2.12 Utility Monitoring and Control Systems (UMCS).
3.2.12.1 General.
Utility Monitoring and Control Systems, which include Energy
Monitoring and Control Systems (EMCS), Building Automation
Systems (BAS), and other computer-based direct digital control
systems, are composed of computer hardware and associated
peripherals, software, communication networks, instrumentation, and
control equipment. Design of these systems should conform to UFC
3-470-01 and UFC 3-410-02. Design packages will include
appropriate UFGSs and drawings. The design package provides
design configuration and functional description of hardware and
software. The design shall incorporate security engineering to
comply with cybersecurity requirements as shown in paragraph 5.19.
Energy conservation and life cycle cost design features will be
reflected in the Energy Conservation and Life Cycle Cost Design
Analysis.
a. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REQUIREMENTS. Where the design of
controls modifies the function of equipment as initially approved by a
Professional Engineer, that change shall also require drawings
stamped by a licensed Professional Engineer.
b. DESIGN AND INSTALLATION. The design of the facilities and control
systems and the performance of the installation work will be in
accordance with the facility criteria, guide specifications, drawings, and
other industry standards as designated by the scope of work. Design
and installation of facilities used for processing classified information
will be IAW applicable Department of Defense documents. The design
of the facilities/systems will be in sufficient detail to allow repetitive
construction of future facilities/systems from one set of drawings and
will limit the amount of layout engineering required by the construction
contractor.
3.2.12.2 Drawings.
a. Plans will contain the following:
(1) Floor Plans. The floor plans will show all principal architectural
features of the building that will affect the design.
o Room designation and number.
o Dimensional height, location, number, and size of raceways.
o Dimensional height, location, size, and designation of cabinets,
outlet boxes, etc. Plans should clearly indicate type of mounting
required (flush and surface, wall or floor).
o Conduit and communication cable routing and numbers.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
69
o Dimensional size, location, space requirements, and designation
for all control consoles, equipment local cabinets, power supplies,
etc.
o Grounding requirements.
(2) Schedules. Conduit and cable schedules will be used to show
conduits and cables installed. The schedule will contain the
number, type, size, origination point, destination point, and
termination requirements for each conduit cable.
(3) Construction. Construction details and complete dimensions
will be shown for each cabinet. The details will show the outline
of the cabinets, thickness of the metal, mounting of internal
equipment such as channel support, location of all openings in
the cabinet, mounting and securing of doors, and other
pertinent features.
(4) Sections and Elevations. Details, sections, and elevations will
be shown where required for clarifications.
(5) Equipment by Others. The drawings will indicate equipment
furnished and/or installed by others.
b. Concept Design Drawings.
o Title sheet
o Site drawing
o Abbreviations and symbol list
o Network Architecture Diagram
o UMCS Block Diagram (includes front-end server equipment
layout)
o Communication network and Information Assurance description
o Control Drawings and schematic of equipment showing
instrumentation placement
o Floor Plans showing relative locations of HVAC equipment and new
direct digital controls Sequences of Operations for each piece of
HVAC equipment
o Bills-of-Materials (BOM) for main components of each sub-system
o Details of power (include source breaker nomenclature),
grounding and surge protection
o Building Level Controller/ Facility Point of Connection IP
Address (i.e., Network Application Engines, Java Application
Control Engines, SmartServers, Loytec, etc.)
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
70
o Points Schedules: Every connected analog output (AO), analog
input (AI), binary output (BO), binary input (BI), pulse
accumulator (PA) input and other input or output device
connected to the UMCS shall represent a point. All point
schedules as defined by UFC 3-410-02 and UFC 3-470-01
o Drawings: A sample (one system) of Instrumentation and Control
wiring and installation drawings, showing wire routing on floor
plans including terminal numbers, wire colors/numbers, and cable
designations.
o Two representative buildings will be completed in accordance with
UFC 3-410-02, including sequences of operations and data base
information related to set points and alarm limits
c. Intermediate Design Drawings.
Intermediate design review submittals for UMCS will have all concept review comments
incorporated into the project drawings and other documents before the intermediate
design is submitted.
The level of design completion submitted will be in accordance with the contract,
normally 65%, for all structures in accordance with UFC 3-410-02, including the
sequence of operation, and data base information related to set points and alarm limits,
communications network layout, and cable routing.
d. Pre-Final Drawings.
Final Instrumentation and control wiring and installation drawings, showing wire routing
on floor plans including terminal numbers, wire colors/numbers, and cable designations.
Drawings submitted for the pre-final review will incorporate all notes and comments from
all previous reviews. Drawings at this stage should be essentially complete, subject only
to final corrections and comment incorporation.
e. Final Drawings.
After the final review conference, drawings containing review corrections will be
delivered to the project manager.
3.2.12.3 Specifications.
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation of the
specifications.
3.2.12.4 Design Analysis.
Design Analysis shall be in accordance with the general requirements of para 3.2.15 and
the specific requirements listed below. Control system design analysis will document
general parameters, serviceability requirements, functional and technical requirements,
design criteria, design objectives, design assumptions, and provide design calculations as
applicable to the project. Control system design analysis shall not conflict with the
drawings and specifications and shall contain necessary information to serve as the basis
of design of the Control system elements of the project. Copies of emails, memorandums
and record of conversations obtained during the design process shall be included as
warranted to document basis of design.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
71
a. Concept Design Analysis.
Provide a written narrative accurately addressing the control system basis of design. The
basis of design shall include as a minimum:
b. Interview with site personnel/occupants and resulting
recommendations
o Review of past energy/feasibility studies (i.e., EEAP)
o Review of Master Plan (if any)
o Field survey data
o Survey of existing data communication infrastructure
o Bandwidth calculations from impact of new components
o Proposed data communication system (include routers/switches)
o Existing front end system protocol and interface requirements
o Integration to existing system technical solution
o Network Architecture
o Workstation/server
o Security engineering and cybersecurity requirements
o Preliminary system components
o Instrumentation and execution of sequences of operation to
achieve control
o Preliminary points schedule
o DD Form 1391 validation report, including cost estimate
Narrative shall address the communication protocol with respect to open or proprietary
systems, overall point capacity, expandability, component and equipment selection
(functionality, reliability, durability, sustainability). Present the alternative technical
design solutions and options considered and justify the final selection.
c. Intermediate Design Analysis.
Update and expand the Concept Design Analysis to support the submittal. Develop all
items in the Concept Design Analysis and all special features of the design. Finalize the
studies, surveys and analysis required and described in the Concept Design Analysis.
d. Pre-Final Design Analysis.
Analysis shall be sufficiently complete in detail to demonstrate the entire control system
requirements, including cyber security engineering and interfaces with other design
disciplines. All coordination efforts with other design disciplines will be incorporated into
this analysis.
e. Final Design Analysis.
Analysis shall be complete in detail to demonstrate the entire control system requirements
by including the Pre-Final Analysis with addition of minor details noted during the Pre-Final
review. Update the cost estimate. All valid comments made on previous submittals shall be
incorporated into this final submittal
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
72
3.2.13 Electronic Security Systems (ESS)
3.2.13.1 General Considerations.
a. Basic Concepts
Due to the changing nature of threats, and the rapid evolution of technologies, security
systems are impacted in numerous ways, beginning with design, installation and system
operations. The basic guidance related to the security systems is covered in UFC 4-021-
02, Electronic Security Systems. This UFC includes the basic references, criteria and
policy documents for design and installation of security systems. DoD and U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers, Electronic Security Systems-Mandatory Center of Expertise (ESS-
MCX) criteria states that ESS systems are integrated security systems consisting of
access control system (ACS), intrusion detection system (IDS), closed-circuit television
(CCTV) system, data transmission system and site central command and control system
(at times also referenced to as a dispatch center). The central command and control
system includes the servers, workstations and their peripherals; and the data
transmission system includes the cables, routers, communication switches, interfaces
and termination devices for the transmission of video, audio and data.
b. Design Considerations.
o ESS design features must include components and software for
the protection of the assets, but also physical protection of the
components that comprise the ESS. Security systems may store
administrative and response procedures to protect the assets in
case of an attack. Access control systems store personnel
information, such as credentials, and other personnel information
needed for authentication. Stored information has to be managed
in compliance with DoD regulations as well as the specific
requirements imposed by the respective Uniform Service, DoD
Agency, or Federal Agency.
o ESS uses both shared and closed-restricted communications
networks. In either case, Cybersecurity policy and the Risk
Management Framework process must be followed in
accordance with DoDI 8500.01 and DoDI 8510.01.
c. Governing Criteria
o A-E or Designer of Record shall perform the work in accordance
with UFC 4-020-01, UFC 4-021-02 and other UFCs listed for
security systems. UFC 1-200-01 General Building Requirements is
applicable for a security system when the design is being provided
for new or renovated facilities. UFC 1-200-01 provides general
building requirements, establishes the use of consensus building
codes and standards, identifies key core UFCs, and identifies
unique military requirements, such as facilities in support of military
operations. This UFC applies to the design and construction of new
and renovated Government-owned facilities for the Department of
Defense. It is applicable to all methods of project delivery and levels
of construction.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
73
o Applicability of DoD Criteria, National and International Codes and
Standards: Levels of construction are permanent, semi-
permanent, and temporary. Use the most current DoD, DA, and
UFCs listed in Appendix A and UFC 4-021-02 for Electronic
Security Systems design.
o International Building Code (IBC) shall be used to the extent
where it does not conflict with the DoD, DA and UFCs. In case of
any conflicts the listed criteria supersedes IBC. UFC 1-200-01,
"General Building Requirements", provides applicability of model
building codes and government-unique criteria for typical design
disciplines and building systems, as well as for accessibility,
antiterrorism, security, sustainability, and safety.
o For protection or security of assets, where requirements of UFC 4-
020-01 cannot adequately meet user requirements, then the
design shall be based on UFC 4-020-02FA/03FA. DoD
Antiterrorism Handbook shall be used in the development of the
plans, specifications, calculations, and Design/Build Request for
Proposals (RFP). These documents shall be used in conjunction
with DoD Regulations, DA Regulations, and DoD Instructions
where applicable to the design and subsequent
installation/construction of electronic security systems.
d. Coordination with Architectural and Other Disciplines:
In new and existing facilities, where access control systems (ACS) is part of the security
system, the requirements of ingress and egress controls and entry control and credential
verification devices need to be coordinated on plans and in specifications. Devices such
as electronic locks (electric strikes, magnetic locks, door controller, motion sensor, etc.)
as well as card readers, biometric sensors, and iris scanners will require coordination of
location as well as appropriate cross references in the Architectural plan’s door
schedules and electrical (power) drawings for power to electric strikes, maglocks, as well
as door controllers. Since ingress and egress from a facility has architectural features,
the placement of security devices, especially CCTV cameras and motion sensors must
be carefully coordinated for not only proper esthetics but also high reliability, high
detection, and functionality. Lighting should not wash the camera images, motion
sensors should not be obstructed and cameras should be placed in locations to capture
images which are useable to identify individual’s face and features. Wiring should not be
subject to physical damage or accessible to personnel to allow disconnection or
tampering. In all such installations it will be necessary to have a well-coordinated set of
plans and specifications to define all trenching, excavation and routing of data,
communication and power cables needed at required exterior locations.
Exterior of Buildings of Facilities Coordination: For all work exterior to a
building, such as lighting in parking lots, and building ingress and egress
points, uniform lighting to identify personnel or equipment will be provided.
Low visibility Buildings or Facilities: For those buildings or facilities requiring
low visibility or security profile at night time, reduced or no lighting is
desirable, therefore use of infra-red and thermal imaging cameras must be
considered.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
74
e. Site Survey:
Electronic Security Systems are generally installed in and on existing installations,
facilities and buildings. For new construction a site survey may not be needed. For all
ESS upgrades, replacement, and system expansion it is necessary for the designer to
physically perform the survey and obtain site specific data of the installation, facility or
building to make the necessary determinations for placement of cameras, sensors,
devices, cabling infrastructure, and make the measurements for placement and
coverage of CCTV cameras, fence sensors, gate and door controllers. Designer must
obtain data on architectural and other obstructions from other buildings, terrain, and site
specific information which would require variation of approach or alternate equipment,
sensor or camera placements. The site survey report in combination with security
system equipment, software and cabling infrastructure must be used to develop a
realistic cost estimate.
3.2.13.2 Drawing Requirements.
Drawings shall be submitted in accordance with UFC 3-501-01 CHAPTER 3 DESIGN
ANALYSIS AND DOCUMENTATION,
a. Concept Design Drawings.
Drawings shall indicate the level of construction and general location of sensor cabling
and data transmission cabling from controllers, sensors and workstations. Sensors, door
closures, magnetic or electric locks, and any unique requirements for control and access
to areas, spaces or rooms shall be called out in the design analysis, and drawings.
Architectural, electrical drawing schedules for power, door locks, and interior and exterior
camera locations shall be addressed for coordination of the trades involved.
Controllers, electric locks, electrical power circuit available for ESS equipment, and data
transmission system interfaces and requirements. In addition to the requirements of UFC
4-021-02, the drawings shall include:
Legends and Abbreviations associated with the security system design.
Representative floor plans.
Site Plan showing all exterior CCTV camera poles and exterior light fixtures,
site utilities, cable/conduit/duct plans for the site.
Site Plans for Exterior Security System Components, Panels and Devices:
Security system drawings will include plan and elevation drawings. Site
plans and layouts will show new and existing utilities. Plans will show
locations of CCTV cameras, controllers, panels, IDS sensors, fences,
camera poles. If building service equipment and exterior architectural and
structural features affect camera view or conflicts with requirements of
controlled ingress and egress for security or life safety, such issues will be
addressed as a part of the design. The plans will be coordinated with other
utility plans concerning scale, landmark references for proximity, and
interference management. The plans will be separate from water, sewage,
and other utility plans. Elevation views of security system equipment, such
as camera poles, panels, and fenced areas and gates will be scaled and will
identify each item of equipment.
Building Floor and Ceiling Plans for Interior Security System. Plans will
include layouts for CCTV cameras, sensors, locks, card readers, door
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
75
controllers, conduits, cable trays, communication equipment, and data
transmission systems (video and data) cables. For renovation and
modification projects, plans will depict the work and ‘Work Not in the
Contract, or Task Order, or Delivery Order’ on all drawings and plans.
Where work is extensive, separate drawing sheets shall be used to show
existing-to-remain, demolition, and new work.
Single-line Diagrams: Single-line diagrams of IDS, CCTV and ACS
subsystems shall be developed as a part of concept design. Single-line
diagrams shall include the over-arching security system block diagram
showing the integrated subsystems, i.e. ACS, IDS, CCTV, Site Central
Command and Control Workstations/Servers and peripherals, data
transmission system component and interfaces. The single line diagrams for
each subsystem shall show workstations, controllers, perimeter sensors,
panels and sensor and data transmission conduits and cables.
Design drawings shall depict proposed power sources and devices,
controllers, card readers, and communication system interface schemes
(interior and exterior). The diagrams will include existing and proposed
overvoltage and surge protection device types in sufficient detail to
demonstrate security system protection philosophy. For exterior panels and
equipment, lightning protection shall be designed and specified.
Drawings will contain nameplate data for components of existing systems
which are affected by the new design or which affect the new equipment or
systems.
Riser diagrams for security system shall include grounding, grounding
electrode system, and lightning protection system.
b. Intermediate Design Drawings.
Drawings shall be sufficiently complete to demonstrate the design compliance with
regulations and applicable criteria. The drawings developed as concept design drawings
shall include additional detail and requirements, specifically as related to:
Legends and Abbreviations
Floor plans drawn to scale.
Site plans showing all exterior CCTV camera poles, CCTV equipment
panels, exterior light fixtures, site utilities, and point of entry of security
system cables and sensor wiring, cable/conduit/duct plans for the site.
Exterior Security System Components, Panels and Devices: Security
system drawings will include plan and elevation drawings. Site plans and
layouts will show new and existing utilities. Plans will show locations of
CCTV cameras, gate and door controllers, panels, IDS sensors, fences, and
exterior camera poles. Pole and building mounted CCTV cameras and light
fixtures. The plans will be coordinated with other utility plans concerning
scale, landmark references for proximity, and interference management.
The plans will be separate from water, sewage, and other utility plans.
Elevation views of security system equipment, such as camera poles,
panels, and fenced areas and gates will be scaled and will identify each item
of equipment. If building service equipment, exterior architectural,
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
76
and/or structural features affect the field of view of CCTV cameras or
conflicts with requirements of controlled ingress and egress doors or areas,
for security or life safety, such issues will be addressed as a part of the
design prior to submission of the pre-final design plans and specifications.
Building Floor and Ceiling Plans for Interior Security System. Plans will
include layouts for CCTV cameras, sensors, locks, card readers, door
controllers, and conduits, cable trays, communication equipment, and data
transmission systems (video and data) cables. For renovation and
modification projects, plans will depict the work and ‘Work Not in Contract’
requirements. Where work is extensive, separate sheets shall be used to
show existing-to-remain, demolition, and new work.
Single-line Diagrams: Additional details of components and appropriate
features shall be included to the concept single-line diagrams of IDS, CCTV
and ACS subsystems.
c. Pre-Final Design Drawings.
Drawings shall be sufficiently complete in detail to demonstrate the entire security
system and the data transmission systems requirements, including interfaces with other
design disciplines. All coordination efforts with other design disciplines will be
incorporated prior to completion and submittal of this submittal. With the exception of
completing minor details, this submittal could be used to obtain fair and competitive bids
from contractors and used for construction. At a minimum the drawings shall include:
Content of the ‘Intermediate’ submission and all design progress up to point
of the Pre-Final submission, incorporating resolution of conflicts and all prior
approved comments issued prior to the pre-final design submittal.
General notes providing criteria for general contractor instructions, design
criteria for security system and the data transmission systems, construction
materials and equipment, and inspections, performance verification and
endurance testing, and verification of system(s) intended function. Identify
systems or component parts of the security system and the data
transmission systems where the Designer of Record is delegating the
design responsibility to a qualified delegated engineer
Pre-Final drawings will show all pertinent plans, elevations, sections,
details, locks, card readers, controllers, communication interfaces, field
distribution panels, door and camera schedules, and notes to present a
complete description of the construction/installation required. All elements
to be constructed/installed shall be properly annotated and located with
proper dimensions.
Pre-Final security system, exterior areas, drawings will include:
o Details which clearly depict the installation requirements of
overhead and underground data transmission system cables,
underground or above ground exterior sensors, power sources,
distribution panels, gate controllers, door controllers, pole and
building mounted CCTV cameras and light fixtures.
o Exterior security systems power and communication cables
clearances based on NEC, and for over 600 volt power lines as
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
77
required by IEEE C2.
o Lighting levels for exterior areas and equipment, and placement
of light fixtures to provide the light to dark ratio based on criteria.
o Plans and details which clearly distinguish new from existing
construction and define their interfaces.
o Equipment schedules for all equipment included in the design
will be complete.
Pre-Final interior security system drawings will include:
o A CCTV camera schedule.
o Door Schedule for doors controlled with card reader or security
locks.
o Complete electrical power wiring details for all electronic
security equipment requiring normal power. Include
uninterruptible or and emergence power and their sources.
o Riser diagram communication network connectivity and
interfaces, showing routers, switches and cables.
o Details for mounting card readers, sensors, electric/security
locks, and security system equipment.
o Designation of all rooms and areas as shown on
architectural and other drawings.
o Internal and external equipment wiring diagrams, including
interconnections between related items of equipment.
o Cable and conduit schedules.
o Security system equipment plan, elevation, side views,
sectional views, and details (interior and exterior).
o Interface drawings between existing security
systems/equipment and new security systems/equipment.
o Nameplate data for components of existing systems which are
affected by the new design or which affect the new equipment or
systems.
o Completely developed schedules for all equipment included in the
design will be submitted.
d. Final Design Drawings.
Drawings shall be complete in detail to demonstrate the entire security and data
transmission systems requirements by including the ‘Pre-Final’ submission with addition
of minor details, and resolution of approved review comments provided as a part of the
‘Pre-Final’ review. All valid comments made on previous submittals shall be incorporated
into this final submittal. The drawings shall be complete in detail to provide for fair and
competitive bids from contractors and to provide for the construction of the project
without additional drawings.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
78
3.2.13.3 Specifications.
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation of the
specifications.
3.2.13.4 Design Analysis.
Design Analysis shall be submitted in accordance with ER 1110-345-700. Refer to ER
1110-345-700, Appendix B for guidance in preparation of the security system design
analysis. Security system(s) design analysis will document general parameters,
serviceability requirements, functional and technical requirements, design criteria, design
objectives, design assumptions, and provide design calculations applicable to the project.
Security system(s) design analysis shall not conflict with the drawings and
specifications and shall contain necessary information to serve as the basis of design of
the Security system(s) elements of the project. Copies of emails, memorandums and
record of conversations obtained during the design process shall be included as
warranted to document basis of design.
a. Concept Design Analysis.
Provide a written narrative accurately addressing the Security system(s) design. The
basis of design shall include as a minimum:
The security system to be constructed or installed. Integration of the new
security system with the existing system if an existing security system is in
place. All exterior IDS, CCTV ACS systems and their components and
interface or integration with an existing ESS, if a security system exists at
the site or installation. Data transmission system, if existing, which will be
used, or a new data transmission being provided under this project. Back-up
or emergency power requirements for the security system components,
devices, controller, data transmission system equipment, workstation, and
servers.
Other exterior systems and requirements which are needed for support of
the ESS:
o Exterior lighting systems
o Emergency or back-up power system
o Security system maintainability
All systems and features described in paragraph 3.2.1 Basis of Design of UFC 3-501-01.
b. Intermediate Design Analysis.
Provide all items in the Concept Design Analysis and all special features of the design.
All studies and analysis performed as a part of the contract, or provided by the
Government shall be included by reference and as attachments to the Design Analysis.
c. Pre-Final Design Analysis.
Analysis shall be sufficiently complete in detail to demonstrate the entire security
system requirements, including interfaces with other design disciplines. All coordination
efforts with other design disciplines will be incorporated into this analysis.
d. Final Design Analysis.
All studies and analysis performed as a part of the contract, or provided by the
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
79
Government shall be included by reference and as attachments to the Design Analysis.
3.2.14 Project Specifications
3.2.14.1 Role of USAESCH Specifications Branch. The Specifications
Branch primary function is to compile specifications sections into a
complete Project Manual. The Manual includes attachments referenced in
the specifications text as well as the submittal register. In accomplishing
the primary function, the specifications specialists provide overall project
quality assurance confirming continuity across the specification sections
and across the specifications and drawings. Ensuring that like terms are
used throughout, sections referenced in the specifications are in the
package, items indicated on the drawings are contained in the
specifications using the same term for the item throughout. The Branch
also serves as the bridge between the technical designers and Contracting.
The Division 01 specification sections, which the Specifications Branch is
responsible for preparing, must reflect the project’s procurement methods
as well as technical aspects. Directly the Specifications Writer in
conjunction with the PE/A, prepares the Project Information Document
(Appendix G) to aid Contracting in preparing the procurement package.
3.2.14.2 Prepare Project Specifications from Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) unless written permission is given from USAESCH
Contracting Officer on A-E designed projects or from ED Director of
Engineering or Chief of Design on in-house designed projects. The
specifications, when combined with contract drawings, will provide
sufficient detail to attract fair and competitive bids and to allow USAESCH
to conduct equitable negotiations. Specifications shall be prepared in
accordance with approved and established engineering standards as well
as established design requirements.
3.2.14.3 Special Features Unique to USAESCH Work. Generally the Corps
of Engineers geographic districts maintain a set of the Division 01 General
Requirements specification sections adapted to the area and installations
within their jurisdictions. Unlike the geographic districts, Huntsville Center
work is not restricted to a particular geographic area or jurisdictional
installations. Therefore, coordinate with the project specific geographic
district for the site dependent Division 01 sections to include in the project.
3.2.14.4 General Instruction
a. Guide Specifications. ER 1110-1-8155 mandates the use of UFGS to
prepare Project Specifications. UFGS are available on the internet at
Techinfo at
http://www.hnc.usace.army.mil/Missions/Engineering/TECHINFO.aspx
or the Whole Building design Guide (WBDG) at
http://www.wbdg.org/ccb/browse_cat.php?c=3.
b. Inch-Pound/Metric Specifications. UFGS are available in either inch-
pound or metric units. Select inch-pound or metric units depending on
the project requirements.
c. Non-UFGS Sections. When a specification section is required that is
not covered by the UFGS, preparer shall use an SI template and create
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
80
the new section in accordance with UFC 1-300-02 (format) and project
requirements.
d. Specification Processing. ER 1110-1-8155 mandates the use of
SpecsIntact (SI) to process Project Specifications. The SI software is
available on the internet at
http://specsintact.ksc.nasa.gov/Software/Software.shtml. Any design
not using SPECSINTACT requires USAESCH approval.
e. Plain Language. The UFGS and derived project specifications are
written in compliance with the Plain Writing Act of 2010. While the Act
encompasses aspects of many types of Federal documents, the crux of
it for specifications is to use directive language eliminating most of the
occurrences of the word “shall”. Example: Rather than “Aggregates
and binders obtained from different sources shall be stockpiled
separately” use “Stockpile aggregates and binders obtained from
different sources separately.” If directive language is not feasible, then
revise “shall” to “must”. Example: Rather than “The Elevator Inspector
shall be certified in accordance with the requirements of ASME
A17.1/CSA B44” use “The Elevator Inspector must be certified in
accordance with the requirements of ASME A17.1/CSA B44”
3.2.14.5 Concept (Outline) Specifications.
a. Content. Prepare the outline specification consisting of a list of
specifications to cover all aspects of the project. Sections will come
from the current UFGS Master available on the WBDG website. Add
sections from other sources when a UFGS is not available. New
specification sections shall be numbered in accordance with the current
Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) MasterFormat. The outline
shall cover applicable Divisions 1 through 49.
b. Deliverable. The SI project table of contents forms an outline
specification. Print the project table of contents without scope from a
SI developed project utilizing PDF files printing and submit as part of
the concept design submittal package.
3.2.14.6 Intermediate Design Specifications
a. When a set of specification sections is edited for the project, the
specification preparer shall use sections from the most current UFGS
master available. For example, if the concept submittal is submitted in
January, but the editing of sections does not occur until March, then the
preparer will use UFGS sections from the February release.
b. At the intermediate level, the draft specifications shall be submitted for
review in redlined form using software revision features. Discarded
design choices will be visible in spite of markings. Additions to the
guide specifications will also be easily identified. Edit specifications to
the level of the design completion. Incorporate comments evaluated as
concurred during the concept design review.
c. Deliverable. Specifications volume consisting of redlined Division 01
through 49 specifications, submittal register, test requirements list,
other attachments called out in the specifications. The inserts do not
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
81
have to be assembled with the specification sections. Also, submit a
draft copy of the bidding schedule with the intermediate design.
Provide two hard copies and digitally in PDF file format. Provide the
PDF file in color and with revisions shown.
3.2.14.7 Pre-Final Design Specifications. Continuation of section
processing from the intermediate stage. Complete to the level that they
would be ready to advertise; however, it is likely that a final will be required
following the pre-final design review. In-house design projects will use
these products to conduct the independent technical review (ITR).
a. Pre-Final Design Process
(1) Incorporate comments from the intermediate review. If an
intermediate submittal is not required by the contract, redlined
specifications shall be submitted in addition to the manuscript with the
pre-final design submittal. A review will determine that all previous
review comments have been either incorporated or justifiably
withdrawn; that the specifications have been coordinated with the
drawings and the design analysis. The redline corrections will be
removed from the specifications after all the review comments have
been shown to be incorporated.
(2) The source for new UFGS sections added to the project may be the
current UFGS release or the release set used for the intermediate
design.
(3) SpecsIntact Verification Reports. Clear the conflicts listed in all of the
verification reports generated during the SI printing process. Edit the
section files and run the processing until all conflicts and errors have
been resolved.
b. The contents of the pre-final design specification package shall be as
follows:
(1) Cover sheet with title of job, contract number, location, date, and
name of designer. Use cover page option available in SI.
(2) Table of contents for entire project, listing in order the section number
and title.
(3) Specification Sections, Division 1 should include, as a minimum:
(a) List of Drawings
(b) Summary of Work
(c) Submittal Procedures, including submittal description and
automated ENG Form 4288.
(d) LEED Documentation
(e) Safety Requirements
(f) Contractor quality control (QC) and quality control system
requirements
(g) Environmental protection
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
82
(h) Recycled/Recovered/Biobased materials
(i) Construction waste management
(j) Other site specific specifications (UFGS and non-UFGS)
(4) Specification Sections, Division 2 through 49 as applicable to
coordinate with and complement the design drawings.
c. Pre-Final Design Specification Package Accompanying Documents
(1) Bidding schedule (CLIN sheet) including descriptive items, units, and
quantities (include listing of payment paragraphs in specifications). It
will be developed from specifications and coordinated with the cost
estimate.
(2) General Project Information completed for the project. Refer to
appendix G or the General Project Information form.
(3) Lists of all Government-furnished, contractor-installed property.
Describe on a separate list arranged by reference designator.
Descriptions will include manufacturer make and model, weight,
dimensions, quantity, cost, and other information required by the
contractor to assure the value of the property.
(4) List of all proprietary items with location in specifications, cost,
manufacturer's name, and justification
(5) Work sequence including phasing, unusual schedule requirements
such as equipment installation during construction, or work split
between two contractors working on different jobs at same time.
(6) Construction schedule including duration in calendar days
coordinated with list of major milestones.
(7) Special Situations. The A-E shall submit information covering any
unusual situations, i.e., interface problems, outages, security and/or
safety requirements, storage areas, construction sequences and
phasing requirements, access to site, early completion dates, etc.
d. Deliverable. Provide one manuscript copy and two reading copies
(loose) of the specifications along with digital media containing the
SPECSINTACT and PDF files that contain the processed manuscript
information.
(1) SI Settings
(a) Job Properties: Set up Cover Page, select Current CSI
MasterFormat, select Numeric Paragraph Format
(b) Print Processing Sections: Reconcile addresses, references and
submittals
(c) Print Processing Reports: Select the address verification reference
verification, submittal verification, bracket verification and section
verification reports to confirm that all of these possible issues have
been resolved. Also select submittal register and the test
requirements list.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
83
(d) Print Processing Reports Project Table of Contents: Include
without scope. Include Division 00 if the project contains sections
from that division. Do not list unused divisions.
(e) Print Processing Reports Section Table of Contents: While editing
specification sections tag attachments in the section text so they will
be listed in the Section TOC. Include without scope.
(f) Other Documents: Print the cover page.
(g) Options: Do not print section dates, notes revisions or tags. Do
not print final specifications in color.
(h) Header/Footer: Use SI default values
(i) PDF/Publish: Book mark sections and add section number.
Combine into one PDF file and include the project table of contents.
(2) Attachments: incorporated in final PDF as well as individual
attachments files in native format
(3) File formats/types
(a) Export the submittal register to the file formats set by the SI
defaults.
(b) Test requirements list in PDF format.
(c) SI job backup file: include processed files and PDF files in archive
(zip) format.
(d) Consolidated project specifications in PDF format. Include
attachments and cover inserted into the file in the proper locations.
(e) Verification reports consolidated into a single PDF file.
3.2.14.8 Final Design Specifications. Final submittals are not considered a
normal design level and are required only when pre-final submittals must
be revised or corrected due to error or omission. Incorporate corrections
and revisions resulting from the pre-final design review and, for in-house
design projects, the ITR. Provide the same specifications products
required for the Pre-Final Design Specifications.
3.2.14.9 Amendments: Should revisions or corrections to the
specifications or drawings be required between the date of issuance of the
solicitation and the closing of the solicitation, an amendment will be
required. Depending on the terms of the design contract, the specification
preparer will be required to either prepare the amendment and make the
necessary changes to the contract documents or provide technical
assistance to USAESCH in the preparation of the amendment.
a. Scheduling of Amendment. The amendment will be prepared and
submitted under a strict time schedule directed by USAESCH.
b. Amended Specifications. The A-E is required to furnish revised
sections electronically including all changes made by amendment. The
A-E is required to send in paper copy of the revised pages.
(1) Revised text will be indicated by underlining; deleted text will be
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
84
struck out (this is a feature of SPECINTACT). Each revision will be
indicated by placing an asterisk and the amendment number (e.g. *1,
*2, etc.) in the space above each paragraph that is revised.
(2) Deleted Paragraphs. In revising the specifications by amendments,
the paragraphs being removed are indicated by deleting the paragraph
text and revising the paragraph title to “Deleted.”
(3) Page headers on amended specifications shall match those of the
original solicitation. Page footer shall match those of the original
solicitation except each section revised by amendment will carry the
statement "(Revised by Amendment No. 000_)" to the right of the page
number.
(4) When additional specification section(s) are added to the Project
Manual by amendment, page headers on specifications shall match
those of the original solicitation. Page footer shall match those of the
original solicitation except each complete section added by amendment
will carry the statement “(Added by Amendment No. 000_)" to the right
of the page number..
c. Amendment Narrative. Provide a tabulation of revised, added and/or
deleted pages or sections.
3.2.14.10 Proprietary Items. Where specific equipment or material are
required by criteria or design conditions, the item is the product of a single
manufacturer, and/or no substitutes will be acceptable, compliance with the
requirements of ER 1110-345-100 is required. The designer will make the
determination that use of the proprietary or "sole source" item is essential.
In each case the following actions will be taken:
a. Justification. The preparer will submit a written request to use the
proprietary item with complete detailed justification for Government
approval prior to including the product in the design documents.
Requests will be based on a fully justified determination that only that
particular product will meet the essential requirements.
b. Requirements. If proprietary item use is approved, specify the item,
and after the make and model number, add the words "No substitutes
will be acceptable."
c. "Brand Name or Equal" Specifications. The use of brand name or
equal specifications is strongly discouraged, and the burden for
justifying such descriptions is placed on the designer. Where used,
brand name or equal specifications must meet the requirements of FAR
Sub-Part 10.004(b)(3), DFARS Sub-Part 210.004, and DFARS Sub-
Part 252.210-7000, "Brand Name or Equal." Note that brand name or
equal specifications shall, among other requirements, include a
complete common generic identification of the item, a list of all known
acceptable name brand products, and all salient physical, functional, or
other characteristics used to determine equality and establish essential
need by the Government.
3.2.14.11 Specification Writing Guidance
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
85
a. Generally the specifications shall contain no provision that requires
the Bidder or Offeror to make a submission of any type with his bid or
offer. However, Request for Proposal type projects (i.e., design-build,
complex projects requiring technical evaluation of Contractor
competence and capacity) as determined by the COE may require
submission of clearly specified evaluation documentation with offers.
Design reviews will address applicability of all proposed submissions.
b. Ambiguities in Specifications. Avoid using ambiguities in the
specifications. The expression "as directed by the Contracting Officer"
should not be used if it is feasible to give specific instructions in the
specifications. Preparers should contact the project manager to obtain
specific information so that indefinite terms can be eliminated. For
example, when material is to be stored, the specifications should state
"to be stored in Building 210" or "in the Base Salvage Yard," rather than
"as directed by the Contracting Officer." When it is impossible to
determine ultimate disposition of excess excavated materials, broken
concrete, etc., specifications should state that the haul will not exceed
a stated number of miles.
c. References
(1) References Made to Blank UFGS. References such as "will conform
to UFGS-08 34 59" are not valid references. The UFGS are for use in
writing project specifications, not as reference documents. It should be
noted that these are guides and are not project or standard
specifications.
(2) References to a third party will be avoided. The "Contractor" and the
"Contracting Officer" are the only contracting parties in a contract;
therefore, only "Contractor" and "Contracting Officer," and in certain
instances, "Government" will be used throughout. Reference to work to
be done "by others" should be made only when that work is not a part
of the subject contract and will actually be done under another contract.
Reference to third parties, such as "buyer," "supplier," "owner," "post
engineer," "architect-engineer," "subcontractor," and "engineer" will not
be used in the specifications.
(3) Section number and cross references to other paragraphs, pages or
sections by number designation are improper. Reference to other
sections will be made by section number and title in lieu of their
respective numbers alone. References to paragraphs within in the
section will be made by paragraph title alone.
d. Bidding Schedule. Prepare the bidding schedule or CLIN Sheet
concurrently with preparation of the specifications. The Schedule shall
set up all lump sum and unit price items for work to be accomplished
under the contract. The Schedule shall be carefully coordinated with
the payment paragraphs (if required) included in the technical
specifications. In instances where extremely small quantities are
involved in the exterior items of work, payment will be on a "job lump
sum basis". The preferred method of payment for all work under the
contract will be lump sum on the bidding schedule.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
86
(1) Care should be taken to completely cover each payment item without
overlapping other payment items. Payment clauses should be inserted
into the appropriate specifications where required. It should be made
clear exactly what is and what is not to be paid for under each item. If
a pay item description is quoted, the nomenclature should correspond
exactly to that given in the bidding schedule.
(2) Additive or deductive bid items, as well as optional bid items, if used,
should be clearly defined on the drawings and in the specifications so
that only a brief description will be necessary on the bidding schedule.
(3) If the project has multiple funding sources, the bid schedule should
reflect the cost estimate in delineation of funding sources, i.e., MCA,
O&M, R&D, etc.
(4) Unit prices will be used where large quantities of work such as
grading, paving, building outside utilities, or site preparation are
involved; where quantities of work, such as excavation, cannot be
estimated with sufficient confidence to permit a lump sum offer without
a substantial contingency; where estimated quantities of work required
may change significantly during construction; or where offerors would
have to expend unusual effort to develop adequate estimates.
(5) Payment paragraphs are required at the front of each section
covering work where payment will be broken out into separate bid
items. When unit- price payment is used, a measurement paragraph is
required to define the unit and the method of verifying quantities.
(6) Prior to final submittal, the bidding schedule or CLIN sheet will be
prepared to reflect the cost estimate and will be coordinated with the
payment paragraphs to verify that each item is properly covered and
that it is perfectly clear how and under which items the various costs
are to be included.
e. Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work. The scope of work will be a brief
written description of the work involved and will include a listing of
approximate quantities, such as "the work includes the construction of
a 250,000 square foot administrative building. .. " The project site shall
be located by including the name of the county and state in which the
work is done. Also, the appropriate cost range shall be selected by the
A-E from the ranges listed below and included at the end of the
resume:
(1) less than $25,000
(2) between $25,000 and $100,000
(3) between $100,000 and $250,000
(4) between $250,000 and $500,000
(5) between $500,000 and $1,000,000
(6) between $1,000,000 and $5,000,000
(7) between $5,000,000 and $10,000,000
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
87
(8) between $10,000,000 and $25,000,000
(9) between $25,000,000 and $50,000,000
(10) between $50,000,000 and $100,000,000
(11) over $100,000,000
f. Submittal Classification. Most guide specifications include paragraphs
requiring the Contractor to submit various items to the Government
(see submittal categories in UFGS 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES). These submittals are either classified Government
Approved (“G”) or information only. Government approval is required
for the items meeting the criteria below, all other submittals should be
considered information only.
(1) Extensions of design.
(2) Any items of equipment whose compatibility with the entire system
must be checked.
(3) Critical materials and major items of equipment.
(4) Deviations from the contract documents.
3.2.15 Design Analysis.
A design analysis shall be prepared by the designer of record (either in-house or
contract) in accordance with the requirements of ER 1110-345-700, Appendix B. The
purpose of the design analysis is to substantiate compliance with the customer/contract
requirements, applicable codes and standards, and other applicable requirements. The
design analysis will document significant design choices. That is, it will address
alternative systems, arrangements, and hardware that were considered in arriving at the
recommended concept and the rationale for selection of the alternatives recommended.
The justification of each major selection and design decision must be stated clearly.
Calculations shall be included where required or appropriate to document design choices
and code compliance. All computations, calculations or design analysis related to code
compliance or life safety should have a block at the beginning of that area with “Prepared
By:”, “Checked By:”, and the names of those who prepared and checked the information.
Where the scope of the project changes during the course of design due to changes in
customer requirements, such changes will be thoroughly documented in the design
analysis. Although the ER specifically lists metric units as the default units of measure,
the design analysis on USAESCH projects shall be submitted in the same units of
measure (English or metric) used in the design itself. If site conditions are different from
those presented in the scope to the extent that customer requirements as stated in the
scope cannot be met, the designer shall bring this promptly to the attention of the PM
and/or KO for resolution. The problem and its resolution shall be documented thoroughly
in the design analysis. Specific items to be addressed in each discipline are described in
the individual discipline-specific subparagraphs in paragraph 3.2.
3.2.16 Preparation of Design Bid Build Construction Cost Estimates
3.2.16.1 Purpose and Applicability. This paragraph provides requirements
for preparing construction cost estimates for construction contracts (Design
Bid Build IGEs). The IGEs will be prepared in accordance with this chapter
and the cost engineering references shown in Appendix A.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
88
3.2.16.2 Construction Estimator Qualifications. Cost estimates will be
prepared by and reviewed under the supervision of personnel who are
competent in cost engineering. Estimators must possess a working
knowledge of the work to be performed and be capable of making
professional determinations based on experience and education.
Professional Registration and Cost Estimating Certification are preferred
for the personnel that supervise the performance of the construction cost
estimate. Professional Registration and/or Cost Estimating Certification
are preferred for the employees developing the estimates. Estimators are
expected to be proficient in the TRACES software tools (PACES and MII).
3.2.16.3 Design Bid Build Cost Estimates. Design Bid Build estimates
should be developed based upon the stage of the design and should be
updated as the design progresses. The designer should develop a ROM
estimate based on unit cost at early stages of design then develop an MII
estimate as the details of the design become better defined. All quantities
should be developed by the estimator and/or a design engineer and all of
those quantities should be verified by an independent source. The final
estimate should be an MII estimate based on the highest level of design
that will occur for the project. All Work Breakdown Structure Items should
be defined and the estimate should have all quantities and assumptions for
each WBS items defined in the estimate to a detail sufficient for an
independent cost engineer to verify the data. Any exceptions to providing
an MII estimate must be received from USAESCH Chief of Design or
designee.
3.2.17 Design Signature
3.2.17.1 In-house designs. In accordance with ER 1110-1-8152, the
USAESCH Director of Engineering will sign and indicate his/her
professional registration on appropriate design documents, permit
applications, and certifications, before they are released as ‘final’ outside of
USACE. Prior to the Director’s signature, the ITR Team Lead shall certify
that the ITR is complete as described in paragraph 4.7.2.3; the appropriate
technical Branch Chiefs, Division Chiefs, and the Chief of Design shall sign
in the appropriate locations; and a BCOES review shall be completed and
certified as described in paragraph 4.8. A sample of the design
coordination and signature blocks is included in Appendix H.
3.2.17.2 AE Designs. Design documents, permit applications, and
certifications will be signed, dated, and stamped or sealed by appropriately
licensed professionals in accordance with ER 1110-1-8152 and the specific
contract requirements.
3.2.17.3 Revisions to an approved set of design documents shall be
prepared and approved in accordance with Appendix B of this Manual and
ER 1110-1-8152, to include documentation of the change to be made and
the reasons for making the change. Changes to A-E designs should only
be made by the original designers, in order to maintain Designer of Record
responsibility and accountability.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
89
3.3 DESIGN-BUILD DESIGN SUBMITTALS.
Applies to formal DB submittals and to Work Plan submittals requiring the approval of a
registered professional.
3.3.1 Geotechnical.
In general, the same geotechnical considerations/requirements described in paragraph
3.2.1 for DBB design submittals are applicable to DB design submittals, commensurate
with project size and complexity. The Government may supply some geotechnical
information and recommendations, either preliminary subject to verification by the DB
contractor, or fully developed. If the contract/task order SOW/PWS requires, or the
designer recommends and is authorized to conduct, additional geotechnical
investigations, the additional investigations shall be conducted in accordance with the
considerations described in paragraph 5.4. The contract/task order SOW/PWS together
with the contractor’s accepted proposal and design plan will define the number and
content of design submittals.
3.3.1.1 Drawings. Boring locations and logs shall be shown on the
appropriate design packages. Using the “typical” design stages of Interim,
Final, and Complete, geotechnical information should be shown as early as
available, preferably at the Interim submittal, but this scheme may require
adjustment based on the RFP requirements and the contractor’s proposed
and accepted design plan and package structure.
3.3.1.2 Specifications. DB specifications will be developed in accordance
with contract requirements, paragraph 3.3.14, and the contractor’s
accepted design plan. As for DBB specifications, DB specifications must
be coordinated between disciplines and with the design drawings, and
must reflect the recommendations of the geotechnical report.
3.3.1.3 Design Analysis. The DB design analysis will be developed in
accordance with contract requirements, paragraph 3.3.15, and the
contractor’s accepted design plan. The designers, in their respective
disciplines, must be aware of and incorporate the appropriate
recommendations of the geotechnical report, whether provided by the
Government or by the DB contractor
3.3.1.4 Special features unique to USAESCH work. The same special
features described in paragraph 3.2.1.4 are applicable to DB projects. The
contractor should consider, based on the size and complexity of the project
and the specific characteristics of the project site, which of these
considerations may apply. If in the course of preparing the design it
becomes evident that one or several of these requirements may be
applicable, but are not included in the contract scope, the contractor should
bring this situation promptly to the attention of the Contracting Officer with a
recommended solution.
3.3.2 Civil.
The DB contractor’s design shall comply with the RFP requirements for the project.
The RFP will establish the project criteria, phasing of the project (if the fast-track
approach is utilized), number of reviews, percentage of completion for each review and
the design detail expected at each submittal. At a minimum the DB contractor will
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
90
submit Interim, Final and Complete design submittals. The Interim, Final, and
Complete submittals are roughly comparable to the DBB Intermediate, Pre-Final and
Final design submittals, respectively, described in paragraph 3.2.2 and
subparagraphs. The expected content for each submittal as set forth in the RFP will be
reviewed accordingly. The Government’s review will confirm the civil design is in
compliance with the RFP. During the design process, the civil engineer will
consistently coordinate with other design disciplines to ensure no conflict of
information is shown on the drawings or in the specifications. Within the civil
discipline, the drawings, specifications and design analysis shall not conflict and shall
contain all necessary information for procurement, construction and validation of the
design. Engineering criteria applicable to site development, grading, storm drainage
and pavement are found in UFC 3-201-01, Civil Engineering. Additional criteria and
requirements for the development of the design analysis, drawings, and specifications
are found in ER 1110-345-700, Design Analysis, Drawings and Specifications.
General parameters for the Civil design analysis are addressed in Part 2, para. 1.
Civil.
Environmental designs for water and waste water facilities, and solid waste and
hazardous waste disposal facilities, shall be in accordance with applicable chapters of
the following standards:
UFC 3-230-01 WATER STORAGE, DISTRIBUTION, AND TRANSMISSION
UFC 3-230-03 WATER TREATMENT
UFC 3-240-01 WASTEWATER COLLECTION
UFC 3-240-02 DOMESTIC WASTEWATER TREATMENT
UFC 3-240-05A SOLID WASTE INCINERATION
UFC 3-240-10A SANITARY LANDFILL
The designer must always keep in mind that the above listed publications represent
minimum standards and design criteria. In the event that local, state, or federal
requirements (and sometimes host nation standards) are more stringent, the more
stringent requirements govern.
Water systems (i.e., potable water systems) may include sources (wells or surface water
service pumps), treatment, storage, and transmission and distribution. Wastewater
(both domestic and industrial) systems may include collection, pumping and
conveyance, and treatment and disposal facilities. Solid and hazardous waste facilities
may include landfills, incinerators, or other disposal/treatment facilities.
3.3.2.1 Drawings. See ER 1110-345-700, Appendix C for standards and
requirements.
a. Interim
Civil: The drawings shall be sufficiently complete to demonstrate the functionality of the
civil site design, to include water and wastewater systems as well as solid and
hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facilities. Unless otherwise provided for
in the RFP or contractor’s accepted proposal and design plan, the Interim drawings shall
generally incorporate the requirements for the Concept and Intermediate submittals
described in para. 3.2.2.1.a and b.
b. Final
All drawings shall be the refinement and completion of the Interim design drawings
incorporating all comments generated by review of preceding submittals. The intent of
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
91
the Final submittal should be a complete design, corresponding to the Pre-Final
submittal described in para. 3.2.2.1.c, which is submitted to obtain final review and
comment.
c. Complete
All drawings shall be complete in all respects and of sufficient detail to provide for the
construction of the project without the need for additional drawings or clarification. The
Complete submittal shall incorporate all previous valid comments and ideally should be a
minor refinement of the Final submittal. EPA National Pollution Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) permits for construction activities may be required. The DB
contractor’s design will determine the need for the permit. If the permit is required, the
DB contractor will prepare the documentation for the Storm Water Pollution Prevention
Plan (SWPPP) and monitoring plan.
3.3.2.2 Specifications.
DB specifications will be developed in accordance with contract requirements, paragraph
3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted design plan.
3.3.2.3 Design Analysis.
A design analysis shall be prepared by the designer of record in accordance with the
requirements of ER 1110-345-700, Appendix B and para. 3.3.15. The purpose of the
design analysis is to substantiate compliance with the contract requirements, applicable
codes and standards, and other applicable requirements. The design analysis will
document significant design choices. That is, it will address alternative systems, and
configurations that were considered in arriving at the recommended concept and the
rationale for selected alternative. The justification of each major selection and design
decision shall be clearly stated. The design analysis will document general parameters,
serviceability requirements, functional and technical requirements, design criteria, design
objectives and design assumptions. Calculations shall be included where required or
appropriate to document design choices and code or guidance document compliance.
The design analysis shall not conflict with the drawings and specifications and shall
contain necessary information to serve as the basis of new facility design.
Calculations will be presented in a clear and legible form. Pages will be numbered
consecutively and identified in the table of contents. Cross-referencing will be clear.
Critical design information such as service populations, waste characteristics and
loadings, flood elevations, etc. shall be identified. All governing assumptions and
requirements shall be explicitly stated. All computations will be given a complete
numerical and theoretical check and the designers’ and reviewers’ names and dates of
design and review will be recorded on the calculation sheets. For computer modeling
the designer will include all applicable input and output data in readable, printed form as
part of the design calculations. All computer codes will be identified. Computer-
generated procedures and calculations, e.g., spreadsheets, will be verified by hand
calculations to verify the procedures used and accuracy of the results, unless such
verification has been done on a previous project. All calculations do not have to be
verified by hand, but sufficient hand calculations will be performed by the designer to
demonstrate the accuracy of the computer calculations and results.
At a minimum the design analysis shall include the information listed below for the
various stages of submittals.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
92
a. Interim
The Interim design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the
Interim submittal of the drawings and specifications.
Base all new designs on the most economical plan consistent with the applicable criteria
including UFCs and applicable references included therein. Include in the design
analysis any assumptions made or source of information if not included in manuals,
guides, or instructions. The design analysis shall be sufficiently complete to clearly
show project requirements and utility support capacity.
The design analysis shall also include flood protection, wetland mitigation, and related
issues, as applicable.
The design analysis shall include a narrative that defines:
All governing design criteria
For water systems, the source of water for potable use and fire protection
For treatment and disposal systems, a description of any pretreatment,
treatment, and methods of wastewater disposal from the new facilities
For solid and hazardous waste systems, a description of the waste disposal
facilities required
The design analysis may include catalog cut sheets.
The design analysis shall include, as applicable:
Piping analyses indicating design flows velocities, pipe sizes, friction
factors, slopes for gravity pipes, pipe lengths, and elevations or required
depth of cover.
Flow diagrams depicting process unit operations and treatment units for
waste treatment and disposal systems.
Determination of total dynamic head for pumps incorporating static head,
and friction and minor losses.
For pumps, system-head curves superimposed on manufacturer's pump
curves annotating the desired operating point
For pumping stations with multiple pumps, determine operating points for
single and multiple pump operation
b. Final
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the Final
submittal drawings and specifications and shall incorporate all valid comments from the
Interim submittal. All calculations shall be completed, checked, and verified by an
engineer competent in the applicable discipline. The intent of the Final submittal should
be a complete design analysis which is submitted to obtain final review and comment.
c. Complete
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the
Complete submittal of the drawings and specifications and shall incorporate all valid
comments made from the previous submittals.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
93
3.3.3 Structural.
3.3.3.1 General.
The DB contractor’s structural design shall comply with the RFP requirements for the
project. The Government’s review shall confirm the structural design is in compliance
with the RFP. The RFP will establish the project criteria, phasing of the project (if the
fast-track approach is utilized), number of reviews, percentage of completion for each
review and the design detail expected at each submittal. At a minimum the DB
contractor will submit Interim, Final and Complete design submittals. The expected
content for each submittal as set forth in the RFP will be reviewed accordingly.
Structural design criteria shall be per the criteria set forth in the DB RFP. In general,
structural design shall be in accordance with applicable chapters of UFC 1-200-01
GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS and UFC 3-301-01 STRUCTURAL
ENGINEERING. Structural designs should use material efficiently, provide maximum
usable space, minimize the use of special equipment, and utilize conventional methods
of construction. Consideration must be given to future uses of the structure, possibilities
of alterations, and alternate functions and maintenance costs during the required lifetime
of the structure. The structural engineer shall not only consider providing adequate
strength for the building or structure, but also serviceability. At a minimum, the structural
engineer shall consider the following factors:
Type of construction (structural system)
Column locations
Bracing or shear walls locations
Floor and roof penetrations
Floor to floor heights
Exterior cladding
Equipment and utility arrangements
Modifications to existing buildings
Protective Construction (Antiterrorism and Explosives Safety)
During the design process, the structural engineer will consistently coordinate with other
design disciplines to ensure no conflict of information is shown on the drawings or in the
specifications. Within the structural discipline, the drawings, specifications and design
analysis shall not conflict and shall contain all necessary information for procurement,
construction and validation of the design.
3.3.3.2 Drawings
a. Interim
The drawings shall be sufficiently complete to demonstrate the structural system and
clearly indicate gravity and lateral load paths to the foundation. At a minimum the
drawings shall indicate:
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
94
General Notes providing criteria for general contractor instructions, design
criteria and loading, construction material type, special inspections, pre-
engineered metal buildings and other items where design is delegated to
others. State the fire resistance criteria for all portions of the structural
system and identify structural members by fire rated element (column line,
wall line)
identify fire walls, fire barriers and fire partitions as defined in IBC
plans, sections, elevations and typical details for the foundation, floor and
roof.
plans, elevations, sections and details will have all necessary dimensions to
define the locations of the grid lines, offsets and all structural elements, as
well as the overall sizes of buildings and structures.
size of primary structural members for gravity and lateral load resisting
system
typical details for the structural system
connection details for primary framing members
reinforcing steel sizes and spacing for all primary concrete framing
members.
specialty items or methods of construction differing from general
conventional structural practice. A few examples are base isolation
systems, equipment required to be seismically qualified to withstand and
operate after or during a seismic event, anchorage of specialized mission
critical equipment, protective construction related to antiterrorism and/or
explosives safety and new material types
b. Final
The drawings shall be sufficiently complete in detail to demonstrate the entire primary
and secondary structural system, including interfaces with other design disciplines. All
coordination efforts with other design disciplines will be incorporated into this submittal.
With the exception of completing minor details, this submittal could be used for
construction. At a minimum the drawings shall indicate:
content of the ‘Interim’ submission and all design progress up to point of the
Final submission
complete General Notes providing criteria for general contractor
instructions, design criteria and loading, construction material type, special
inspections and abbreviations. Identify systems or component parts of the
structure where the Designer of Record is delegating the design
responsibility to a qualified delegated engineer (see UFC 3-301-01).
state the fire resistance criteria for all portions of the structural system and
identify structural members by fire rated element (column line, wall line)
identify fire walls, fire barriers and fire partitions as defined in IBC
if not identified in a performance specification, identify stress or load
diagrams for systems or component parts of the structure that are being
designed by a delegated engineer
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
95
plans, sections, elevations and details (typical and special) for the
foundation, floor and roof.
foundation plan, floor plan, roof plan and other structural plan will have an
alpha-numeric grid system aligned with the columns, or with load bearing
and non-load bearing walls, as applicable. Use the same grid system for
all plan views. Grid system will match other design disciplines.
plans, elevations, sections and details will have all necessary dimensions to
define the locations of the grid lines, offsets and all structural elements, as
well as the overall sizes of buildings and structures. Dimension shall not
conflict with other discipline drawings.
construction, expansion and contraction joint locations in the floor slab and
foundation walls
control joint locations in Masonry walls
framing plan for floor and roof including details of all penetrations and
openings
all required schedules, including but not limited to footings, columns,
connections, base-plates, beams and joist.
stair details on multistory structures
details for specialty items
all critical structural steel connections will be completely detailed and shown
on the contract drawings. Critical connections are those connections
subjected to moment, axial and shear loads, or combinations thereof. Only
simple connections (i.e., connections classified as shear connections and
subjected to shear loads only) may be deferred to the steel fabricator for
design and detailing
c. Complete
The drawings shall be sufficiently complete in detail for construction of the project. At a
minimum the drawings shall include the minimum content stated above for the ‘Final’
submission with completion of the minor details lacking to provide complete structural
drawings. All valid comments made on the previous submittals are incorporated into this
submittal
3.3.3.3 Specifications
DB specifications will be developed in accordance with contract requirements, paragraph
3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted design plan.
3.3.3.4 Design Analysis
See 3.3.15 ‘Design Analysis’ and ER 1110-345-700, Appendix B for guidance in
preparation of the structural design analysis. The structural design analysis will
document general parameters, serviceability requirements, functional and technical
requirements, design criteria, design objectives, design assumptions, and provide design
calculations applicable to the project. The design analysis shall not conflict with the
drawings and specifications and shall contain necessary information to serve as the basis
of design of the structure and structural elements of the project. Copies of emails,
memorandums and record of conversations obtained during the design process shall be
included as warranted to document basis of design.
Design computations will include an investigation of loading (gravity, wind, seismic,
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
96
blast, etc.), shear, moment, stress analysis diagram, uplift, stability, and deflection
calculations. The computations will be systematic and accurate. The designer will
present the calculations in a clear and legible form, incorporating title page, table of
contents, and a tabulation showing all design loads and conditions and load
combinations. Pages will be numbered consecutively and identified in the table of
contents. Cross-referencing will be clear. The source of loading conditions,
formulas, and references will be identified. Assumptions and conclusions will be
explained. All computations will be given a complete numerical and theoretical
check and the designers and reviewer’s names and dates of design and review will
be recorded on the calculation sheets. For computer software analyses, the
designer will include all applicable input and output data in readable, printed form
as part of the design calculations. The input and output data must be clearly
identified by highlighting if left as part of the computer code print out or the
information should be copied into clearly identified paragraphs. All computer codes
will be identified. Computer-generated procedures and calculations will be verified
by hand calculations to verify the procedures used and accuracy of the results,
unless this verification has been done on a previous project. All calculations do not
have to be verified by hand, but sufficient hand calculations will be performed by
the designer to demonstrate the accuracy of the computer calculations and results.
At a minimum the design analysis shall include the information listed below for the
various stages of submittals.
a. Interim
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the
intermediate submittal of the drawings. The design analysis shall:
include a description of the major structures and type of construction
materials
identify if the project involves the storage, handling or production of
ammunition/explosives and alert the team of the time frame for getting the
proper explosives safety approval (See Section 5.17.2 ‘Explosives Safety’
and Section 5.10 ‘Hardened/Protective Construction’).
provide necessary explosives safety information to support a preliminary
Explosives Safety Site Plan if applicable to the project (See Section 5.17.2
‘Explosives Safety’ and Section 5.10 ‘Hardened/Protective Construction’).
Include protective construction calculations needed to support a final
Explosives Safety Site Plan submission. The structural design of protective
construction elements schedule will be in advance of the remainder of the
structural design for the project and be at Final stage of submission
include the structural design criteria and code/standard references
include the structural design loads and conditions. Include environmental
(wind, snow, rain, seismic) loads, and explosives blast loads from
accidental or intentional detonation
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
97
include the type and fabrication or construction of the structural system, to
include the basis for selection for at least three competitive systems
(reference ER 1110-345-700, App B, Part 2, section 4 'Structural', c. (4)).
The base installation design guide shall be considered in the selection of
the structural system. The basis for selection should at a minimum consider
the ability of the system to adequately resist all structural loads, availability
of material, future additions, use of prefabricated building systems and
components, costs and skill sets of the labor force. Selection of a system
which is not the most economical system must be justified. In the event that
design, architectural or functional requirements or site conditions dictate the
system selection, a statement to this effect should be included and fully
justified.
clearly describe the vertical and lateral load resisting systems.
include requirement for special inspections,
identify pre-fabricated structural items (such as pre-engineered metal
buildings, precast concrete panels) and other items where design is
delegated to others. Address design responsibilities related to the designer
of record and portions of the design that is being delegated to others.
state the fire resistance criteria for all portions of the structural system.
describe impacts of specialty items and design considerations (such as the
seismic design requirement for a site specific ground motion study) that are
potential cost drivers, long lead items or items that require non-conventional
design and construction methods including undesirable subsurface
conditions
in coordination with the mechanical and electrical design disciplines, identify
equipment requiring seismic qualification per UFC 3-310-04. Indicate if the
‘seismic functionality’ of the equipment (i.e. survive and operate after the
seismic event or operate during the event). Note: For Risk Category V
facilities, as defined in UFC 3-301-01, the design requirements in UFC 3-
310-04 for Mission-Critical Level 1, Mission-Critical Level 2 and Non-
Mission-Critical Components shall be met. For Risk Category I, II, III or IV
facilities, the equipment design requirements in UFC 3-310-04, which
amends ASCE 7, shall be met.
include complete calculations and load path distributions for the primary
gravity and lateral load structural systems with the exception of connections.
include calculations for horizontal diaphragms and bracing to include shear
transfer connections.
include preliminary design of structural connections for the primary gravity
and lateral load structural system
include preliminary calculations for secondary structural members and
exterior cladding
identify antiterrorism requirements above and beyond the minimum set
forth in UFC 4-010-01 ‘DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for
Buildings’.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
98
include narratives how each applicable UFC 4-010-01 Anti-Terrorism
Standard, related to the structural discipline, is met.
include information (laminated glass thickness, interlayer thickness, and
glazing frame bite) on blast resistant window systems
include structural design calculations for progressive collapse resistance if
triggered by UFC 4-010-01 Standard 6.
b. Final
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the Final
submittal of the drawings and incorporate all valid comments from the previous
submittals. All structural calculations shall be completed and check by a qualified senior
engineer. Only minor changes are expected between this stage of completion and final
submission.
The design analysis shall:
include all items previously identified in the Interim submittal and all design
progress up to the final submission
include complete design of structural connections for the primary gravity
and lateral load structural systems
include complete calculations for secondary structural members and
exterior cladding
identify all structural elements and components where the design will be
delegated to others. Clearly indicate interface points of the structure
between the designer of record and the qualified design of delegated
components.
include calculations that indicate an independent technical review by a
qualified structural engineer to ensure quality control
c. Complete
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the
complete submittal of the drawings and specifications and shall incorporate all valid
comments made on the pre-final submission. All structural calculations shall be
completed and check by a qualified senior engineer.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
99
3.3.4 Architectural Design-Build Design Submittals.
The DB contractor’s architectural design shall comply with the RFP requirements for the
project. The Government’s review shall confirm the architectural design is in compliance
with the RFP. The RFP will establish the project criteria, phasing of the project (if the
fast-track approach is utilized), number of reviews, percentage of completion for each
review and the design detail expected at each submittal. At a minimum the DB
contractor will submit Interim, Final and Complete design submittals. The expected
content for each submittal as set forth in the RFP will be reviewed accordingly.
Architectural design criteria shall be per the criteria set forth in the DB RFP. In general,
architectural design shall orchestrate the construction requirements of the RFP, shall be
in accordance with applicable chapters of UFC 1-200-01 ‘GENERAL BUILDING
REQUIREMENTS’, UFC 3-101-01 ‘ARCHITECTURE’, and UFC 3-110-03, ‘ROOFING’.
Architectural designs shall cover planned and programmatic requirements of user,
building envelope requirements, specific material construction requirements, meet
relevant codes and government requirements in accordance with the contract or
directive. Each design-build submittal shall also meet the life-safety codes, building
codes, material/assembly listing requirements, architectural barriers act, anti-
terrorism/force protection requirements, and any relevant requirement for standard
construction of the chosen building system. Unless otherwise directed, design
should produce a facility with a 50 year life expectancy and no major update until
after 25 years of use.
During the design process, the architect will consistently coordinate with other design
disciplines to ensure no conflict of information is shown on the drawings or in the
specifications. Within the architectural discipline, the drawings, specifications and
design analysis shall not conflict and shall contain all necessary information for
procurement, construction and validation of the design.
3.3.4.1 Architectural Design-Build Drawing Requirements
a. Interim
The drawings shall be sufficiently complete to demonstrate the functionality and
materials used for the project. The Design Build interim drawings shall at a minimum
show:
Schematic floor plans, roof plans, reflected ceiling plans, and siting plan.
Plans shall elaborate space planning, building area (s.f.), building
orientation and materials used on the project.
Identify smoke and fire walls, barriers and partitions as defined in UFC 3-
600-01 ‘FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING FOR FACILITIES’, the IBC
and NFPA 101.
Life Safety plans shall show egress, exits, travel distance, maximum dead-
end corridors and solutions to all NFPA 101 requirements of the project.
Overall dimensions on plans and elevations.
Elevations that show building mass, appearance and exterior building
materials. Architectural style and character shall be communicated at the
interim stage.
Building and wall sections that demonstrate building envelope materials,
construction and relation to major structural systems.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
100
Schedules for doors, windows and equipment.
Interior elevations to show difficult construction and placement of fixtures
and equipment.
Enough detail of the layout, massing and materials to ensure the
constructability of the project.
b. Final
The drawings shall be sufficiently complete in detail to construct the facility. All
coordination efforts with other design disciplines will be incorporated into this submittal.
All comments from previous review shall be incorporated. At a minimum the drawings
shall indicate:
Content of the ‘Interim’ submission and all design progress up to the point of
the Final submission.
Complete notes on drawings, including general notes throughout set.
Complete dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, details and any portion
of drawing(s) that requires placement information to be constructed both
horizontally and vertically.
Fully developed layout of floor plans, roof plans, reflected ceiling plans.
Finalized elevations of the building that building trades can delineate height,
width and extent of all exterior finish materials, placement of fenestration
and relation of exterior elements of building.
Finalized wall sections and details for plans, sections and elevations.
Complete selection and schedules for windows, doors, hardware and
corresponding details for attachment to building.
Scheduled interior and exterior finishes.
Complete interior elevations to determine finishes-type and extent, and
placement of equipment.
Scheduled doors, windows, hardware and details for installation.
Drawings shall detail any sustainable building components such as
continuous insulation, thermal breaks, air barriers and transitions.
Drawings shall account for architectural barriers handicap accessibility
requirements.
Drawings will be fully coordinated with specifications and other disciplines.
c. Complete
The drawings shall be sufficiently complete in detail for construction of the project. At a
minimum the drawings shall include the minimum content stated above for the ‘Final’
submission with completion of the minor details lacking to provide complete structural
drawings. All valid comments made on the previous submittals are incorporated into this
submittal.
3.3.4.2 Architectural Design-Build Specification Requirements
DB specifications will be developed in accordance with contract requirements, paragraph
3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted design plan.
3.3.4.3 Architectural Design Analysis Requirements
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
101
Reference paragraph 3.2.4.3 Architectural Design Analysis Requirements for designs
and paragraph 3.3.15 Design Analysis.. Design analysis should cover the same
information, showing some notes and calculations on drawings is acceptable.
a. Interim
The Design Analysis will be a narrative presentation of the facts sufficiently complete to
demonstrate that the project concept is fully understood and that subsequent design
details in the final drawings and specifications will be based on sound architectural and
engineering decisions. The design analysis should be developed from Concept Design to
include a discussion of any new or unfamiliar products, critical product features, critical
milestones that may require designer consultation, items of particular customer interest
revealed in design meetings, shop drawings of particular interest or criticality, anticipated
difficult construction features.
b. Final
The design analysis is a written explanation of the project design and is expanded and
revised for each submission. The design analysis shall contain a summary of the criteria
for and the history of the project design, including criteria designated by the customer,
letters, codes, references, conference minutes, and pertinent research. The justification
for each major selection and design decision shall be clearly stated. Design calculations,
computerized and manual, shall be included in the design analysis in digital format.
Narrative descriptions of design solutions shall also be included. Diagrams and sketches
to convey design concepts may be provided to illustrate all written material. Design
phase review comments and the specific actions (annotations) taken in response to
each comment from the preceding design phase review shall be included with each
submission of the design analysis. A separate section with pertinent notes to the
Resident Engineer shall also be included. State the purpose, function, and capacities in
sufficient detail to delineate and characterize functional features and the desired image
or visual appearance of the project. The narrative shall reflect the regional architecture
as well as the visual characteristics of the existing facilities around the site. Include also,
a statement of any requirements for the physically handicapped and signage plans or
graphics. Provide a brief statement of the exterior finish materials to be used in the
project. Provide discussions which address coordination between other disciplines such
as antiterrorism, geotechnical, environmental, hazardous materials abatements,
structural, civil, mechanical, electrical, fire protection, plumbing, sustainable design. The
Design Analysis shall include or respond to the current DD 1391 information and any
other documents that aid in the definition of the project specific scope of work.
Additionally, appendices for all meeting notes, telephone conversation records, emails,
facsimiles and other correspondence shall be included that detail the design decisions
and direction.
c. Complete
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the complete submittal
of the drawings and specifications and shall incorporate all valid comments made on the
final or interim submission.
3.3.5 Interior Design.
The DB contractor shall provide Interior Design for the project in full compliance with the
RFP. The RFP will establish the project requirements for interior finish and material
requirements, space utilization, personnel requirements, FF&E requirements and an
FF&E acquisition strategy, as well as performance specifications for the SID and the
FF&E. The DB contractor shall provide a Comprehensive Interior Design in compliance
with the RFP to include both the Structural Interior Design (SID) and the Furniture,
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
102
Fixtures & Equipment (FF&E) design.
Interior Design criteria and submittal requirements are comprehensively covered under
UFC 3-120-10. Interior Design is required for new building construction and renovation
projects, regardless of funding source. The Comprehensive Interior Design (CID) is
comprised of two design deliverables: the Structural Interior Design (SID), a part of the
design and construction effort programmed within the DD-1391; and, the Furniture,
Fixtures and Equipment Design (FF&E), a functional requirement for a move-in ready
facility usually funded with O&M funds.
The SID provides for building-related interior design elements that are part of the
building itself and is performed concurrently with the architectural design. It includes but
is not limited to walls, ceilings, floor coverings, signage, finish schedules and built-in
casework. This design effort includes the accommodation of needed furniture and
equipment within the building and the coordination of furniture and equipment layout
with other related design disciplines. UFC 3-120-10, Chapter 4 sets requirements for
SID submittals.
The FF&E is performed either during the building design or the construction process. It
includes the design for furniture and equipment related to building functionality and
includes the detailed selection and specification of furniture and equipment, as well as
space planning, necessary for a fully functional facility that meets the operational needs
of the end user. UFC 3-120-10, Chapter 5 sets requirements for FF&E submittals.
Interior Design produces fully coordinated SID and FF&E design efforts for new
construction and renovation projects. Each design effort shall incorporate best practices
and principles of interior design into the completed design efforts.
Both SID and FF&E must be developed in full compliance with the contractual scope of
work; comply with applicable codes, regulations and laws; produce a design within
funding limits, fully satisfy the design scheme, aesthetic and functional requirements of
the project; provide a design fully coordinated with other related design disciplines
(architecture, electrical, mechanical, fire protection; provide a fully integrated design
solution (coordination of interior finishes, furniture, equipment, electrical, lighting, window
treatments, etc.); incorporate sustainable design principles and energy conservation
methods into the design; consider life cycle cost analysis in the selection of interior
finishes and furnishings; incorporate best practices for maintainability of facilities and
furnishings; and, result in the production of complete, accurate and coordinated
construction and procurement documentation for the project. Designs shall be developed
in compliance with the published design guide for installation. Special design
consideration shall be given to projects with historical or architectural significance. Interior
Design concepts and schemes shall be developed to be in harmony with the existing
architectural character and local environment of each project.
The DB process for Interior Design shall be in accordance with the applicable chapters of
UFC 1-200-01 GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS and UFC 3-120-10 INTERIOR
DESIGN. The government’s interior design review shall confirm that the SID and FF&E
are in compliance with the RFP and meet the design and functional intent of the project.
The DB contractor is responsible for Interior Design that produces fully coordinated SID
and FF&E design efforts that are integrated with the other design disciplines in the
project (architecture, electrical, mechanical and fire protection). The Interior Design shall
be developed in full compliance with the RFP and shall comply with all applicable codes,
regulations and laws. The SID and FF&E shall fully satisfy the design scheme and
functional requirements of the project and produce a design within the funding limits of
the project. The DB contractor shall provide a CID that utilizes best practices and
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
103
principles in Interior Design, incorporates sustainable design principles and energy
conservation methods into the design, considers life cycle cost analysis in the design
solution, and incorporates best practices for maintainability of facilities and furnishings in
compliance with the RFP. Within the Interior Design discipline, the drawings,
specifications and design analysis shall not conflict and shall contain all necessary
information for procurement, construction and validation of the design.
3.3.5.1 Specifications
See para 3.2.5.1 “Specification” and para 3.3.14 “Specifications” for guidance in
preparation of the interior design specifications.
3.3.5.2 Design Analysis
See 3.2.5.2 Design Analysis (for ID DBB), paragraph 3.3.15 Design Analysis (for DB)
and ER 1110-345-700, Appendix B for guidance in preparation of the Interior Design
design analysis. The Interior Design design analysis will document general parameters,
functional and technical requirements, design criteria, design objectives, design
assumptions, design aesthetics and provide sustainability, energy conservation and life
cycle cost factors applicable to the project. The design analysis shall not conflict with
the drawings and specifications and shall contain necessary information to serve as the
basis of design of the Structural Interior Design (SID) and the Furniture, Fixtures and
Equipment (FF&E) design. Copies of emails, meeting minutes, memorandums and
record of conversations obtained during the design process shall be included as
warranted to document basis of design.
At a minimum, the design analysis shall include the information listed below for the
various stages of submittals:
a. Interim
b. The design analysis shall define Interior Design best practices and
principles in accordance with USACE and industry standards. The
analysis shall include a general description of the project, the purpose
and objective of the design, and define basic functional and spatial
requirements of the project to baseline the design program statement
and the proposed approach solution. The design analysis shall
include:
A program statement identifying the functional needs of the customer their
primary and secondary spatial relations
Define space allocations
Address flexible design options for future reutilization of the facility
Address sustainability, energy conservation and life cycle cost analysis
approaches to be used in the design
Describe the noise control criteria established in the SID and FF&E
Address full code compliance to ensure safety and accessibility in
accordance with the latest requirements of OSHA, ADA/ABA, ADAAG and
UFAS
c. Final
The design analysis shall include basis of design to support the content of the Final
submittal of the drawings and specifications and incorporate all valid comments from the
previous submittals. Revisions should be minor. Incorporate any revisions into the design
analysis. Incorporate or address any review comments received prior to this submittal.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
104
d. Complete
The design analysis shall be primarily complete prior to this submittal and shall include
the basis of design to support the content of the complete submittal of the drawings and
specifications and shall incorporate all valid comments made on the pre-final
submission.
3.3.6 Fire Protection.
All designs must comply with UFC 3-600-01. Unless the project scope of work specifies
the performance design of the fire protection system, the designer will show all
information necessary to construct the fire protection system(s) ("total design"). The
information provided will be detailed to the extent that the construction contractor will
only provide shop drawings that show compliance with the contract requirements.
Where the project SOW specifies the "performance design" of a water sprinkler system,
the designer will include the following in the contract documents: water system supply
curve plotted on semi-logarithmic paper, occupancy classification, design density, design
area, hose stream (where applicable), and duration of the water supply. The
performance design will include adequate hydraulic calculations to determine if the
facility will require fire pumps or water storage tanks. If calculations demonstrate the
need for either item, the designer will include in detail, the necessary items in the design.
The designer will ensure that all designs provide the most cost effective fire protection
that complies with all applicable requirements and does not increase the risk of property
damage or adversely impact life safety considerations. A qualified Fire Protection
Engineer (FPE) is required to be a member of the design team for projects involving any
feature identified by UFC 3-600-01 paragraph 1-5, other than minor sprinkler head
relocation or like-kind sprinkler head replacement. At the Final Design stage, the FPE
will provide a letter/statement certifying that the plans and specifications are in
compliance with UFC 3-600-01 and all applicable criteria. The project FPE is required to
seal construction drawings and calculations and review stamp fire protection shop
drawings
3.3.6.1 Drawings
a. Interim
For either "performance" or "total" design concept drawings, the information specified
above for "performance design" of a water sprinkler system, or the equivalent
information for other extinguishing systems will be submitted. Equipment will be drawn
to scale.
b. Final
The layout plan of all equipment and piping will be shown. Section and detail views will
be identified. Maintenance access areas will be identified. The performance
requirements of all equipment will be included in an appropriate schedule. A sequence
of operation will be included where required to clearly understand the function or
operation of any systems or equipment. All equipment will be shown in detail. Where
equipment connection details are shown, all valves, gauges, and fittings required by the
specifications or otherwise required will be shown. For proper operation and
maintenance of the equipment, adequate space will be allotted based on the
requirements in the catalog cuts furnished above. Clearances or access required for
proper operation and maintenance will be shown on the drawings. Sections, elevations,
and details of mechanical rooms and all other congested areas will be provided where
required for clarity and coordination. All piping within the mechanical room and all other
congested areas will be drawn double-line (to scale). All supports, other than standard
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
105
piping supports, will be shown on the drawings and clearly detailed. Flow diagrams
and/or isometrics and sequences of operation will also be provided as needed for clarity.
Fire protection drawings will not contain information pertaining to other disciplines,
except where required for reference or coordination.
(1) For "performance design," the final drawings will be updated to reflect
any changes made to the design since the interim submittal.
(2) For "total design," the intermediate final drawings will be expanded to
include the location of all sprinklers, risers, and piping, or the equivalent
information for other extinguishing systems. Center-to-center
dimensions between sprinklers on branch lines and between branch
lines, from end sprinklers to adjacent walls, from walls to branch lines,
from sprinkler feed mains and cross mains and branch lines to finished
floors and roof or ceiling will be shown. Sections will be included that
show typical branch line and cross main pipe routing as well as the
elevation above finished floor for typical sprinklers.
c. Complete
A complete drawing submittal will include the incorporation of all valid comments and
completion of all details. Where required, a registered Fire Protection Engineer will
provide a letter/statement certifying that the plans and specifications are in compliance
with UFC 3-600-01 and all applicable codes.
Where required, a registered Fire Protection Engineer will seal construction drawings.
3.3.6.2 Specifications.
DB specifications will be developed in accordance with contract requirements, paragraph
3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted design plan.
3.3.6.3 Design Analysis Calculations
a. Interim
For "total" or "performance design" of water sprinkler systems, the hydraulic calculations
specified above for "performance" designs will be submitted at this stage. An equivalent
level of information will be submitted at this stage for other extinguishing systems. The
calculations required for a "performance design" should be essentially complete at this
point. The source for each equation used will be listed, including title, chapter, equation
number, etc.
b. Final
Calculations should be complete at this stage for all extinguishing systems. The interim
calculations will be updated to reflect any changes made to the design since the interim
submittal. The basis for changes will be documented. Catalog cuts from at least three
vendors, sufficient in detail to demonstrate compliance with all contract requirements
including the contract specifications, will be included for all major items of equipment.
For "total design" of water sprinkler systems, completed hydraulic calculations or the
equivalent information for other extinguishing systems will be submitted. The
calculations will substantiate that the design area indicated is, in fact, the most
hydraulically demanding. Computer prepared hydraulic calculations will have a cover
sheet that includes design input and provides an explanation of output generated.
Output will include a plot of the water system supply and the sprinkler system demand
curves plotted on semi-logarithmic paper. Computer software which uses typical k-
factors for branch lines will not be used. All calculations will be accompanied by
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
106
sketches that identify areas, nodes, piping segments, etc., used in the calculations to
facilitate review.
c. Complete
A complete specification submittal will include the incorporation of all valid comments
and completion of all details.
Where required, a registered Fire Protection Engineer will seal construction calculations.
3.3.6.4 Design Analysis General Description
a. Interim
A description of the system(s) to be used along with a list of standards (including date
and reference to applicable sections or paragraphs) upon which the design is based will
be submitted. A preliminary version of the Fire Protection Design Analysis in
accordance with UFC 3-600-01 will be included.
b. Final
The interim description will be updated to reflect any changes made to the design since
the interim submittal. The basis for changes will be documented. Include the final draft
of the Fire Protection Design Analysis in accordance with UFC 3-600-01.
c. Complete
A complete design analysis general description submittal will include the incorporation of
all valid comments and completion of all details.
3.3.7 Plumbing
3.3.7.1 Drawings
a. Interim
The drawings will include plumbing fixture layout, floor and area drains, and single-line
piping and equipment layout. All equipment will be drawn to scale. Preliminary
performance requirements of all equipment will be included in appropriate schedules.
b. Final
The drawings provided at interim submittal will be updated to include the piping plan and
piping isometrics for the water and waste/vent systems. Drawings shall be coordinated
with other non-plumbing systems such as providing floor drains for air handling units,
natural gas lines for HVAC equipment, and makeup water for HVAC systems. Drawings
will typically show natural gas piping systems even when they are part of non-plumbing
systems such as building heating systems. Backflow prevention devices and trap primer
devices shall be shown on drawings.
A plumbing fixture schedule will be provided that lists individual fixtures and the size of all
piping connections (cold water, hot water, vent, and waste). The performance
requirements of all equipment will be included in an appropriate schedule. A sequence of
operation will be included, where required, to clearly understand the function or operation
of any systems or equipment. All equipment will be shown in detail. Where equipment
connection details are shown, all valves, gauges, and fittings required by the
specifications or by other standards will be shown. For proper operation and maintenance
of the equipment, adequate space will be allotted based on the requirements in the
catalog cuts furnished above. Clearances or access required for proper operation and
maintenance will be shown on the drawings. Sections, elevations, and details of
mechanical rooms and all other congested areas will be provided as necessary for clarity
and coordination. All supports, other than standard piping supports, will be shown on the
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
107
drawings and clearly detailed. Isometrics and sequences of operation will also be
provided as needed for clarity. Plumbing drawings will not contain information pertaining
to other disciplines, except where required for reference or coordination.
Drawings will be sealed by a mechanical professional engineer where required by
contract.
c. Complete
A complete drawing submittal will include the incorporation of all valid comments and
completion of all details.
3.3.7.2 Specifications
DB specifications will be developed in accordance with contract requirements, paragraph
3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted design plan.
3.3.7.3 Design Analysis and Design Analysis Calculations
a. Interim
A description of the system(s) to be used along with a list of standards (including date
and reference to applicable sections or paragraphs) upon which the design is based will
be submitted.
The number and type of plumbing fixtures required will be provided along with calculations
to determine the cold and hot water load (flow) requirements. The types and capacity
requirements for drainage systems will also be included. Calculations necessary to
determine equipment capacities and their corresponding utility requirements will be
provided. To facilitate review, all calculations will be accompanied by sketches that
identify nodes, piping segments, etc., used in the calculations. The source of each
equation used will be listed, including title, chapter, equation number, etc. Where
connecting to existing systems, calculations will be provided to show that existing systems
have adequate capacity to handle additional new loads. Calculations related to water
conservation features such as gray water systems and solar preheat systems will be
included.
The design analysis shall also determine applicability and address any sustainability
requirements for all projects as required by UFC 1-200-02 High Performance and
Sustainable Building Requirements. The design analysis will include an evaluation of Table
1-1 in UFC 1-200-02 to determine what, if any, chapters apply to this design. The design
analysis should also include a narrative description of how the design will address the
specific requirements of UFC 1-200-02 that are applicable.
b. Final
All pipe sizing calculations should be completed and submitted. For all pipes, the
calculations will include design flow (in gpm or liters per second and fixture units), pipe
size, velocity, friction factors, slopes, lengths and the pressure and flow available at each
fixture at designed conditions. Water heating system demand and storage calculations
will be provided. Compressed air, natural gas, and other plumbing systems will include
design flow, pipe sizing, and storage tank sizing calculations. Catalog cuts sufficient in
detail to demonstrate compliance with all contract requirements, including the contract
specifications from at least one vendor, will be included for all major items of equipment.
c. Complete
A complete design analysis and calculation submittal will include the incorporation of all
valid comments and completion of all details.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
108
3.3.8 Process.
3.3.8.1 Drawings
a. Interim
The interim submittal will include drawings with sufficient information to indicate the
envelope that the equipment requires. Electric and other utilities required will be
identified. Provide scaled floor plans for all support facilities with major pieces of
equipment located. Process flow drawings (PFD) and piping and instrumentation
diagrams (P&ID) will be provided. Piping plan drawings will depict the routing of major
lines.
b. Final
This submittal will have the equipment outline clearly defined on the plans with locating
dimensions given from walls or columns. Section and detail views will be included if
sufficient information is available. Process and Utility Diagrams showing pipe sizes,
equipment and control devices; equipment lists; comprehensive functional and
operational system description of the control system, and site plan showing all site
elements. At the intermediate submittal PFD's and P&ID's will be complete. PFD's will
have the flow rates for all process lines identified for the design conditions. P&ID's will
have all lines sized and numbered; instrumentation identified including tag numbers.
Piping plan drawings will be provided that show the routing of all lines along with pipe
identification numbers. Elevation and detail drawings will be started but are not
expected to be complete at this time. When equipment is furnished by other than the
construction contractor, the interface will be clearly identified. Any areas on hold
awaiting information will be identified.
Piping System Drawings. Piping drawings will include plans and elevations of the piping
runs with the location of expansion devices, anchors, and changes in direction indicated
and located on both the plans and elevations. Sufficient detail will also be provided to
ensure interface definition between piping systems and contractor and Government-
furnished equipment. A process and instrumentation diagram showing the system
control components and instrumentation will be provided for each process piping
system. Instrumentation symbols used will be in accordance with Instrumentation and
Symbols Standard (ISA-S5.1).
Piping Details. Piping details will be shown in isometric wherever practical.
Computer-Developed Drawings. Computer-developed pipe detail drawings
will be used when possible.
Miscellaneous. Pipelines, valves, controllers, and instrumentation will be
numbered on the drawings. A pipeline and valve listing will be provided.
Details will be furnished for supports, anchors, pipe sleeve closures, valve
pits, guides, and other such features.
c. Complete
The drawings shall be sufficiently complete in detail for construction of the project. At a
minimum the drawings shall include the minimum content stated above for the ‘Final’
submission with completion of the minor details lacking to provide complete process
drawings. All valid comments made on the previous submittals are incorporated into this
submittal.
3.3.8.2 Specifications
DB specifications will be developed in accordance with contract requirements, paragraph
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
109
3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted design plan.
3.3.8.3 Design Analysis
a. Interim
A design analysis will be furnished by the designer for all major items of equipment. The
parameters, calculations, and rationale used for selecting the equipment will be
identified, and at least, three manufacturers' names and the model numbers of their
equipment will be provided to verify that competition is available. Catalog cuts from at
least one manufacturer will be provided to demonstrate compliance with project
requirements. A process description, site concepts or layouts, control systems concept,
and code analysis as applicable for each will be furnished by the designer.
The designer will document the required capability of material handling
equipment to fulfill mission requirements and ensure the equipment has
built-in safety features. Material Handling covers items such as elevators,
pneumatic-tube systems, monorails, overhead cranes, etc.
Seismic Design. Seismic design of piping, equipment, supports, and
anchors will conform to UFC 3-310-04. (Coordinate requirements with
Structural.)
Noise Control. Design work will be in accordance with UFC 3-450-01 and
UFC 3-450-02.
Special Conditions
o Hazardous Facilities. Hazardous facilities require special design
considerations which include selecting equipment items and
materials that prevent damage and hazards to personnel and
facilities. Hazards may be created by corrosive acids, explosions,
fire, lethal gases, or other causes. AMC-R 385-100 will be used
for designing facilities where hazardous (but non-nuclear)
munitions materials will be manufactured, processed, stored,
handled, or transported within a facility. The safety requirements
of the American Petroleum Institute may be imposed for facilities
associated with petroleum products or with the conversion of one
energy form into another.
o Hazardous and Toxic Waste. Hazardous and toxic wastes piped
underground must have double containment and meet the
requirements of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA).
b. Final
Calculations will be included for the sizing of all equipment and major distribution lines.
(1) Alignment. The horizontal and vertical alignment of the piping will be
carefully planned to use the inherent flexibility of the pipe to absorb
expansion. Consideration will be given to road crossings and other
obstructions in the route of the piping.
(2) Expansion. The design of flexibility of the system, will consider the
maximum and minimum temperatures to which the line will be exposed.
This will include not only environmental temperature, but temperatures
of cleaning processes such as steam or vapor cleaning. Ample
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
110
provision will be made for such temperature ranges, and this will be
covered by the design analysis. Where expansion of piping will be
absorbed by using the inherent flexibility of the piping or by providing
expansion loops and bends, the pipe expansion stresses will be
calculated by a standard method used in industry. Where computer
analysis is used, the analysis will include a user's manual and a sample
problem.
(3) Supports. Supports for above ground piping will be designed with
full allowances for the movement and forces developed by the piping
either during operation, testing, cleaning, or shock loading, whichever
is the most severe condition. Supports will be of ample strength to
withstand the forces developed by the piping. Supports will be
designed to allow free movement of the piping during expansion and to
adequately guide the line without binding it. Support design will
incorporate stock or production parts, provided they conform to the
requirements of design loads and are commonly used. Accurate stress
and weight balance calculations will be made to determine forces and
movements at each support point, anchor, and equipment connection.
Vibration and shock loads will be examined in detail and
accommodated. All calculations will be included in the design analysis.
(4) Anchors. Pipe anchors will be designed to withstand the maximum
forces developed by the pipe system during the most severe condition
of either regular operation, testing, shock loading, or cleaning. Anchors
will be proportioned to not less than twice the section modulus of the
pipe. Design calculations for anchors will be a part of the design
analysis. These calculations should show forces, assumptions, soil
bearing values, etc. When it is necessary to use a bellows type
expansion device, anchors and supports will be designed to take the full
pressure thrust at the highest pressure to which the line will be
subjected, either in normal operation or during the pressure testing.
(5) Drainage and Sectionalizing. System operation conditions will be
taken into consideration when designing the drainage points and
sectionalizing. If a system is to be cleaned in place, the line will be
capable of being divided into short sections for ease of cleaning without
cutting the piping. Drains will be located at low points, and if they are to
be used for cleaning or flushing, they will be large enough to ensure
adequate flow. Horizontal pipe runs will be pitched for gravity drain in
the desired direction.
c. Complete
The design analysis shall include the basis of design to support the content of the
complete submittal of the drawings and specifications and shall incorporate all valid
comments made on the pre-final submission. All process calculations shall be
completed and checked by a qualified senior engineer.
3.3.8.4 Other Considerations
Cleaning. The details of the cleaning processes and the number and
location of cleanings will be specified. The specification will call out the
degree of inspection and will require the use of approved cleaning facilities.
The contractor will be required to provide detailed cleaning procedures
before piping is cleaned. Pipe or components cleaned in a shop off the job
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
111
will be sealed against contamination through use of a substantial sealing
method.
Components. Components such as valves, strainers, gauges, and other
devices will be specified in detail with pressure or temperature rating, size,
capacity, pressure, and temperature ranges; test pressures, tolerances, and
materials will be called out. Components will be cleaned to the specified
cleanliness level at the manufacturer's plant; they will be sealed and
packaged so as to arrive on the job site in the specified clean condition.
Inspection. Methods and degree of cleanliness and welding inspection will
be specified. Generally, welding inspections will consist of visual and
radiographic or other nondestructive inspection. The method of testing and
the standards used will be documented.
Testing. Detailed requirements will be specified for pressure testing, leak
testing, and operational testing. Test requirements for components such as
leak testing and proof testing will be called out in detail. Operational tests
will also be indicated. Records of tests will be made and a reproducible
copy turned over to the contracting officer. Performance and other tests of
valves, strainers, etc., will require certification with copies furnished the
contracting officer.
Piping Connections. The method of making piping connections will be
specified. Welding and inspection of welding will be in accordance with the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ANSI Piping Code, and the
American Welding Society Standards. A requirement for welding
procedure, welding operator, and welder qualification and identification will
be specified. No unqualified procedure or welder will be used. Detailed
requirements for welding will be specified.
Protective Coatings. Protective coatings for both aboveground and
underground piping will be specified with appropriate test procedures.
Materials. The options on materials for the piping systems will be furnished
as part of the design criteria.
Piping Identification. Requirements for piping identification will be
specified.
3.3.9 Mechanical.
3.3.9.1 Drawings
a. Interim
A single-line layout will be provided for all equipment, ductwork, and piping. Equipment
will be drawn to scale. Preliminary performance requirements of all equipment will be
included in appropriate schedules. A preliminary sequence of operation for each system
will be included on the drawings.
b. Final
The drawings provided at concept submittal will be updated to include the equipment,
piping and duct locations. Equipment schedules will include information available based
on the calculations. Ductwork shall be shown with double lines and all fire/smoke
dampers shall be located. Sequence of Operation will be expanded to address all major
control sequences.
The performance requirements of all equipment will be included in appropriate
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
112
schedules. A sequence of operation will be included where required to clearly
understand the function or operation of any systems or equipment. All equipment will be
shown in detail. Where equipment connection details are shown, show all valves,
gauges, and fittings, required by the specifications or otherwise required. For proper
operation and maintenance of the equipment, adequate space will be allotted based on
the requirements in the catalog cuts furnished above. Clearances or access required for
proper operation and maintenance will be shown on the drawings. Sections, elevations,
and details will be provided for mechanical rooms and all other congested areas where
required for clarity, coordination, or detail. All piping and ductwork within the mechanical
room and all other congested areas will be drawn double-line (to scale) with exterior
dimensions that reflect any required insulation. All supports, other than standard
ductwork or piping supports, will be shown on the drawings and clearly detailed. A flow
diagram and sequence of operation will be provided for each system. HVAC drawings
will not contain any information pertaining to other disciplines, except where required for
reference or coordination.
Drawings will be coordinated with specifications to show all items by which the
specifications refer to the drawings for additional visual detail.
Drawings will be sealed by a mechanical professional engineer where required by
contract.
c. Complete
A complete drawing submittal will include the incorporation of all valid comments and
completion of all details.
3.3.9.2 Specifications
DB specifications will be developed in accordance with contract requirements, paragraph
3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted design plan.
3.3.9.3 Design Analysis
a. Interim
The description of the system(s) will include the indoor and outdoor design conditions
will be listed for each area. Outdoor design conditions will be selected for dry bulb
temperature and cross-checked for peak humidity ratio conditions when sizing systems
that may be primarily intended to control temperature. Peak humidity ratio will be used
when sizing dehumidification systems. Where energy from an existing plant is to be
used, verification will be included that capacity, availability, and the reliability of the plant
are adequate to serve the intended loads. As a minimum, block loads that take into
account all loads that will influence equipment size will be submitted for each system.
All calculations will be accompanied by sketches that identify nodes, piping, or duct-work
segments, etc., used in the calculations to facilitate review. The size of major pipe and
duct mains will be included. The source for each equation used will be listed, including
title, chapter, equation number, etc. Where connecting to existing systems, calculations
will be provided to show that existing systems have adequate capacity to handle
additional new loads. The design analysis will reference the building seismic design
analysis where seismic hazards exist and determine whether mechanical system piping,
equipment, and ductwork must be braced according to seismic hazard level A, B, C, or D
per latest edition of SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual.
The design analysis shall also determine applicability and address any sustainability
requirements for all projects as required by UFC 1-200-02 High Performance and
Sustainable Building Requirements. The design analysis will include an evaluation of
Table 1-1 in UFC 1-200-02 to determine what, if any, chapters apply to this design. The
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
113
design analysis should also include a narrative description of how the design will
address the specific requirements of UFC 1-200-02 that are applicable. New
construction, new addition, and major renovation (as defined in UFC 1-200-02 dated 01
March 2013, Table 1-1) will typically include (but not be limited to) the following
deliverables (see UFC 3-410-01):
Energy Cost Budget (ECB) Compliance Report as shown in Appendix G of
ASHRAE 90.1 User's Manual including backup calculations.
Life Cycle Cost Analysis (LCCA) narrative including calculations for specific
conservation measures that exceed requirements.
ASHRAE Standard 62.1 ventilation analysis including detailed calculations.
Minor renovation projects will typically include ASHRAE Standard 62.1 ventilation
analysis including detailed calculations
b. Final
Calculations will be included for the sizing of all equipment and major air and water
distribution lines. Design analysis shall determine whether ASHRAE Standard 15 Safety
Standard for Refrigeration Systems is applicable.
All pipe sizing calculations will be completed at this stage. For all pipes, the calculations
will include design flow (over the entire range where applicable), duct size, velocity,
slope (if applicable), length and all pertinent details relative to the calculation method
used. The entering and leaving design conditions at each piece of equipment (over the
entire operating range where applicable) will be listed. The cycle of each heating and/or
cooling system will be plotted on a psychometric chart with each point on the chart
cross-referenced to the corresponding point in the system. Individual room heat
gain/loss calculations will be made. The extrapolation of "typical" room calculations or
the proration of block load calculations will not be permitted. A completed ventilation
analysis based on the requirements listed in UFC 3-410-01FA will be provided. Catalog
cuts sufficient in detail to demonstrate compliance with all contract requirements,
including the contract specifications, will be included for all major items of equipment.
c. Complete
A complete design analysis submittal will include the incorporation of all valid comments
and completion of all details.
3.3.10 Electrical.
DB contractor’s electrical design shall comply with the RFP requirements for the project.
The Government’s review shall confirm the electrical design is in compliance with the
RFP. The RFP will establish the project criteria, phasing of the project (if the fast-track
approach is utilized), number of reviews, percentage of completion for each review and
the design detail expected at each submittal. At a minimum the DB contractor will
submit Interim, Final and Complete design submittals. The expected content for each
submittal as set forth in the RFP will be reviewed accordingly.
Electrical design shall be in accordance with paragraph 3.2.10 Electrical of this manual.
3.3.10.1 Drawings shall be submitted in accordance with 3.2.10.1 of this
manual.
a. Interim drawings shall include the combined requirements for
parametric, concept and intermediate drawings as specified in 3.2.10.1
b. Final drawings shall include all the drawings required by 3.3.10.1.a
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
114
(interim drawings) and Pre-Final drawings as specified in 3.2.10.1.
c. Complete drawings shall include all drawings required by 3.3.10.1.a
(interim drawings), 3.3.10.1.b (final drawings) and shall be complete in
detail to demonstrate the entire electrical and telecommunication
systems requirements. The drawings shall be complete in detail to
provide for the construction of the project without additional drawings.
3.3.10.2 DB specifications will be developed in accordance with contract
requirements, paragraph 3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted design plan.
3.3.10.3 Design Analysis shall be submitted in accordance with para.
3.2.10.3 and 3.3.15 of this manual.
a. Interim analysis shall include all the analysis requirements for
parametric, concept and intermediate design analysis as specified in
3.2.10.3.
b. Final analysis shall include all the analyses required by 3.3.10.3.a
(interim analysis) and Pre-Final analysis as specified in 3.2.10.3.
c. Complete analysis shall include all analysis required by 3.3.10.3.a
(interim analysis), 3.3.10.3.b (final analysis) and shall be complete in
detail to demonstrate the entire electrical and telecommunication
systems requirements are met.
3.3.11 Telecommunications.
3.3.11.1 Fire Detection & Alarm/Mass Notification Systems. All designs
must comply with UFC 3-600-01 and UFC 4-021-01.
a. Drawings. Legends shall contain only symbols used in the design.
Where the final, signed design drawings are part of subcontractor’s
shop drawings submittal, the design shall include a typical system riser
diagram, with any detail diagrams for needed clarity, showing all types
of equipment, all types of circuits and all connections to other systems
that will be provided in the construction process.
(1) Interim Submittal. Provide systems layout and system installation
details, such as system riser for each system, telecommunications
room layout, rack/cabinet layouts, rack details, outlet configurations,
cable support details and layout and grounding details. Provide a
preliminary system riser diagram reflecting anticipated devices and
circuit types. Provide an interim site plan showing manholes,
handholes, routes of cables, telecommunications rooms, and all
major features of the design. Provide all cable, connector and outlet
types and colors for voice and data. Provide termination details, i.e.
T568B. Provide personnel certifications if applicable.
(2) Final Submittal. Update concept layout drawings, operational matrix
and system riser diagram. Include detail drawings to show device
wiring and installation.
(3) Complete Submittal. Finalize drawings to comply with comments and
scope changes/clarifications.
b. Specifications. DB specifications will be developed in accordance
with contract requirements, paragraph 3.3.14, and the contractor’s
accepted design plan. Design Analysis. Design analysis shall be a
part of the Fire Protection Design Analysis required by UFC 3-600-01,
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
115
Section 1-4. Clarify any conditions that are different from those
presented in the scope that has affected the design such that any
requirements are not met.
(1) Interim Submittal. To be provided as part of the summary required
by UFC 3-600-01. Provide a description of the type of system(s) and
devices to be used, including the criteria, codes and standards
driving the design.
(2) Final Submittal. Provide a full design analysis of the system(s) to
be provided, including battery calculations. Verify that the fire
alarm/MNS configuration follows the guidance of UFC 4-021-01.
(3) Complete Submittal. Update and finalize to comply with any
comments or scope changes. Analysis shall reflect the final design.
3.3.11.2 Medical Communications Systems. Telecommunications designs
for medical facilities and medical communications systems shall be
in compliance with UFC 4-510-01.
a. Drawings. Legends for different communications systems may be
combined or separate but shall contain only symbols used in the design.
Where the final, signed design drawings are part of subcontractor’s shop
drawings submittal, the design shall include a typical system riser
diagram, with any detail diagrams for needed clarity, showing all types of
equipment, all types of circuits and all connections to other systems that
will be provided in the construction process. Use the I3A examples in
Appendix B as a style guide.
(1) Concept Submittal. Provide a conceptual floor plan showing the
location of panels and devices. Provide a conceptual systems riser
diagram.
(2) Intermediate Submittal. Provide final systems layout and system
installation details, such as system riser for each system,
telecommunications room layout, rack/cabinet layouts, outlet
configurations, cable tray layout and grounding details.
(3) Final Submittal. Provide final drawings, including any changes from
comments and/or scope changes.
b. Specifications.
See paragraph 3.2.14 ‘Project Specifications’ for guidance in preparation
of the specifications.
c. Design Analysis. Provide a separate analysis for each system.
(4) Concept Submittal. Provide a general description of the systems to
be provided, including the codes, standards and criteria that govern
the design.
(5) Intermediate Submittal. Provide a full design analysis, including any
design changes due to scope changes and/or comments.
Final Submittal. Update and finalize the analysis, verifying that it fully
reflects the design.
3.3.11.3 Data and Voice Network Systems. All designs must comply
with UFC 3-580-01 and the I3A.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
116
a. Drawings. Legends for different communications systems may be
combined or separate but shall contain only symbols used in the
design. Where the final, signed design drawings are part of
subcontractor’s shop drawings submittal, a system riser diagram shall
be provided, with any detail diagrams for needed clarity, showing all
types of equipment, all types of circuits and all connections to other
systems that will be provided in the construction process. The I3A
examples in Appendix B shall be used as a style guide.
(1) Interim Submittal. Provide an interim floor plan showing
the location of panels and devices. Provide an interim
systems riser diagram. Provide an interim site plan showing
manholes, handholes, routes of cables, telecommunications
rooms, and all major features of the design. Provide
personnel certifications if applicable.
(2) Final Submittal. Provide final systems layout and system
installation details, such as system riser for each system,
telecommunications room layout, rack/cabinet layouts, outlet
configurations, cable support details and layout, and
grounding details. Provide all cable, connector and outlet
types and colors for voice and data. Provide termination
details, i.e. T568B.
(3) Complete Submittal. Provide final drawings, including any changes
from comments and/or scope changes.
b. Specifications. DB specifications will be developed in accordance with
contract requirements, paragraph 3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted
design plan. Designer shall not use a mix of service specifications,
i.e., Army telecommunications system with Navy raceways.
c. Design Analysis. Provide a separate analysis for each system. Clarify
any conditions that are different from those presented in the scope that
has affected the design such that any requirements are not met.
(1) Interim Submittal. Provide a general description of the
systems to be provided, including the codes, standards and
criteria that govern the design.
(2) Final Submittal. Provide a full design analysis, including
any design changes due to scope changes and/or
comments. Provide manufacturers’ cut sheets for
components.
(3) Complete Submittal. Update and finalize the analysis,
verifying that it fully reflects the design.
3.3.11.4 Operational Technology (OT) Network Systems.
a. Drawings.
(1) Interim Submittal. Provide an interim floor plan showing the
location of panels and devices. Provide an interim systems riser
diagram for each system.
(2) Final Submittal. Provide final systems layout and system
installation details. Provide a site plan showing manholes,
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
117
handholes, routes of cables, telecommunications rooms,
and all major features of the design. Provide final systems
layout and system installation details, such as system
riser for each system, telecommunications room layout (if
applicable), rack/cabinet layouts, outlet configurations,
cable support details and layout, and grounding details.
Provide all cable, connector, connector and outlet types
and colors for voice and data. Provide termination details,
i.e. T568B.
(3) Complete Submittal. Provide final drawings, including any changes
from comments and/or scope changes.
b. Specifications. DB specifications will be developed in accordance with
contract requirements, paragraph 3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted
design plan.
c. Design Analysis.
(1) Interim Submittal. Provide a general description of the
systems to be provided, including the codes, standards
and criteria that govern the design. Provide the following:
l. The Mission Categorization Letter if applicable
m. The “Conceptual Data Model”, the “Logical Data Model”,
and the “Physical Data Model” of the DODAF (Department
of Defense Architecture Framework) that meet the project
OT requirements.
n. The Network Architecture Diagram, showing component IP
addresses, physical interfaces, make/model, and protocols.
o. A functional and protective element diagram of the system.
p. Hardware and software component list.
q. “Type Accreditation(s)” if applicable.
r. Logic flow diagram of the system.
s. Acceptance test procedure(s).
t. Commissioning Plan.
u. A defense-in-depth layered process diagram as it relates to
resiliency and security.
v. A Life Cycle Cost Analysis (LCCA) if applicable.
(2) Final Submittal. Provide a full design analysis, including
any design changes due to scope changes and/or
comments. Provide manufacturers’ cut sheets for
components.
(3) Complete Submittal. Update and finalize the analysis,
verifying that it fully reflects the design.
3.3.11.5 Industrial Process Network Design.
a. Drawings. Legends for different communications systems may be
combined or separate but shall contain only symbols used in the
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
118
design.
(1) Interim Submittal. Provide a complete Process and
Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID) IAW International Society
of Automation (ISA) or ISO 15519 guidelines, and a
Process Flow Diagram for the project.
(2) Final Submittal. Provide
(3) Complete Submittal. Provide final drawings, including any changes
from comments and/or scope changes. Provide control wiring
drawings.
b. Specifications. DB specifications will be developed in accordance with
contract requirements, paragraph 3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted
design plan. Designer shall not use a mix of service specifications,
i.e., Army telecommunications system with Navy raceways.
c. Design Analysis. Provide a separate analysis for each system. Clarify
any conditions that are different from those presented in the scope that
has affected the design such that any requirements are not met.
(1) Interim Submittal. Provide a general description of the
systems to be provided, including the codes, standards and
criteria that govern the design. Provide a narrative
description of the process operation. If applicable, provide a
hierarchical control diagram for the project.
(2) Final Submittal. Provide a full design analysis, including
any design changes due to scope changes and/or
comments. Provide manufacturers’ cut sheets for
components.
(3) Complete Submittal. Update and finalize the analysis,
verifying that it fully reflects the design.
3.3.12 Utility Monitoring and Control Systems (UMCS).
3.3.12.1 General.
a. DB contractor’s UMCS design shall comply with the RFP requirements
for the project. The Government’s review shall confirm the UMCS
design is in compliance with the RFP. The RFP will establish the
project criteria, phasing of the project, number of reviews, percentage of
completion for each review and the design detail expected at each
submittal. At a minimum the DB contractor will submit Interim, Final and
Complete design submittals. The expected content for each submittal
as set forth in the RFP will be reviewed accordingly. Utility Monitoring
and Control Systems, which include Energy Monitoring and Control
Systems (EMCS), Building Automation Systems (BAS), and other
computer-based direct digital control systems, are composed of
computer hardware and associated peripherals, software,
communication networks, instrumentation, and control equipment.
Design of these systems should conform to UFC 3-470-01 and UFC 3-
410-02. Design packages will include appropriate UFGSs and
drawings. The design package provides design configuration and
functional description of hardware and software. The design shall
incorporate security engineering to comply with cybersecurity
requirements as shown in paragraph 5.19. Energy conservation and life
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
119
cycle cost design features will be reflected in the Energy Conservation
and Life Cycle Cost Design Analysis.
b. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REQUIREMENTS. Where the design
of controls modifies the function of equipment as initially approved by a
Professional Engineer, that change shall also require drawings
stamped by a licensed Professional Engineer.
c. DESIGN AND INSTALLATION. The design of the facilities and control
systems and the performance of the installation work will be in
accordance with the facility criteria, guide specifications, drawings, and
other industry standards as designated by the scope of work. Design
and installation of facilities used for processing classified information
will be IAW applicable Department of Defense documents. The design
of the facilities/systems will be in sufficient detail to allow repetitive
construction of future facilities/systems from one set of drawings and
will limit the amount of layout engineering required by the construction
contractor.
3.3.12.2 Drawings.
Plans will contain the following:
Floor Plans. The floor plans will show all principal architectural features of
the building that will affect the design.
o Room designation and number.
o Dimensional height, location, number, and size of raceways.
o Dimensional height, location, size, and designation of cabinets,
outlet boxes, etc. Plans should clearly indicate type of mounting
required (flush and surface, wall or floor).
o Conduit and communication cable routing and numbers.
o Dimensional size, location, space requirements, and designation
for all control consoles, equipment local cabinets, power supplies,
etc.
o Grounding requirements.
Schedules. Conduit and cable schedules will be used to show conduits and
cables installed. The schedule will contain the number, type, size,
origination point, destination point, and termination requirements for each
conduit cable.
Connections. Connection details will be shown for each cabinet or console in
which cables are terminated. The connection details will show locations of
terminal blocks in cabinet, type of terminal blocks, termination of conductors,
type of terminals used to terminate the cables, and any
grounding required. The termination of shields, if used, will also be shown.
Construction. Construction details and complete dimensions will be shown
for each cabinet. The details will show the outline of the cabinets, thickness
of the metal, mounting of internal equipment such as channel support,
location of all openings in the cabinet, mounting and securing of doors, and
other pertinent features.
Sections and Elevations. Details, sections, and elevations will be shown
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
120
where required for clarifications.
Equipment by Others. The drawings will indicate equipment furnished
and/or installed by others.
a. Interim.
Title sheet
Site drawing
Abbreviations and symbol list
Network Architecture Diagram
UMCS Block Diagram (includes front-end server equipment layout)
Communication network and cybersecurity description
Control Drawings and schematic of equipment showing instrumentation
placement
Floor Plans showing relative locations of HVAC equipment and new
direct digital controls
Sequences of Operations for each piece of HVAC equipment
Bills-of-Materials (BOM) for each sub-system
Details of power (include source breaker nomenclature), grounding and
surge protection
Building Level Controller/ Facility Point of Connection MAC Address (i.e.,
Network Application Engines, Java Application Control Engines,
SmartServers, Loytec, etc.)
Points List: Every connected analog output (AO), analog input (AI), binary
output (BO), binary input (BI), pulse accumulator (PA) input and other input
or output device connected to the UMCS shall represent a point.
Drawings: A sample (one system) of Instrumentation and Control wiring
and installation drawings, showing wire routing on floor plans including
terminal numbers, wire colors/numbers, and cable designations.
Two representative buildings will be completed in accordance with UFC 3-
410-02, including sequences of operations and data base information related
to set points and alarm limits.
b. Final Drawings.
Final design review submittals for UMCS will have all interim review comments
incorporated into the project drawings and other documents before the interim
design is submitted. The level of design completion submitted will be in
accordance with the contract for all structures in accordance with UFC 3-410-02,
including the sequence of operation, and data base information related to set
points and alarm limits, communications network layout, and cable routing.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
121
c. Complete Drawings.
After the final review conference, drawings containing review corrections will be
delivered to the project manager.
3.3.14.1 Specifications.
DB specifications will be developed in accordance with contract requirements, paragraph
3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted design plan.
3.3.12.4 Design Analysis.
Design Analysis shall be in accordance with the general requirements of para 3.3.15 and
the specific requirements listed below. Control system design analysis will document
general parameters, serviceability requirements, functional and technical requirements,
design criteria, design objectives, design assumptions, and provide design calculations
as applicable to the project. Control system design analysis shall not conflict with the
drawings and specifications and shall contain necessary information to serve as the
basis of design of the Control system elements of the project. Copies of emails,
memorandums and record of conversations obtained during the design process shall be
included as warranted to document basis of design.
a. Interim Design Analysis.
Provide a written narrative accurately addressing the control system basis of design. The
basis of design shall include as a minimum:
Interview with site personnel/occupants and resulting recommendations
Review of past energy/feasibility studies (i.e., EEAP)
Review of Master Plan (if any)
Field survey data
Survey of existing data communication infrastructure
Proposed data communication system (include routers/switches)
Existing front end system protocol and interface requirements
Integration to existing system technical solution
Network Architecture
Workstation/server
Security engineering and cybersecurity requirements
Preliminary system components
Instrumentation and execution of sequences of operation to achieve control
Control Logic Diagram
Preliminary points tables
Draft specifications
DD Form 1391 validation report, including cost estimate
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
122
Narrative shall address the communication protocol with respect to open or proprietary
systems, overall point capacity, expandability, processor speed, memory size,
component and equipment selection (functionality, reliability, durability - mean time
between failures, sustainability). Present the alternative technical design solutions and
options considered and justify the final selection.
b. Final Design Analysis.
Update and expand the Interim Design Analysis to support the submittal. Develop all
items in the Interim Design Analysis and all special features of the design. Finalize the
studies, surveys and analysis required and described in the Interim Design Analysis.
c. Complete Design Analysis.
Analysis shall be complete in detail to demonstrate the entire control system
requirements by including the Final Analysis with addition of minor details noted during
the Final review. Update the cost estimate. All valid comments made on previous
submittals shall be incorporated into this final submittal
3.3.14 Electronic Security Systems (ESS)
3.3.14.1 General Considerations.
a. Basic Concepts:
DB contractor’s ESS design shall comply with the RFP requirements for the project. The
Government’s review shall confirm the ESS design is in compliance with the RFP. The
RFP will establish the project criteria, phasing of the project, number of reviews,
percentage of completion for each review and the design detail expected at each
submittal. At a minimum the DB contractor will submit Interim, Final and Complete
design submittals. The basic guidance related to the security systems is covered in UFC
4-021-02, Electronic Security Systems. This UFC includes the basic references, criteria
and policy documents for design and installation of security systems. DoD and U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers, Electronic Security Systems-Mandatory Center of Expertise
(ESS-MCX) criteria states that ESS system to be an integrated security system
consisting of access control system (ACS), intrusion detection system (IDS), closed-
circuit television (CCTV) system, data transmission system and site central command
and control system, (at times also referenced to as a dispatch center.)
b. Design Considerations.
ESS design features must include not only components and software for the
protection of the assets, but also the security system equipment’s software,
firmware and hardware from physical damage as well as insider threats,
external adversarial threats, attacks by criminal, and other entities seeking
to compromise these systems. Security systems may store administrative
and response procedures to protect the assets in case of an attack. Access
control systems store personnel information, such as credentials, and other
personnel information needed for authentication. Stored information has to
be managed in compliance with DoD regulations as well as the specific
requirements imposed by the respective Uniform Service, DoD Agency, or
Federal Agency.
ESS uses both shared and closed-restricted communications networks. In
either case, Cybersecurity policy and the Risk Management Framework
process must be followed in accordance with DoDI 8500.01 and DoDI
8510.01.
c. Governing Criteria
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
123
A-E or Designer of Record shall perform the work in accordance with UFC
4-021-02 and other UFCs listed for security systems. UFC 1-200-01
General Building Requirements is applicable for a security system when the
design is being provided for new or renovated facilities. UFC 1-200-01
provides general building requirements, establishes the use of consensus
building codes and standards, identifies key core UFCs, and identifies
unique military requirements, such as facilities in support of military
operations. This UFC applies to the design and construction of new and
renovated Government-owned facilities for the Department of Defense. It is
applicable to all methods of project delivery and levels of construction.
Applicability of DoD Criteria, National and International Codes and
Standards: Levels of construction are permanent, semi-permanent, and
temporary. Use the most current DoD, DA, and UFCs listed in Appendix A
and UFC 4-021-02 for Electronic Security Systems design.
International Building Code (IBC) shall be used to the extent where it does
not conflict with the DoD, DA and UFCs. In case of any conflicts the listed
criteria supersedes IBC. UFC 1-200-01, "General Building Requirements",
provides applicability of model building codes and government-unique
criteria for typical design disciplines and building systems, as well as for
accessibility, antiterrorism, security, sustainability, and safety.
Planning and design of electronic security systems shall be performed by
using the fundamentals and requirements stated in UFC 4-020-01, DoD
Security Engineering Facilities Planning Manual, and UFC 4-021-02
Electronic Security Systems.
For protection or security of assets, where requirements of UFC 4-020-01
cannot adequately meet user requirements, then the design shall be based
on UFC 4-020-02FA/03FA. DoD Antiterrorism Handbook, UFC 4-020-01,
UFC 4-010-01 UFC 4-020-02 as applicable, and UFC 4-021-02 ESS, shall
be used in the development of the plans, specifications, calculations, and
Design/Build RFP. These documents shall be used in conjunction with DoD
Regulations, DA Regulations, and DoD Instructions where applicable to the
design and subsequent installation/construction of electronic security
systems.
d. Coordination with Architectural and Other Disciplines:
In new and existing facilities, where access control systems (ACS) is part of the security
system, the requirements of ingress and egress controls and entry control and credential
verification devices need to be coordinated on plans and in specifications. Devices such
as electronic locks (electric strikes, magnetic locks, door controller, motion sensor, etc.)
as well as card readers, biometric sensors, and iris scanners will require coordination of
location as well as appropriate cross references in the Architectural plan’s door
schedules and electrical (power) drawings for power to electric strikes, maglocks, as well
as door controllers. Since ingress and egress from a facility has architectural features,
the placement of security devices, especially CCTV cameras and motion sensors must
be carefully coordinated for not only proper esthetics but also high reliability, high
detection, and functionality. Lighting should not wash the camera images, motion
sensors should not be obstructed and cameras should be placed in locations to capture
images which are useable to identify individual’s face and features. Wiring should not be
subject to physical damage or accessible to personnel to allow disconnection or
tampering. In all such installations it will be necessary to have a well-coordinated set of
plans and specifications to define all trenching, excavation and routing of data,
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
124
communication and power cables needed at required exterior locations.
Exterior of Buildings of Facilities Coordination: For all work exterior to a
building, such as lighting, requires exterior lighting in parking lots, at ingress
and egress points to the building to meet requirements for uniform lighting to
identify personnel or equipment.
Low visibility Buildings or Facilities: For those buildings or facilities requiring
low visibility or security profile at night time, reduced or no lighting is
desirable, therefore use of infra-red and thermal imaging cameras must be
considered.
e. Site Survey:
Electronic Security Systems are generally installed in and on existing installations,
facilities and buildings. For new construction a site survey may not be needed. For all
ESS upgrades, replacement, and system expansion it is necessary for the designer to
physically perform the survey and obtain site specific data of the installation, facility or
building to make the necessary determinations for placement of cameras, sensors,
devices, cabling infrastructure, and make the measurements for placement and
coverage of CCTV cameras, fence sensors, gate and door controllers. Designer must
obtain data on architectural and other obstructions from other buildings, terrain, and site
specific information which would require variation of approach or alternate equipment,
sensor or camera placements. The site survey report in combination with security
system equipment, software and cabling infrastructure must be used to develop a
realistic cost estimate.
3.3.14.1 Drawing Requirements.
Drawings shall be submitted in accordance with UFC 3-501-01 CHAPTER 3 DESIGN
ANALYSIS AND DOCUMENTATION,
a. Interim Design Drawings.
Drawings shall indicate the level of construction and general location of sensor cabling
and data transmission cabling from controllers, sensors and workstations. Sensors, door
closures, magnetic or electric locks, and any unique requirements for control and access
to areas, spaces or rooms shall be called out in the design analysis, and drawings.
Architectural, electrical drawing schedules for power, door locks, and interior and
exterior camera locations shall be addressed for coordination of the trades involved.
Controllers, electric locks, electrical power circuit available for ESS equipment, and data
transmission system interfaces and requirements. In addition to the requirements of
UFC 4-021-02, the drawings shall include:
Legends and Abbreviations associated with the security system design.
Representative floor plans.
Site Plan showing all exterior CCTV camera poles and exterior light fixtures,
site utilities, cable/conduit/duct plans for the site.
Site Plans for Exterior Security System Components, Panels and Devices:
Security system drawings will include plan and elevation drawings. Site
plans and layouts will show new and existing utilities. Plans will show
locations of CCTV cameras, controllers, panels, IDS sensors, fences,
camera poles. If building service equipment and exterior architectural and
structural features affect camera view or conflicts with requirements of
controlled ingress and egress for security or life safety, such issues will be
addressed as a part of the design prior to the construction or renovation.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
125
The plans will be coordinated with other utility plans concerning scale,
landmark references for proximity, and interference management. The
plans will be separate from water, sewage, and other utility plans.
Elevation views of security system equipment, such as camera poles,
panels, and fenced areas and gates will be scaled and will identify each
item of equipment.
Building Floor and Ceiling Plans for Interior Security System. Plans will
include layouts for CCTV cameras, sensors, locks, card readers, door
controllers, conduits, cable trays, communication equipment, and data
transmission systems (video and data) cables. For renovation and
modification projects, plans will depict the work and ‘Work Not in the
Contract, or Task Order, or Delivery Order’ on all drawings and plans.
Where work is extensive, separate drawing sheets shall be used to show
existing-to-remain, demolition, and new work.
Single-line Diagrams: Single-line diagrams of IDS, CCTV and ACS
subsystems shall be developed as a part of concept design. Single-line
diagrams shall include the over-arching security system block diagram
showing the integrated subsystems, i.e. ACS, IDS, CCTV, Site Central
Command and Control Workstations/Servers and peripherals, data
transmission system component and interfaces. The single-line diagrams
for each subsystem shall show workstations, controllers, perimeter sensors,
panels and sensor and data transmission conduits and cables.
Design drawings shall depict proposed power sources and devices,
controllers, card readers, and communication system interface schemes
(interior and exterior). The diagrams will include existing and proposed
overvoltage and surge protection device types in sufficient detail to
demonstrate security system protection philosophy. For exterior panels and
equipment lightning protection shall be designed and specified.
Drawings will contain nameplate data for components of existing systems
which are affected by the new design or which affect the new equipment or
systems.
Riser diagrams for security system shall include grounding, grounding
electrode system, and lightning protection system.
b. Final Design Drawings.
Drawings shall be sufficiently complete in detail to demonstrate the entire security
system and the data transmission systems requirements, including interfaces with other
design disciplines. All coordination efforts with other design disciplines will be
incorporated prior to completion and submittal of this submittal. With the exception of
completing minor details, this submittal could be used to obtain fair and competitive bids
from contractors and used for construction. At a minimum the drawings shall include:
Content of the Interim submission and all design progress up to point of the
Final submission, incorporating resolution of conflicts and all prior approved
comments issued prior to the final design submittal.
General notes providing criteria for general contractor instructions, design
criteria for security system and the data transmission systems, construction
materials and equipment, and inspections, performance verification and
endurance testing, and verification of system(s) intended function. Identify
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
126
systems or component parts of the security system and the data transmission
systems where the Designer of Record is delegating the design responsibility
to a qualified delegated engineer.
Final drawings will show all pertinent plans, elevations, sections, details,
locks, card readers, controllers, communication interfaces, field distribution
panels, door and camera schedules, and notes to present a complete
description of the construction/installation required. All elements to be
constructed/installed shall be properly annotated and located with proper
dimensions.
Final security system, exterior areas, drawings will include:
o Details which clearly depict the installation requirements of
overhead and underground data transmission system cables,
underground or above ground exterior sensors, power sources,
distribution panels, gate controllers, door controllers, pole and
building mounted CCTV cameras and light fixtures.
o Exterior security systems power and communication cables
clearances based on NEC, and for over 600 volt power lines as
required by IEEE C2.
o Lighting levels for exterior areas and equipment, and placement of
light fixtures to provide the light to dark ratio based on criteria.
o Plans and details which clearly distinguish new from existing
construction and define their interfaces.
o Equipment schedules for all equipment included in the design will
be complete.
Final interior security system drawings will include:
o A CCTV camera schedule.
o Door Schedule for doors controlled with card reader or security
locks.
o Complete electrical power wiring details for all electronic security
equipment requiring normal power. Include uninterruptible or and
emergence power and their sources.
o Riser diagram communication network connectivity and interfaces,
showing routers, switches and cables.
o Details for mounting card readers, sensors, electric/security locks,
and security system equipment.
o Designation of all rooms and areas as shown on architectural and
other drawings.
o Internal and external equipment wiring diagrams, including
interconnections between related items of equipment.
o Cable and conduit schedules.
o Security system equipment plan, elevation, side views, sectional
views, and details (interior and exterior).
o Interface drawings between existing security systems/equipment
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
127
and new security systems/equipment.
o Nameplate data for components of existing systems which are
affected by the new design or which affect the new equipment or
systems.
o Completely developed schedules for all equipment included in the
design will be submitted.
c. Complete Design Drawings.
Drawings shall be complete in detail to demonstrate the entire security and data
transmission systems requirements by including the Final submission with addition of
minor details, and resolution of approved review comments provided as a part of the
Final review. All valid comments made on previous submittals shall be incorporated into
the Complete submittal. The drawings shall be complete in detail to provide for fair and
competitive bids from contractors and to provide for the construction of the project
without additional drawings.
3.3.14.1 Specifications.
DB specifications will be developed in accordance with contract requirements, paragraph
3.3.14, and the contractor’s accepted design plan.
3.3.13.4 Design Analysis.
Design Analysis shall be submitted in accordance with ER 1110-345-700. Refer to ER
1110-345-700, Appendix B for guidance in preparation of the security system design
analysis. Security system(s) design analysis will document general parameters,
serviceability requirements, functional and technical requirements, design criteria, design
objectives, design assumptions, and provide design calculations applicable to the project.
Security system(s) design analysis shall not conflict with the drawings and
specifications and shall contain necessary information to serve as the basis of design of
the Security system(s) elements of the project. Copies of emails, memorandums and
record of conversations obtained during the design process shall be included as
warranted to document basis of design.
a. Interim Design Analysis.
Provide a written narrative accurately addressing the Security system(s) design. The
basis of design shall include as a minimum:
The security system to be constructed or installed. Integration of the new
security system with the existing system if an existing security system is in
place. All exterior IDS, CCTV ACS systems and their components and
interface or integration with an existing ESS, if a security system exists at
the site or installation. Data transmission system, if existing, which will be
used, or a new data transmission being provided under this project. Back-
up or emergency power requirements for the security system components,
devices, controller, data transmission system equipment, workstation, and
servers.
Design Analysis shall address other exterior systems and requirements
which are needed for support of the ESS:
o Exterior lighting systems
o Emergency or back-up power system
o Security system maintainability
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
128
All systems and features described in paragraph 3.2.1 Basis of Design of UFC 3-501-01.
b. Final Design Analysis.
Provide all items in the Interim Design Analysis and all special features of the design. All
studies and analysis performed as a part of the contract, or provided by the Government
shall be included by reference and as attachments to the Design Analysis.
c. Complete Design Analysis.
Analysis shall be sufficiently complete in detail to demonstrate the entire security system
requirements, including interfaces with other design disciplines. All coordination efforts
with other design disciplines will be incorporated into this analysis. All studies and
analysis performed as a part of the contract, or provided by the Government shall be
included by reference and as attachments to the Design Analysis.
3.3.14 Specifications
3.3.14.1 Design Submittal Requirements.
The RFP and the subsequent contract establish the level of design the winning offeror
must submit for review.
a. ER 1110-1-8155 mandates the use of UFGS and SpecsIntact for
Corps of Engineers projects. However, Military Business Process RFP
designs allow for the use of other established standard specification
systems. The RFP will set what the Government requires for design
deliverables.
b. A RFP may allow catalog cuts and sketches on a small design build
renovation. For Military Construction (MCA) projects, full plans and
specifications are normally required.
c. The Designer of Record (DOR) is often allowed to set multiple design
submittals. The flexibility allows the contractor to fast track the project.
Typically, the contractor will provide a Site Submittal and a Building
Submittal, and if required a Demolition Submittal. If the contractor
needs to break out specific design submittals that will allow for
obtaining components with long lead times, it is in the Government’s
best interest to allow for the separate submittal.
3.3.14.2 Design Package Specifications.
Design Build specifications define construction requirements, but do not have to be written
to allow full and open competition. They must be developed to the level that the
Government can determine compliance with contract requirements. Submit the following
associated documents with each Design Package Specifications. Construction Submittal
Register:
a. Provide a comprehensive list of submittal items; both those that will be
reviewed through the contractors quality control program and those
requiring Government quality assurance. Government approval is
required for the items meeting the criteria below, all other submittals will
be managed by the DB contractor.
(1) Critical materials and major items of equipment, including those that
will directly impact life safety in the facility.
(2) Deviations from the contract documents.
b. Test Requirements List. Provide a list of testing that will be conducted
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
129
at the manufacturer’s site and in the field. Include the proposed
schedule for field testing.
c. Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Plan. Submit a plan for project
closeout activities facilitating transition of operation and maintenance
to the Government. Address the following as a minimum:
(1) Data. Listing of equipment and systems for which O&M data will be
provided, as well as the data type
(2) Training on O&M of installed equipment and systems.
(3) Training Schedule
3.3.15 Design Analysis.
Although ER 1110-345-700, Appendix B, specifically exempts design-build
projects from following its requirements, USAESCH intends that DB designers
of record shall comply with the ER to the extent appropriate to the complexity
of the project in order to substantiate compliance with the contract
requirements, applicable codes and standards, and other applicable
requirements. As a minimum, the design analysis (sometimes referred to as a
“basis of design” or similar nomenclature) shall document the customer’s
requirements and the applicable codes and standards being followed.
The design analysis will document significant design choices. That is, it will
address alternative systems, arrangements, and hardware that were
considered in arriving at the recommended concept and the rationale for
selection of the alternatives recommended. The justification of each major
selection and design decision must be stated clearly. Calculations shall be
included where required or appropriate to document design choices and code
compliance. All computations, calculations or design analysis related to code
compliance or life safety should have a block at the beginning of that area with
“Prepared By:”, “Checked By:”, and the names of those who prepared and
checked the information. Although the ER specifically lists metric units as the
default units of measure, the design analysis on USAESCH projects shall be
submitted in the same units of measure (English or metric) used in the design
itself. Specific items to be addressed in each discipline are described in the
individual discipline-specific subparagraphs in paragraph 3.3.
3.3.16 Design Signatures.
The contractor’s Designers of Record (appropriately licensed professionals) shall sign,
date, and stamp or seal appropriate design documents, permit applications, and
certifications in accordance with ER 1110-1-8152.
3.4 WORK PLAN SUBMITTALS.
These requirements apply to Work Plan submittals not requiring the approval of a
registered professional. For the purposes of this paragraph, the term “work plan” refers
to any submission by the contractor in which they describe how they will go about
fulfilling the contract requirements, regardless of whether it’s called a Work Plan,
Technical Data Package, or any other name. For programs/ contracts which spell out
program-specific Work Plan deliverables in the form of contract Data Item Deliverables
(DIDs) or similar contract provisions, the contract requirements will govern. For
programs which do not have specific DIDs, or for purposes of writing new DIDs, the
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
130
following considerations apply.
The level of detail contained in each Work Plan should be commensurate
with the complexity of the work being performed; i.e., simple jobs require
simple work plans.
Clearly describe the work to be done, including methods/procedures,
materials, equipment, and personnel requirements.
Document any alternative methods considered and the rationale for
selecting the chosen alternative.
Demonstrate/document compliance with contract requirements.
Demonstrate/document compliance with laws, regulations, industry
codes/standards, and/or other relevant requirements. Some of these will be
specifically called out in the contract requirements but additional items may
be identified by the contractor in the course of establishing the customer’s
detailed requirements; all should be captured in the work plan.
Clearly describe QC measures or metrics to demonstrate compliance with
performance objectives or measures stated in the contract.
Examples of items which may be required include Accident Prevention
Plans, Environmental Protection Plans, Stormwater Pollution Prevention
Plans, installation safety or security requirements, Quality Assurance
Program Plans, Information Assurance Security Engineering, etc. This is
not an all-inclusive list, nor will all of these be applicable to every project.
The specific requirements for each project should be established in the
base contract or task order PWS.
3.5 ENGINEERING DURING CONSTRUCTION.
3.5.1 Requests for Information (RFIs).
3.5.1.1 RFIs submitted by offerors pre-award will be received and answered
through the KO. The PE/A/design team lead will coordinate technical
evaluation and response to RFIs which are referred to ED, and, if an
amendment to the design/SOW/PWS is required as a result of a RFI, will
coordinate the preparation of the technical aspects of the amendment.
3.5.1.2 RFIs submitted by the contractor after award will be received and
answered through the field office and the KO. The PE/A/design team lead
will coordinate technical evaluation and response to RFIs which are referred
to ED, and, if a change to the design/SOW/PWS is required as a result
of a RFI, will coordinate the preparation of the design change. Actual
implementation of the change, in the form of a contract modification, is the
responsibility of the KO; no other member of the Government team has the
authority to alter contract or task order scope. Technical personnel,
including the COR when that function has been entrusted to ED, shall be
careful not to direct the Contractor, either formally or informally, to do
anything outside the scope of the contract.
3.5.2 Field Modifications.
In accordance with ER 1110-1-12, Engineering will review all field changes that have a
significant impact on design, including VECP, other ECPs, user- or other stakeholder-
requested changes, waivers and system changes, to ensure that design intent, safety,
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
131
health and environment requirements are not compromised. Reviews will be
coordinated by the PE/A/design team lead and a consolidated ED position presented
back to the PM and KO.
3.5.3 Construction Submittal Review.
Construction submittals will be reviewed in accordance with ER 415-1-10. Submittals
are made in RMS through the ACO and/or COR on each contract, and technical
personnel should provide responses through the same channels. The contract will
typically define submittals as “For Information Only” (FIO) or for “Government Approval”
(GA). Review of FIO submittals is a form of Quality Assurance on the part of the
Government; the number of submittal QA reviews by the Government will be at the
discretion of the organizations providing construction management. GA submittals
should be reviewed for conformance and a prompt reply provided, using the action
codes listed in ER 415-1-10, Appendix C, and on the back of ENG Form 4025. The
number of GA submittals should be limited to the minimum required to assure the
required quality. Technical reviewers shall provide their assessment via the PM through
the ACO or COR as appropriate, and shall be careful not to direct the Contractor, either
formally or informally, to do anything outside the scope of the contract. If it appears that
the existing contract scope needs to be changed to achieve the project objectives, this
must be coordinated through the PE/A/design team lead, the PM, and the KO. Neither
technical reviewers nor the COR have the authority to change contract scope, this is
solely the responsibility of the KO.
3.6 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS.
As-built or record drawings will be provided to the customer in accordance with the
requirements of ER 415-345-38, Appendix D. As a general rule, as-builts should be
produced by the construction contractor. The specifics of format and content will be
coordinated with the customer early in the project life cycle and tailored to the
customer’s needs. The results of this coordination will be documented in the PMP.
3.7 ENGINEERING DATA MANAGEMENT.
USACE Policy established the use of Bentley ProjectWise as the Corporate Tool
for Virtual Design and Engineering Data Management. ProjectWise will be used to
manage and store all applicable documents developed in support of the USACE
engineering mission, including but not limited to design files used in drawing
generation, design calculations, design/decision documentation, and
correspondence. Specific requirements are described in ECB 2017-16.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
132
CHAPTER 4
4. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
4.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
As stated in ER 1110-1-12, “Accuracy and quality of design effort will always serve as a
factor in each designer’s performance evaluation. Design accountability must always
rest with those individuals who are performing and/or checking the actual design
calculations or making critical decisions relevant to the project.” In other words, quality
starts with the working level designer. Regardless of the amount of quality control/quality
assurance that comes afterward, designers (both in-house and contractor) should strive
to produce a high-quality product from the beginning.
4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR DESIGNS AND OTHER TECHNICAL PRODUCTS
Comments shall maintain a professional tone. Each Government comment
will be read and responded to by one of our professional colleagues. We
owe them the same level of respect that we expect for ourselves. Showing
that respect will facilitate discussion and resolution of the issues.
Comments should in most cases refer back to the established criteria
documents or contract requirements; e.g., “Pavement design is not in
conformance with UFC 3-250-01FA” or “rebar placement in blast wall does
not conform to UFC 3-340-02” followed by the specifics of the
nonconformance. There will be occasions where a comment cannot be tied
back to the criteria; however, these should be in the minority. Avoid
commenting on “designer preferences.”
Comments shall recommend a specific action to the document under
review. Comments should begin with phrases such as: correct, check,
verify, revise, clarify, etc. Our goal is to help the designer produce a better
document. Questions should not be part of a comment, as the designer
then doesn’t have clear guidance as to how to revise the document. If you
need to ask a question, pick up the phone and call the PM, PE/A, or
Contractor. Clarification is part of the design review process.
The Government should not be in the business of performing quality
control for the Contractor. We should not be performing detailed checks of
calculations and making comments on them. If an error jumps off the page
at you, a global comment to recheck calculations in a specific area may be
appropriate. Evidence of the contractor’s quality control process will be
verified as a separate activity. Similarly, we should not be in the business
of correcting spelling or grammar for technical documents. If errors appear
to be widespread, a global comment to check and correct may be
appropriate, especially if the document is intended for release to regulators
or the public at large.
Comments shall not direct the Contractor to do anything that could be
construed as a scope change. Please refer suspected scope issues to the
PM and/or COR/KO for action.
Coordinate, coordinate, coordinate. We have other disciplines responsible
for specific areas on almost everything we look at – talk to those reviewers
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
133
re: areas that may overlap and reach an understanding with them as to
who’s going to address each topic. If the PM didn’t task a review to a
discipline you think should have been involved, talk to the PE/A and/or your
counterpart in that Branch. Before formalizing their comments, reviewers
will ensure that their comments do not conflict with those of other reviewers.
In case of a conflict between two reviewers, the person who first notices the
discrepancy will contact the other person and resolve the issue at the
working level. If necessary, the PE/A can act as a facilitator to help resolve
the issue. As a last resort, if the issue cannot be resolved at the working
level, the issue should be elevated to Branch Chief level or higher.
Comment resolution. During the comment evaluation/response period,
there may be comments that for some reason are not acceptable to the
designer. Those comments identified as requiring further action will be
brought to the attention of the PE/A. The PE/A will coordinate discussions
between the designers and reviewers on these issues. The focus of these
discussions will be to resolve project team comments at the lowest feasible
level and obtain confirmation from the project team that the contract
requirements have been met.
4.3 SUPERVISORY OVERSIGHT (BOTH IN-HOUSE AND CONTRACTOR).
4.3.1 Designs and Other Technical Products.
ER 1110-1-12 requires that Branch and Division Chiefs ensure that “all technical
documents are developed and finalized to result in high quality products.” Each
discipline supervisor is responsible for the technical quality of all products produced by
his/her group. Design documents, studies, scopes of work/performance work
statements, and other technical products will be reviewed by the supervisor or his/her
designee prior to being released to the wider PDT.
4.3.2 Review Comments.
U.S. Army Engineering and Support Center, Huntsville (USAESCH) reviewers will
prepare comments and submit them through their organization's supervisory chain. For
comments entered on CEHNC Form 7, the reviewer will use a digital Form 7, including
the following preliminary information:
a. PROJECT – Identify the specific project, name and or number. It is
also acceptable to put additional information such as the suspense
number and date due.
b. REVIEW – Identify what stage of review is provide on the form such
as initial, back-check, 30 %, 90 %, Final, etc..
c. DATE – Provide the date the form is completed
d. NAME – Provide the reviewer’s name and phone number.
e. Ensure the specific branch of the reviewer is identified by filling in or
checking the block next to the appropriate ED branch.
For comments entered in DrChecks, the reviewer will follow the instructions provided at
the ProjNet/DrChecks website. Before formalizing their comments, reviewers will ensure
that their comments do not conflict with previous comments in the DrChecks data base.
In case of a conflict between two reviewers, the person who first notices the discrepancy
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
134
will contact the other person (contact information is attached to each comment in
DrChecks) and resolve the issue at the working level. The appropriate ED branch Chief
will review and approve these comments to ensure that they meet the guidance
established in this Manual and that any unresolved issues have been elevated for
resolution. The reviewer's supervisor will initial and date a hard copy of these comments
following the completion of the quality control review in DrChecks and will transmit the
hard copy to the Service Team. The supervisor's initials indicate approval of the
applicable reviewer's comments.
4.4 ROLE OF THE PROJECT ENGINEER/ARCHITECT (PE/A) AND FACILITY
STANDARDS TECHNICAL LEAD (FSTL).
The PE/A is primarily responsible for the technical quality of products and services
provided by Engineering Directorate in accordance with ER 1110-1-12. The PE/A is
Engineering Directorate’s primary technical representative on the Product Delivery Team
(PDT) for an assigned program. The FSTL is the technical expert on their assigned
facility type and shall be member of all PDTs involving the standard facilities they are
assigned.
4.4.1 Professional and Ethical Responsibilities.
In addition to the responsibilities and duties defined below for PE/As and FSTLs, the ED
management has professional and ethical expectations for personnel assigned these
duties. As the senior technical representative or technical expert, application of
engineering professional canons and judgment to assure public safety, life-safety,
codes, regulations, reviews and approval by qualified personnel must be monitored on
all the services and products generated by the Center or its contractors. Both the Chief
of Design and the Director of Engineering must be kept informed of any concerns that
the PE/A or FSTL has regarding professional or ethical issues on assigned projects or
programs.
4.4.2 Assignment.
The Director of Engineering is responsible for appointing PE/As and FSTLs. The
Director may require a professional registration for certain PE/A assignments depending
upon program scope or technical services required. ED Division Chiefs will make
recommendations for PE/A and FSTL assignments and the Chief, Civil Structures
Division will maintain a roster of current PE/A and FSTL assignments.
4.4.3 Duties Prescribed by Regulation.
In accordance with ER 1110-1-12, the PE/A or the FSTL is specifically responsible for
the following for their assigned programs and/or projects:
Is the ED representative who leads the development of the Quality Control
Plan (QCP) and the Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) for the Project
Management Plan (PMP).
Participates in project meetings with the project manager and other PDT
members to offer technical guidance.
Facilitates the comment resolution process between the Independent
Technical Review (ITR) team and/or contractor (as appropriate) and the
PDT.
4.4.4 Other Duties.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
135
In addition to functions specifically required by the ER, the PE/A is ED’s primary
technical representative on the PDT and may perform the following roles as applicable
on their assigned programs or projects:
Serves as the ED single point of contact for the Project Manager (PM) and
ensures coordination and transmission of technical/engineering products to
the customer through the PM. Supports and assures that the Facility
Standards Technical Lead (FSTL) is involved on any project for their
assigned facility type.
Ensures that Headquarters, US Army Corps of Engineers (HQUSACE) and
Corps of Engineers, Huntsville (USAESCH) Quality Management policies
are followed. Prepares, maintains and updates the associated Quality
Management Plans, including the Design Quality Control Plan (DQCP), as
necessary and ensures that the plans are followed.
Develops and provides technical input in conjunction with the PM and other
appropriate PDT members into the appropriate sections of PMP. This input
includes the following: Value Engineering/Value Management plans,
technical risks, and any other technical information required. Coordinates
ED evaluation of proposed changes to the PMP.
Provides and/or coordinates technical input and ED commitments to
programmatic activities such as project scopes, schedules and contract
acquisition strategies. Ensures that reviews of technical products, including
designs, studies, white papers, scopes of work (SOW), performance work
statements (PWS), and estimates, are conducted and documented in
accordance with approved ED work instructions and processes.
For projects where the design will be performed by contract, the PE/A will
ensure that ED has the appropriate role in the acquisition process and leads
the acquisition strategy development for technical products and services.
The PE/A is responsible for maintaining and assuring the quality of ED
technical products included in these contracts. The PE/A should ensure
that appropriate technical functions are represented during negotiations.
The PE/A ensures that technical acquisition and contractual products are
reviewed by ED and required approvals are appropriately staffed and
obtained.
Prepares and coordinates Architect-Engineer (A-E) cost estimates for the
PMs approval.
Coordinates the development and subsequent management of ED budget
and schedule for in-house design for their assigned programs. Works
closely with ED Branch Chiefs to schedule and provide appropriate
resources to in-house design teams.
Coordinates resource requirements with all appropriate ED functional
elements. Through discussion with the PM, the PE/A evaluates the
proposed technical requirements for their assigned programs. The PE/A
then coordinates the development of resource requirements and schedules
with the ED functional managers and consolidates and transmits the ED
manpower budget to the PM. The PE/A monitors ED performance against
the budget and schedules, and periodically reports to the PM and ED
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
136
functional managers.
Serves as the PDT facilitator for resolving technical issues. Manages
coordination and review of technical submittals, shop drawings, and related
contract deliverables with appropriate organizational elements.
Recommends acceptance or disapproval of contract submittals to the PM
based on the results of technical coordination within ED.
Serves as the Contracting Officer's Representative (COR) when so
designated. Provides the primary point of contact for technical advice and
assistance to the Contracting Officer and PM.
Coordinates the evaluation of Engineering change proposals and lessons
learned related to technical requirements, design and construction.
Manages/coordinates programmatic changes, technology transfer, lessons
learned, and best practices during all project phases and ensures their
integration into their overall program. Evaluates such changes for broader
application on similar programs. Develops the technical information in After
Action Reviews (AAR).
Ensures that customer requirements are fully understood, that clear and
accurate criteria are established and that guidance and direction to the
designer is fully documented.
Coordinates the final contractor ratings for technical or design related
elements, when requested by the PM.
Coordinates and assembles energy analyses developed by the PDT as
needed.
4.4.5 FSTL Responsibilities and Duties.
As the technical expert on their assigned facility type, the FSTL is primarily responsible
for the technical quality and content of designs for standard facilities managed within ED
and is the primary point of contact for the facility proponent on technical issues. The
FSTL ensures standard designs are developed and maintained in accordance with
applicable criteria, standards, and codes, and that both customer and proponent input is
solicited and incorporated to the maximum extent practical. The FSTL may be assigned
the role as PE/A in certain circumstances. The FSTL works closely with the PE/A and
the PM and participates in planning and design charrettes to ensure that standard
designs are appropriately utilized for development of site-specific project design, and to
provide responsive assessment of engineering issues. The FSTL serves as the ED
single point of contact to the PM for ensuring coordination and transmission of
technical/engineering products to the standard facility proponent and actual/potential
facility users.
4.4.6 Training.
Recommended training for current and potential PE/As and FSTLs includes:
A-E Contracting
Project Management for Military Construction
Engineering and Design Quality Management
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
137
Design/Build Contracting (dependent on assignment)
COR Training (dependent on assignment)
Cost Reimbursable Contracting (dependent on assignment)
Conflict Management
4.4.7 Supervisory Support for PE/As and FSTLs.
ER 1110-1-12 requires that Branch and Division Chiefs ensure that “all technical
documents are developed and finalized to result in high quality products.” To facilitate
this, ED Branch Chiefs will work closely with PE/As and FSTLs to incorporate
appropriate PE/A and FSTL duties into performance standards for such individuals
within their functional areas, coordinate provision of appropriate technical resources to
each PDT, consult with the appropriate PE/A (and vice versa) when personnel changes
may become necessary, maintain oversight of employee workload that may affect
support to assigned PDTs (especially informally assigned tasks that come directly from
PMs or other PDT members), support/reinforce PE/As in ensuring that technical quality
is maintained, and include appropriate performance standards for inclusion in PE/A
TAPES support forms.
4.5 REVIEW OF DESIGN-BUILD DESIGN SUBMITTALS.
In general, the guidelines listed above apply to design-build (DB) design submittals as
well, but with a few key differences. The most important difference is that the Contractor
is the Designer of Record responsible for the adequacy of the design, not the
Government. As such, the Government is reviewing primarily for conformance to the
contract requirements and will “accept” the design submittals rather than “approve” them.
The Contractor, subject to the specific Contract requirements and with Government
concurrence, may elect to split the project up into separate design packages for different
aspects of the work and begin construction on some packages before remaining
packages are 100% complete and accepted by the Government. The level of detail
shown on the drawings will be different from that customarily provided on a design-bid-
build (DBB) design package; proprietary items/materials may be called out, and some
aspects may be in the form of shop drawings. All this changes the playing field
somewhat for design reviewers. Aspects to look for during reviews of design submittals:
Does the design conform to the RFP requirements and the Contractor’s
accepted proposal?
Do the design submittals clearly document compliance with the appropriate
criteria?
Are the design packages adequately coordinated, both internally and with
interfacing design packages?
Reviewers should distinguish between items that are absolutely critical (for
example life safety/code compliance, explosive safety, design of cascade
ventilation systems) and items that are not so critical (for example, storm
drainage or pavement striping plans) and apportion their review accordingly.
4.6 REVIEW OF WORK PLANS.
Similar to DB submittals, the Government is reviewing primarily for conformance to
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
138
contract requirements and the accepted proposal, rather than performing a detailed
review of drawings, specifications, calculations, and design analysis. Under
performance-based contracting, the Contractor can choose its method of
accomplishment, and the Government is reviewing for compliance with the requirements
of the contract (achievement of the stated objectives as well as conformance with the
specified codes, standards, and other criteria).
4.7 REVIEW OF IN-HOUSE DESIGNS – CUSTOMER INPUT/REVIEW, ITR,
QUALITY ASSURANCE.
4.7.1 Customer Input and Review.
At appropriate stages during the project life cycle, the customer and, where appropriate,
other stakeholders such as regulators, will be afforded the opportunity to review in-
progress and final deliverables and provide comments. This is crucial to assuring that
USAESCH and the A-E/contractor are correctly capturing customer and other
stakeholder requirements. The primary responsibility for customer contact rests with the
PM; however, the PE/A and other PDT members are likely to have contact with customer
representatives on occasion. PDT members are to report any significant
technical results of discussions with the customer to the PE/A and the PM at the earliest
opportunity.
4.7.2 Independent Technical Review (ITR).
ED will perform an ITR on all in-house designs in accordance with ER 1110-1-12,
chapter 4. The objectives are to ensure that the proposed solution is a technically
sound, cost effective response to the customer’s requirements, that appropriate criteria,
regulations, and policies are being complied with, and that the contract documents being
produced are clear and well-coordinated. The contract documents should lay out the
project requirements in sufficient detail to allow establishment of a fair price for the work,
and should clearly communicate the customer’s requirements to the constructor.
4.7.2.1 ITR Planning and Initiation.
The ITR will be shown in the DQCP as an integral part of the project schedule. The
PE/A/design team lead will initiate the ITR at the appropriate point in the project
progress, typically at the prefinal design stage. Chapter 4 of ER 1110-1-12, in
discussing ITR team members, encourages participation from outside the design
organization, such as SMEs from geographic Districts, Centers of Expertise (CXs), etc.
The main requirement is that the ITR team members have “senior-level competence in
the type of work” being performed. If an ITR team has not been previously established
for the project, the ITR Team Lead will ask appropriate in-house and outside
organizations to assign an appropriate senior-level engineer or architect to perform an
ITR of the design.The PE/A/design team lead will ensure that hard or electronic copies
of the in-house technical design are provided to all reviewers, and that a review has
been established in DrChecks.
4.7.2.2 Comment Review and Closeout.
The PE/A/design team lead will lead comment evaluation, response, and resolution
between the PDT and the ITR team. All comments will be formally responded to,
backchecked, and closed out in DrChecks prior to ITR certification as described in ER
1110-1-12. Areas where agreement cannot be obtained will be resolved by the Chief of
Design.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
139
4.7.2.3 ITR Completion.
When the independent technical reviewer backcheck has been completed, the ITR is
considered to be 100-percent complete, and the design can be designated a final design
submittal. Upon completion of the ITR, the PE/A/design team lead ensures that the ITR
certification is signed by all responsible parties, sends a copy of the certification and the
ITR-generated comments and responses to those comments to the PM, and ensures
that the PM forwards this data to the Service Team for establishment of a formal record.
An ITR certification form is provided as appendix D.1. The form may be modified as
required for any specific project. A completed ITR certification form will accompany the
final design package during the signature process.
4.8 BIDDABILITY, CONSTRUCTABILITY, OPERABILITY, ENVIRONMENTAL, AND
SUSTAINABILITY (BCOES) REVIEWS.
Effective BCOES reviews of design and contract documents will reduce risks of cost and
time growth, unnecessary changes and claims, as well as support safe, efficient,
sustainable operations and maintenance by the facility users and maintenance
organization after contract completion.
Every project involving construction, regardless of delivery method and whether the
design/RFP is prepared in-house or by contract, will have a BCOES review performed in
accordance with ER 415-1-11. The focus of this process is to ensure any contract to be
awarded is free of errors, omissions, and ambiguities. Thereby, resulting in minimization
of cost and time growth and avoidance to unanticipated changes and claims.
If a project is small (defined as having a value less than the simplified acquisition
procedures threshold of $150,000) and does not involve significant risks or complexities,
a waiver of the requirement to conduct BCOES reviews may be requested or proposed
by the Project Manager to the Director of Engineering.
In order to clarify, construction means, alteration, or repair (including dredging,
excavating, and painting) of buildings, structures, or other real property. For purposes of
this definition, the terms “buildings, structures, or other real property” include, but are not
limited to, improvements of all types, such as bridges, dams, plants, highways,
parkways, streets, subways, tunnels, sewers, mains, power lines, cemeteries, pumping
stations, railways, airport facilities, terminals, docks, piers, wharves, ways, lighthouses,
buoys, jetties, breakwaters, levees, canals, and channels. Construction does not include
the manufacture, production, furnishing, construction, alteration, repair, processing, or
assembling of vessels, aircraft, or other kinds of personal property (except that for use in
Subpart 22.5, see definition at 22.502, “Construction” means construction, rehabilitation,
alteration, conversion, extension, repair, or improvement of buildings, highways, or other
real property).
The BCOES review encompasses compatibility of the design with site conditions,
materials, schedules, and construction methods. The review includes consideration of
the protection of air, water, land, animals, plants, and other natural resources from the
effects of construction and operation of the project as stated in the PMP, and should
include a step-by-step review of how the construction process will unfold.
The review also addresses any Hazardous, Toxic, and Radioactive Waste (HTRW)
concerns. Review of the operability of the final product should include consideration of
the customer’s requirements.
4.8.1 Responsibilities.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
140
4.8.1.1 Project Manager/Project Engineer, Architect.
The PM (in coordination with the PE/A/design team lead) will coordinate in-house
BCOES review, to include coordinating participation by field personnel, and ensuring that
a review is established in DrChecks, comments are appropriately evaluated, responded
to, and closed out, and the appropriate certifications have been signed by all responsible
parties as required. A sample certification form is shown in Appendix D.2. The PM and
PE/A shall insure the complete BCOES package consists of the following:
(1) Performance Work Statement/Scope of Work
(2) Drawings – to include As-built and/or any concepts drawing
(3) Specifications – DIV 00 and DIV 01, or any other known requirements
(4) Special Clauses
(5) All Amendments
(6) Project Management Plan
(7) All design review comments to date to include Customer, Field Offices,
Environmental and Safety (when applicable)
The PM will ensure that adequate time to accomplish all review activities as well
adequate design funds for the accomplishment of BCOES reviews are reserved in the
baseline budget as negotiated and included in the Project Management Plan.
The PM will rely on the assistance of the Value Engineering officer, and will ensure that
the Value Engineering process was completed and certified in accord with ER 11-1-321.
4.8.1.2 BCOES reviewers
All BCOES reviewers are responsible for performing the review in accordance with
guidance detailed in ER 415-1-11, regardless of organization. When appropriate, the
reviewer shall elevate impasses to the appropriate supervisor. BCOES reviews may utilize
checklists, past experience, relevant person knowledge, or any other pertinent information
to assist with the review. The BCOES reviewers also should understand any unique
problems and the application of design assumptions, principles, and specifications during
construction and operation. Temporary assignment of construction or operations staff to
the project design work prior to their assignment at the project site during construction will
benefit both the design and the construction phases of the project. Construction & Service
Support Branch shall be included on all BCOES reviews, as well.
4.8.1.3 Value Engineering (VE) Officer
The VE officer will verify that all rejected VE proposals indicating potential savings over
$1,000,000 have been resolved with approval of the MSC Commander. As required, the
District VE officer will sign the appropriate Value Engineering certification (sample at
Appendix A) prepared by the assigned PM for the project. Contracting officers shall not
advertise projects that do not have the required VE Certification completed, so the
BCOES review is critical to ensuring this step is done.
4.8.1.4 Director of Engineering
The Director of Engineering or a duly authorized representative, Branch Chief or higher,
will certify in writing that all appropriate BCOES review comments have been incorporated
in the bid or request for proposal documents, or satisfactorily resolved, and that all
BCOES comments, evaluations, and backchecks are documented in DrChecks. The Chief
of Engineering for the District/Center will review and act on all appropriate requests for
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
141
waiver of BCOES reviews for small, low risk projects.
4.8.1.5 Chief of Construction and Services Support Branch
The Chief of Construction and Services Support Branch will ensure that BCOES reviews
for biddability, constructability, and operability are performed in a timely manner, including
coordinating operability reviews, that review comments are furnished in accord with
established suspense dates, and that a backcheck is conducted. The Chief of
Construction and Services Support Branch, will certify in writing that all appropriate
BCOES comments have been incorporated in the bid or request for proposal documents
or satisfactorily resolved, and that all comments, evaluations, and backchecks are
documented in DrChecks. The Chief of Construction and Services Support Branch will
review and act on all appropriate requests for waiver of BCOES reviews for small, low risk
projects.
4.8.1.6 Chief of Contracting/Contracting Officer
The Chief of Contracting will ensure that bid opening or start of proposal evaluation is not
made prior to the required BCOES written certification (see Appendix A). When fully
justified, the contracting officer, with written advance concurrence of the Chiefs of
Engineering and PM Branch, may determine that it is in the best interest of the
government to solicit or award without incorporation of all comments or that a BCOES
review has been appropriately waived in writing by the Engineering and Construction
Chiefs or their designated representatives. The written waiver of the required BCOES
certification shall be signed by the Chiefs of Engineering and PM Branch and a
determination and findings signed by the contracting officer will be placed in the contract
file in place of the certification when solicitation or award is made without this certification.
A sample certification form is shown in Appendix D.2.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
142
CHAPTER 5
5 SPECIAL TOPICS
5.8 PARAMETRIC DESIGN
MILCON projects that receive a code 3 (Parametric Design) directive require the conduct
of a design charrette and preparation of a Parametric Design Report (PDR), equivalent
to approximately 15% design as defined in AR 420-1. Guidance for production and
submission of the PDR is adjusted annually for each year’s Code 3 process and is
available at http://mrsi.usace.army.mil/pdrs/Shared%20Documents/Forms/AllItems.aspx.
Most code 3 directives are the responsibility of geographic Districts, but those that are
the responsibility of USAESCH will comply with the current year guidance.
5.8.1 SITE ADAPTATION OF DESIGN PACKAGES
5.8.1.2 Standard Designs.
Standard design packages for Army standard facilities are prepared by the various
Centers of Standardization (COS) under the direction and guidance of the Army Facility
Standardization Committee. The standard designs and associated products such as
template 1391s and the corresponding Army Standard, where applicable, are available
on the USACE COS website: http://mrsi.usace.army.mil/cos/SitePages/Home.aspx.
Where an “adapt-build” model for a particular facility type is available, the design is to be
prepared in-house, by either the geographic District, the COS having responsibility for
the standard facility in question, or by another Corps District, and advertised as a
design-bid-build construction contract. The adapt-build design may be prepared by A-E
if no Corps organization has the capacity to prepare it in-house. Where no adapt-build
model is available, the project may be advertised as a design-build contract using the
Model RFP developed under MILCON Transformation, which is available at the RFP
Wizard web site, http://mrsi.usace.army.mil/rfp/SitePages/Home.aspx The Wizard has
appropriate technical provisions for various sizes of Army standard facilities and is
intended to ensure uniformity and consistency between geographic Districts while
allowing design-build contractors the maximum flexibility to apply relevant commercial
best practices to meet users’ functional and operational requirements. Proposed
deviations from the Army Standard or the Standard Design must be approved by the
Army Facility Standardization Committee (for deviations from the Army Standard) or
HQUSACE (for deviations from the Standard Design); waiver procedures for such
deviations are available on the USACE COS website given above.
5.2.2 Explosive safety-related designs.
Site adaptation of designs involving explosive safety issues, such as ammunition
production or storage facilities, or barricades intended to provide fragment protection, is
addressed in paragraph 5.17.2 of this Manual.
5.2.3 Non-standard designs.
The designer will review and update the existing design package as required to bring it
up to the level of a current design. Changes to functional and operational requirements,
the site conditions at the new site, and current versions of codes, standards, and other
applicable requirements must all be accounted for. The drawings will be revised to meet
current requirements and site adapted to the new construction site. The designer will
update the specifications to match the revised drawings and to reflect current codes and
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
143
standards. The design analysis will also be revised to reflect the changed, site specific
design requirements. Submission process of a final, site adapted design package will be
the same as for a new design.
5.3 GIS PACKAGES.
General criteria for the use and development of geospatial technologies in the Huntsville
Center and throughout the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) is established in
Engineer Regulation (ER) 1110-1-8156, Policies, Guidance, and Requirements for
Geospatial Data and Systems. Detailed technical guidance and procedures for
compliance with the policy in ER 1110-1-8156 is found in Engineer Manual (EM) 1110-1-
2909, Geospatial Data and Systems. The requirements found in ER 1110-1-8156 and
EM 1110-1-2909 are applicable to all Huntsville Center projects/programs that have a
geospatial component and/or utilize geospatial data. Geospatial data content and
structure must comply with the Spatial Data Standards for Facilities, Infrastructure, and
Environment (SDSFIE). The Huntsville Center’s designated Geospatial Coordinator
serves as the lead for geospatial data standardization, management, and associated
software and hardware requirements. Additionally, the Geospatial Coordinator is
responsible for the review of project management plans (PMPs) to identify the need for
and the preparation of a geospatial data management plan.
5.4 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND REPORT.
All projects involving new vertical or horizontal construction, or repair/renovation of
horizontal construction features such as pavement, utility systems, or drainage features,
should have some form of geotechnical investigation. The size and complexity of the
project should determine the scope and content of the geotechnical investigation. The
PM should consult the USAESCH Geosciences Branch for advice on the appropriate
scope, schedule, budget, and method of accomplishment (i.e. geographic District, A-E or
DB contractor, or separate stand-alone contract) for the project-specific geotechnical
investigation. Geotechnical and foundation engineering topics, including investigations
and reports, are addressed in UFC 3-220-01, which implements the IBC with selected
modifications. Another source which describes geotechnical investigation methods and
recommended practices is EM 1110-1-1804, although some of the design stages and
products for military construction projects described in this EM are out-of-date. Some
items which may be required in the investigation and report include:
Recommended type and depth of foundation for each structure
Allowable soil or rock bearing pressure and corresponding settlement
Allowable dynamic bearing pressure (seismic and wind loading)
Dynamic soil properties (shear modulus and Poisson’s ratio)
Lateral earth pressure coefficients and soil unit weight
Groundwater data
Site class in accordance with ASCE 7 seismic design requirements
Additional ASCE 7 geotechnical investigation requirements, such as
evaluation of slope instability and liquefaction for Seismic Design
Categories C through F
Soil percolation rates for septic systems
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
144
Design values for California Bearing Ratio (CBR) and modulus of subgrade
reaction
Recommended pavement sections for flexible and rigid pavements
Frost penetration depth
Stability of existing natural slopes
Cut and fill slopes
Depth of topsoil to be stripped
Satisfactory and unsatisfactory material types
Corrosion protection requirements for underground utilities
Excavation and backfill recommendations
Dewatering requirements and recommendations
Presence of regional geotechnical issues such as karst terrain, loess,
expansive soil, or high soil sulfate content and recommended mitigating
measures.
Methods for dealing with any potential geotechnically related problems at
the site not mentioned above.
The report should also include the final plan locations of all borings, soil profiles, and
plotted logs of all borings. The geotechnical investigation should be coordinated with the
topographic survey, so that boring locations can be accurately laid out in the field and/or
as-drilled boring locations and top-of-hole elevations can be accurately determined.
Specific requirements for the project-specific investigation should be determined and
called out in the contract or task order SOW/PWS if accomplished by a contractor, or in
the PMP if accomplished by in-house (including geographic District) personnel.
However, the contractor has the professional responsibility to bring to the Government’s
attention any additional investigation that may be required over and above what is
specifically called out in the contract, for discussion as a possible contract modification.
5.5 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY.
Procedural guidance, specifications, and quality control criteria for performing field
topographic surveying are found in Engineer Manual (EM) 1110-1-1005, Topographic
Surveying. Technical specifications and procedural guidance for control and geodetic
surveying is provided in Engineer Manual (EM) 1110-1-1004. Topographic survey shall
be in accordance with EM 1110-1-1005 and EM 1110-1-1004. It is recognized that,
based on the current technology, procedures and techniques for performing, collecting,
and processing topographic survey data may vary from the Engineer Manual. Variances
from the Engineer Manuals related to performing, collecting, and processing topographic
survey data are acceptable provided the minimum standards of practice are met for the
state or local geographic area where the topographic survey is performed.
5.6 ENVIRONMENTAL DOCUMENTATION.
Environmental documentation preparation is the responsibility of the proponent of the
project. The designer may be required to prepare environmental documentation as part
of the services required by the project scope of work. Environmental impact generated
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
145
by the proposed project will be assessed in accordance with the National Environmental
Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) and 32 CFR Part 651-Environmental Analysis of Army
Actions. All projects will include environmental documentation either in the form of
record of environmental consideration (REC), environmental assessment (EA), or
environmental impact statements (EIS).
5.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION.
Mitigation of potential environmental pollution during construction will be in accordance
with Federal, State, and local regulations. The design may require the construction
contractor to submit an environmental protection plan during construction for approval.
The environmental protection plan including any green and sustainable practices will
comply with applicable Federal, State, and local regulations. Environmental pollution will
be defined as in AR200-1 to be the condition resulting from the presence of chemical,
mineral, radioactive, or biological substances that alter the environment and adversely
affect human health or the quality of life, biosystems, the environment, in structures and
equipment, recreational opportunities, aesthetics, and/or natural beauty. The foregoing
requires consideration of air, water (including storm water runoff), land, noise, solid and
hazardous wastes, and radioactive materials, as well as other pollutants.
5.8 ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING AND LABORATORY REQUIREMENTS.
All projects whether or not it is designated as an environmental project or involves
environmental sampling and analysis for Air, Water, Bioassay, Drinking Water, Solids, or
Tissue (e.g. asbestos, petroleum, explosive residue, volatile organics, semi-volatiles,
metals, chemical agents, biological agents, etc) will prepare a Quality Assurance Project
Plan (QAPP) in accordance with the Uniform Federal Policy QAPP guidelines per Public
Law 106-554 (2001), ANSI/ASQ E4 Section 5 (Part A) and Section 6 (Part B) as well as
the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) Subpart 246.2. The
Uniform Federal Policy Quality Assurance Project Plan Manual is a joint document
adopted by the Environmental Protection Agency and the Department of Defense in the
2004-2005 timeframe. Department of Defense Instruction 4715.15 December 2006 with
change 1 May 2011 mandates the use and compliance with the UFP-QAPP. The
Optimized UFP-QAPP Worksheets developed by the Intergovernmental Data Quality Task
Force, March 2012, should be used in creating all QAPPs. Furthermore, the Department
of Defense Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program compliance requirement
was added in 2008. A list of approved laboratories and specific methods for which the
laboratory is approved to perform analysis is available at the following website:
http://www.denix.osd.mil/edqw/Accreditation/AccreditedLabs.cfm.
5.9 SPECIAL PROJECTS – MUNITIONS AND EXPLOSIVES OF CONCERN
(MEC) RECONNAISSANCE (RECON) SURVEYS
In support of DoD activities on sites with unknown, suspected or known MEC
contamination, a MEC Recon survey is recommended to define the type, extent and
quantity of surface MEC and estimate subsurface MEC in areas. The survey will be
used to recommend response actions required to support DoD sponsored activities in
munitions contaminated areas. The MEC survey will also augment existing information
that will provide accurate measurements for a government estimate for future activities.
The MEC Recon Surveys are conducted in accordance with EM 385-1-1, EM 385-1-97,
Programmatic Work Plan (PWP), Accident Prevention Plan (APP) and Site Specific
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
146
Work Plan (SSWP). The guidance is this manual is applicable to government and/or
contractors performing MEC Recon Surveys. The PWP is maintained/updated by the
Environmental technical manager along with site specific documents. Data collected as
part of the field effort will be analyzed in accordance with the PWP, project specific data
quality objectives (DQO’s) and geographical information systems (GIS) standards set
forth by the project delivery team (PDT). The project delivery team will consist of the
following disciplines: project management, environmental technical management,
spatial data management, and munitions safety oversight. On projects requiring digital
geophysics, a geophysicist or equivalent geotechnical science personnel will be added
to the PDT. The majority of analog detection duties will be accomplished by munitions
safety oversight personnel. However, PDT members familiar and competent with the
analog detection equipment may perform detection duties as needed. All digital
geophysics will be overseen and collected by the project geophysicist or in their
supervision. The end product of the surveys will typically be a final report including a
site model(s) depicting the risk or probability of encountering MEC throughout the
project footprint. The end product(s) may vary based on DQO’s and specific needs of
the customer. The end product will undergo the technical review process from each
PDT discipline before being finalized. If the customer wishes to review the document,
a draft final will presented to the customer after the technical review is complete.
Customer comments will then be resolved prior to finalization.
5.10 HARDENED/PROTECTIVE CONSTRUCTION
Hardened structures are defined as structures that must resist the effects of nuclear or
conventional weapons effects resulting from intentional or accidental explosions.
5.10.1 Governing Criteria.
For clarity, a distinction is made between the design of protective construction for
Explosives Safety, Antiterrorism (AT), and Nuclear weapons. Although there are
similarities in the events that are being mitigated, the performance objectives of the
structures vary; therefore, there are applicable UFCs for each. The designer of record is
cautioned to ensure the correct UFC is used in order to enhance the likelihood of
approval of the design by applicable approving authorities as described in paragraph
5.10.1.1.
5.10.1.1 For Explosives Safety, UFC 3-340-02 ‘Structures to Resist the
Effects of Accidental Explosions’ is to be utilized in the design of the facility or structure
to mitigate the effects from accidental or intentional (for research, testing and
development) detonations. UFC 3-340-02 presents methods of design for protective
construction used in facilities for development, testing, production, storage,
maintenance, modification, inspection, demilitarization and disposal of explosive
materials. The UFC establishes design procedures and construction techniques
whereby propagation of explosion (from one structure or part of a structure to another)
or mass detonation can be prevented, and personnel and valuable equipment can be
protected. Generally, protective construction design is part of an Explosives Safety Site
Plan (ESSP) that must be approved by the respective Services’ Explosives Safety
Centers (US Army Technical Center for Explosives Safety (USATCES), Air Force Safety
Center (AFSC), Navy Ordnance Safety and Security Activity (NOSSA)) and the
Department of Defense Explosives Safety Board (DDESB). DoD 6055.09-M ‘DoD
Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards’ and the Services’ explosives safety
standards and regulations reference UFC 3-340-02 for the design of structures to
mitigate explosives effects. See 5.17.2 for explosives safety requirements.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
147
5.10.1.1.1 For conventional explosions, the charge and its location
used in the calculation will be consistent with the
operation reflected in the final drawings. If the
operations are not apparent or the User has not
established specific operating procedures, then
conservative assumptions will be made to envelop
worst case structural demand on the blast mitigating
elements.
5.10.1.1.2 If minimum separation distances required by DoD and
Services explosives safety standards cannot be
achieved and the protection of facilities, equipment, or
personnel is required, UFC 3-340-02 is to be utilized to
provide required protection. When specific levels of
protection from overpressure and fragmentation are
required, UFC 3-340-02 is to be utilized to provide
required protection. A protection category shall be
selected based on explosives safety and/or operational
requirements. UFC 3-340-02 recognizes four protection
categories for the purposes of analysis and design.
Higher levels of performance can be achieved if
explosives effects and/or user requirements require
such. If a greater level of protection is required than
UFC 3-340-02, Protection Category 1 provides, then
CEHNC- EDC-S (Structural Branch) should be
consulted at the earliest stages of the project to aid in
developing performance criteria for the structure.
Examples of higher levels of protection are the
requirement for total containment of explosives effects
without damage that would render the structure
unusable or total containment of explosives effects with
the source of explosion being chemical weapons.
5.10.1.1.3 The preferred construction type for facilities and major
structures is reinforced concrete. The use of steel in
protective construction should be limited, but is
acceptable for applications addressed in UFC 3-340-02.
Other applications will be validated by testing. The
designer of record is responsible for the design
coordination of blast-related items (such as blast doors,
blast valves) if they are to be designed by others to
ensure these items do not conflict with the design
elements of the building or structure. If performance
specifications are used to procure items such as blast
doors and blast valves, the manufacturers of such items
are to coordinate their applicable designs, products,
and submittals with those of the building in order to
avoid conflicts. For example, a blast door manufacturer
shall coordinate the blast door frame and anchorage
design and construction with the reinforced concrete
wall elements to ensure no conflicts of rebar placement.
(1) Concrete structures that are to be hardened will be designed and
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
148
detailed to provide continuity, ductility, and resistance during positive
and negative phases. Reinforcement must be properly developed to
allow development of the design strength of reinforcement at critical
sections. Joints will be detailed to ensure ductile behavior of the
entire element and, if practical, to develop the ultimate strength of the
weakest connected element.
(2) Steel construction will be designed and detailed to achieve continuity
and full plastic strength and composite action. Bolted connections,
when used, will be designed as bearing type, as opposed to friction
type.
5.10.1.2 For antiterrorism (AT) and security, UFC 4-010-01 ‘DoD Minimum
Antiterrorism Standard for Buildings’ and UFC 4-020-01
‘DoD Security Engineering Facilities Planning Manual’ are to be utilized in the
design of the facility or structure. For UFC 4-010-01 Standard 6 Progressive
Collapse Resistance requirements, and for antiterrorism requirements greater
than the minimum standards per UFC 4-010-01, the USACE Protective Design
Center (Omaha) Mandatory Center of Expertise shall be consulted. See
paragraph 5.12 for more guidance related to AT.
5.10.1.3 For Nuclear, UFC 3-350-03AN, UFC 3-350-04AN, UFC 3-350-05AN,
UFC 3-350-06AN, UFC 3-350-07AN, UFC 3-350-08AN, UFC 3-350-09AN and
UFC 3-350-010AN are to be utilized in the design of the facility or structure.
Currently the above UFCs are denoted as ‘inactive’ on the WBDG webpage,
but are the most current available. For the design of structures to resist the
effects of nuclear weapons, the USACE Protective Design Center (PDC-
Omaha) shall be consulted. At the start of project design, the PDC shall be
consulted to determine if more current design guidance is available.
5.10.2 Safety Approval.
The technical content requirements for submittals containing facilities or structures that
utilize protective construction are provided in paragraphs 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4. For projects
requiring an ESSP, the protective construction design deliverables (drawings, specifications
and design analysis) may require earlier submittals than the non-hardened elements of the
project’s facility and structures. Protective construction designs, that are not site-adapt
designs of approved DoD standards, require approval by the Services and DDESB. The
designer shall notify the project manager of the duration of time for this approval to ensure
the project schedule reflects such. A total of 180 days should be scheduled to ensure
adequate duration for the review by the Services and DDESB. The final ESSP may be
submitted at the project intermediate submittal stage. The protective construction design is
included in the final ESSP; therefore, it must be at the Pre-Final submittal stage of
completion so the structural performance of the facility is clearly denoted in the
deliverables. This Pre-Final stage will be reviewed by the Services’ Explosives Safety
Centers and the DDESB.
5.11 PHYSICAL SECURITY
DoD Regulation 5200.08 ‘Physical Security Program’ addresses the physical security of
personnel, installations, facilities, operations, and related resources of DoD Components. In
overseas areas, Combatant Commanders (COCOMs) may deviate from the policies in this
Regulation where local conditions, treaties, agreements, and other arrangements with
foreign governments and allied forces require. This Regulation provides minimum standards
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
149
for the protection of resources normally found oninstallations and unique resources on
the installation. Separate DoD guidance shall be referred to for:
Classified Information - DoDM 5200.01v1-v4
Sensitive Compartmented Information Facilities - ICD 705
Security Policy for Protecting Nuclear Weapons - DoDD 5210.41
Minimum Security Standards for Safeguarding Chemical Agents - DoDI
5210.65
DoD Procedures for Security of Nuclear Reactors and Special Nuclear
Materials (SNM) - DoDD 5210.63
Physical Security of Sensitive Conventional Arms, Ammunition and
Explosives - DoDM 5100.76
Individual services have specific policies for implementing DoD Regulation 5200.08,
‘Physical Security Program’
Air Force Instruction 31-101, Integrated Defense
Army Regulation 190-13, The Army Physical Security Program
Chief of Naval Operations Instructions 5530.14E, Navy Physical Security
and Law Enforcement Program
Marine Corps Order 5530.14A, Marine Corps Physical Security Program
Manual
5.11.1 Integrating With Other Requirements.
The designer of record shall contact the Provost Marshall and Antiterrorism Officer at the
beginning of the project to request their support in identifying all security requirements.
Even where a project is specifically for security and antiterrorism upgrades, there will still
be other requirements that must be considered. There will be times where one criterion is
more stringent than another, in which case the more stringent one must be applied. In
some cases, criteria may conflict. In those cases, those conflicts must be resolved, which
may require compromise or adjustment to one or the other criteria. The following are
examples of common criteria that must be integrated with security and antiterrorism
requirements: Other Security Regulations, Explosive Safety, Other DoD Component
Standards, Historic Preservation, Sustainable Design, Other Facility Requirements (life
safety and fire protection, functional issues, energy conservation, seismic criteria, barrier-
free handicapped access, and aesthetics).
The designer of record needs to recognize conflicts and work with the project team to find
optimal solutions.
5.11.2 Submittal requirements.
The technical content requirements for submittals containing facilities or structures that
have physical security features are provided in paragraphs 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4.
5.12 ANTI-TERRORISM.
UFC 4-020-01 ‘DoD Security Engineering Facilities Planning Manual’ is intended to
provide the uniformity and consistency in planning for security and antiterrorism. It will
be used in conjunction with UFC 4-010-01, ‘DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for
Buildings’, to establish the security and antiterrorism design criteria that will be the basis
for DoD facility designs. Those criteria include the assets to be protected, the threats to
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
150
those assets, the levels to which those assets are to be protected against those threats,
and any design constraints imposed by facility users.
5.12.1 Governing Criteria.
UFC 4-010-01, ‘DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for Buildings’, is intended to
minimize the likelihood of mass casualties from terrorist attacks against DoD personnel
in the buildings in which they work and live. In general, but not all cases, UFC 4-010-01
is applicable to DoD Components, to DoD inhabited buildings, billeting, and high
occupancy family housing, and to DoD expeditionary structures. Detailed guidance on
how to determine the applicability of the minimum AT standards to new construction and
existing inhabited buildings is provided in UFC 4-010-01 and shall be utilized by the
designer of record. The designer shall document whether or not this UFC is applicable
to the specific project. The design analysis shall document the findings and state if the
minimum AT standards apply or not, specifically detailing the logic with references from
the UFC of the conclusion reached. If adherence to the minimum AT standards is
required, the design analysis shall document how each standard within the UFC will be
addressed. If adherence to the minimum AT standard is not required, the design
analysis shall document the provisions that exempt applicability. For renovations or
rehabilitation of existing buildings, the ‘triggers’ in UFC 4-010-01 shall be considered
and the applicability shall be documented in the design analysis or work plan. The
design analysis or work plan shall contain a statement documenting that all the
specified ‘triggers’ were evaluated and the results of the evaluation.
5.12.2 Level of Protection.
The minimum AT standards provide a built-in minimum level of protection against terrorist
aggressor tactics in order to reduce the probability of mass casualties. In some instances a
level of protection greater than what the minimum AT standards provide are required for a
project. DoD Instruction 2000.16 requires every installation or base to have an
Antiterrorism Officer (ATO). The role of the ATO is to orchestrate the development of
comprehensive antiterrorism plans and to coordinate the efforts of all organizations on the
installations with respect to antiterrorism preparations. The designer of record shall contact
the installation ATO early in the design process, obtain any and all AT requirements which
are more stringent than the UFC 4-010-01 minimum AT requirements, and document the
response in the design analysis or work plan. The designer of record will mitigate the
aggressor’s tactics to the appropriate level of protection utilizing the guidance provided in
the Security Engineering Facilities Design Manual. For antiterrorism requirements greater
than the minimum standards per UFC 4-010-01, the USACE Protective Design Center
Mandatory Center of Expertise shall be consulted.
5.12.3 Coordination of AT with other security requirements.
The designer of record shall coordinate the design for AT requirements with the physical
and electronic security requirements for the project.
5.12.4 Submittal requirements.
The technical content requirements for submittals containing facilities or structures that
utilize protective construction to mitigate terrorist tactics effects to an acceptable level
are provided in paragraphs 3.2, 3.3, or 3.4.
5.13 MEDICAL FACILITIES
5.13.1 Governing Criteria.
Medical construction projects follow different criteria and project delivery stages than
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
151
other MILCON projects; design and construction criteria and procedures for all new
construction and renovation of military medical facilities are provided in UFC-4-510-01.
The UFC is a comprehensive guide to planning/programming, design, construction, and
commissioning of military medical facilities, including laboratory and veterinary facilities.
It is specifically applicable to MILCON. For OMA and SRM medical facility work, the
UFC itself states that its technical criteria are required “when considered feasible and
economical”. Customarily, the MRR program requires conformance to the UFC on all of
its contracts. The UFC contains provisions for both design-bid-build and design-build
methods of project delivery. All SOWs and PWSs for design or design-build of military
medical facilities must include this UFC as required criteria.
5.13.2 Medical Facilities Center of Expertise and Standardization (MX).
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Medical Facilities Center of Expertise and
Standardization (MX) provides leadership responsibility for design acquisition strategy
and concept design development of DoDM and MILCON funded projects, with
continued technical oversight and direction during final design and construction
execution in all areas of the medically unique aspects of assigned projects.
The MX supports all USACE District-led Project Delivery Teams (PDTs) in the
technical medically unique areas of project management, acquisition strategy
formulation, criteria compliance, design review, and technical support during
construction. These support the Defense Health Agency’s (DHA) facilities mission
serving the Military Health System (MHS).
5.13.2.1 MX Principal Products/Services
As a mandatory center, the MX provides medical technical expertise to the Corps. This
expertise is shown as we execute four mission essential tasks.
5.13.2.1.1 Provide oversight of medically unique technical areas of
projects by delivering detailed design review at all stages. The MX’s
mission in this role is to: be subject matter experts for interpretation of
medical unique standards, criteria, specifications and guidance; assist
acquisition strategy initiation and A/E selection; be USACE’s primary
liaison between geographic districts and the Using Military
Departments’ Office of the Surgeon General on all medically unique
project technical matters; and to be USACE’s technical liaison with
academia, code bodies, testing & standards setting jurisdictions, and
professional associations. The MX’s role in this regard is distinct from
that of the geographic Districts, who are responsible for overall design
review for the project as a whole and in particular for non-medically
unique aspects of the project. The key function in this regard is to
review plans and specifications for medical MILCON projects: the
process is described in the swim lane flowcharts in Appendix C. The
MX charter describes the medically unique technical disciplines as
mechanical engineering (HVAC, plumbing, medical gasses),
communications engineering (low voltage systems such as code blue
and nurse call), fire protection engineering (including life safety design),
electrical engineering (especially critical power generation and
distribution), and architecture (including floor planning and building
envelope integrity).
5.13.2.1.2 Prepare project unique Medical Design Instructions (MDI).
With this mission essential task, the MX assures medical technical
consistency across the enterprise program. We provide unique Project
Management process guidance to district that: establishes acquisition
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
152
alternatives; defines DHA criteria and unique medical standards linked
to the Surgeons functional program instructions; provides design
guidance to the A/E; establishes design/ submittal requirements and
DHA required milestones for approvals; and, incorporates our unique
Lessons Learned. While the final content and level of detail in a
Medical Facility design ultimately results in the same level of detail and
content of a traditional MILCON design, the process for generating a
medical facility design differs greatly from a traditional MILCON design
approach in some areas. Designers and A-Es should adhere to the
UFC requirements for design development and design production of
medical facility drawings and specifications. Request for proposals in
DB contracts, Performance work statements, and scopes or work for A-
E contracts should contain all of the medical unique design submittal
requirements contained in the UFC and MDIs. The key function in this
regard is the creation of the MDI: the process is described in the swim
lane flowcharts in Appendix C.
5.13.2.1.3 Proactive involvement in construction issue
resolution including change orders. With this mission essential task, the
MX assists the geographic districts execute construction activities to
ensure the Corps delivers World Class facilities to the MHS. Through a
combination of remote and on-site engagement, we ensure criteria and
procedures for new construction and renovations of medical facilities
are provided IAW UFC-4-510-01. Just as important is verification of
these criteria and methods, the garnering and dissemination of lessons
learned, and the collection of evidence in support of design and
construction best practices. The most technical action in this suite of
activities is delivery of the actual construction services: the process is
described in the swim lane flowcharts in Appendix C.
5.13.2.1.4 Serve as technical subject matter experts (SMEs) on
medical facilities issues to customers, geographic Districts,
installations, A/Es and construction contractors, and other PDT
members. This role could be project-specific or could be related to
overall program issues.
5.13.3 Customer Interaction.
5.13.3.1 As the MX’s formal representatives to the PDT, Project are
responsible for engaging the geographic District directly. They will engage
in project and product AARs, receive the comments for customer surveys,
and interact in multiple informal situations. Process integrity, lessons
learned and best practices shared in these forums will be shared
immediately with the rest of the MX staff, who will deliberate and make
changes as necessary.
5.13.3.2 Project Engineers, through their PDT interactions and professional
committee memberships will inform the process with criteria and code
impacts.
5.13.3.3 The former HA/PPMD is undergoing a two-year phased transition
to a new organization, DHA. In that period, there will be changes in the
MHS business process that the MX will be engaged in, either by helping to
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
153
influence or by being required to respond to. Those changes will inform the
MX business process and quality management system and will be
incorporated as necessary.
5.13.4 Non-MILCON projects for military customers.
This category includes O&M-funded, SRM-funded and services projects; typical USAESCH
programs falling in this category include MRR, OMEE, IO&T, and medical furniture. The
specific criteria and deliverables in non-MILCON projects are detailed in UFC 4-510-01 as
described in para. 5.13.1 above. The UFC does make an exception for work that is not
“considered feasible and economical” to comply with UFC requirements, but this should be
a rare case and should have a detailed justification documented in the project files.
5.13.5 Non-military customers
Specific criteria and submittal requirements for medical facilities for non-military customers
(such as Department of Veterans’ Affairs) must be developed early in the project life cycle
(for example, in the design charrette or project scoping meeting) and clearly described in the
contract documents. The goal, similar to non-medical projects, is to thoroughly understand
the customer’s requirements and applicable policy and criteria, and enable a technically
sound, cost effective approach to be implemented to meet those requirements. Contract
documents should make the Government’s expectations for project goals and quality crystal
clear.
5.14 LOW IMPACT DEVELOPMENT (LID)
The strategy of low impact development shall be in accordance with UFC 3-210-10, Low
Impact Development. This UFC provides technical criteria, technical requirements, and
references for the planning and design of applicable projects to comply with stormwater
requirements under Section 438 of the Energy Independence and Security Act (EISA)
enacted in December 2007.
5.15 SYSTEMS ENGINEERING.
5.15.1 Purpose and Applicability.
Systems Engineering (SE) is a process that integrates the technical effort within a managed
project to transform an operational need, or user's requirement, into a description of systems
performance parameters and systems configuration. This chapter provides guidance on
activities which integrate the technical and managerial processes required to optimize the
performance of a facility in its stated purpose or mission. When implemented early in the
design process, systems engineering ensures that the total system is efficient, cost effective,
operable, reliable, and maintainable. System Security Engineering (SSE) is a subset of the
Systems Engineering process. The SSE Process establishes and defines activities conducted
in a broader systems engineering technical effort where there are other competing and
conflicting risk concerns that must also be satisfied. In addition to a fully integrated engineering
effort and an established definition of system or equipment operating parameters, the
customer also gains these benefits: (1) the design is conducted on a total system basis which
incorporates other requirements; (2) all interfaces are compatible, i.e.,
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
154
system-to-system, system-to- facility, facility-to-facility, supporting equipment-to-facilities;
(3) a means is provided for evaluating changes which affect the overall system
performance, effectiveness, schedule and cost; (4) a framework of coherent system
requirements exists that will be used as performance, design, and test criteria, further,
these criteria serve as source data for specifications, tests, contract work statements, and
facility documentation; (5) the technical performance is measured for timely assessment of
high risk areas/problems; and (6) a means of documenting technical decisions made during
the course of the program is available to managers. When specified in the contract, SE
must be implemented according to the requirements defined in this chapter.
5.15.2 Systems Engineering Management Plan (SEMP).
The Systems Engineering Management Plan (SEMP) covers all systems engineering
program elements and development of an SE data base to support project design,
construction, test and evaluation, start-up, and acceptance through operation and
maintenance. The SEMP is developed during the planning and programming phase of a
program or project. The system engineer should engage the security engineer or an IA
professional to develop the SEMP to ensure security requirements, references, and testing
measures are adequately addressed. An SEMP identifies each specific systems
engineering task with a separate task schedule. SEMP's also identify an SE organization
within the overall project organization, staffed to the extent necessary to accomplish the
system engineering tasks identified in the SEMP. The SE organization will include personnel
who are experienced in the management and implementation of a SEMP and whose prime
responsibilities are the performance of systems engineering tasks. The plan will also include
resumes of key personnel. The SEMP is implemented during criteria development and
supports all phases of design.
5.15.3 Systems Engineering Elements.
The SE process can be divided into four areas to explain its functions: (1) Analysis, (2)
Product Assurance, (3) Integrated Logistic Support, and (4) Configuration Management. The
designer may be required to incorporate many of these elements and specific sub elements
into the design process and the construction phase prior to the time the facility is released
for beneficial occupancy. Each of these elements will be examined in the following
paragraphs to determine how they affect system performance.
5.15.4 Systems Analysis.
Systems analysis includes analysis of the design of complex and high performance facilities,
electromechanical systems, associated real property, and documentation during criteria
development, construction, initial site activation, operation, and lay-away phases. Systems
analysis entails the use of elementary design review techniques; advances in state of the art
in all sciences, engineering, and associated fields; and approved engineering practices and
standards to ensure functional efficiency and completeness of facilities. The analysis
produces engineering data that identifies and specifies the configuration and use of all
system elements and their effectiveness in achieving the performance parameters. The
analysis verifies that all facility systems perform in accordance with the customer's functional
requirements.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
155
5.15.4.1 Requirements Analysis. The designers using SE program plans
provided by USAESCH will develop a system requirements analysis. This
analysis will be conducted in order to establish project-specific SE plans,
goals, and methods necessary to manage critical engineering design
aspects. A requirements analysis, when provided for in the SOW or PWS,
will be completed prior to the start of the design.
5.15.4.2 Systems Operations and Maintenance Analysis. A systems
operations and maintenance analysis (O&MA) may be performed, when
appropriate to the complexity of the project, to identify project requirements
for site operations and maintenance. The analysis will serve as a basis for
documentation planning (O&M manuals), logistics support, personnel
requirements, and training functions. The systems O&M analysis will be
completed prior to the start of the design.
5.15.4.3 Concept Design Review Submittals. All analyses will be initiated
either before design begins or by the time of the concept review
conference. The Project Development Brochure, a requirements analysis,
and the systems O&M analysis will be completed prior to the start of the
design. The LCCA and an outline hazards analysis will be submitted with
the project design analysis at the concept review conference.
5.15.4.4 Intermediate Design Review Submittals. No formal SE deliverables
are called for at the intermediate submittal stage but SE products will be further
developed and updated as the design matures.
5.15.4.5 Final Design Review Submittals. The hazards analysis and all
other analyses reviewed during the concept or intermediate review conference
will be updated, reflecting any review comments. The final life cycle cost
analysis will be included in the design analyses submittal.
5.15.5 Product Assurance.
This element includes technical management and program execution activities
that affect equipment availability, performance, and system effectiveness. This
process identifies the measures that reduce the risks and unknowns associated
with critical areas of the program and selects the corrective measures that can
be implemented.
5.15.5.1 Reliability/Availability/Maintainability (RAM). This analysis will be
performed by designers using quantitative goals established in the criteria. The
designer will translate these goals for reliability and maintainability into
qualitative design requirements to preserve the integrity of the system, to meet
production goals, and to achieve safety and information security requirements.
This analysis should be part of an interactive process of continually assessing
and improving the design. Its objectives should be translated into quantifiable
and verifiable contractual terms and allocated through the design hierarchy.
RAM analysis will be applied only to critical/high cost systems, or to systems
considered especially significant to personnel and equipment safety.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
156
5.15.5.2 Human Factors Engineering (HFE). Designers will consider HFE
requirements during the design phase to ensure that the man-machine
operational philosophy and interface requirements are established for all
program phases. The HFE program will comply with MIL-STD-1472.
Designs and Specifications. To be safe as well as usable, facilities,
equipment, and operations must be adapted to the limitations of the people
who use them.
5.15.5.3 Standardization. Standardization is a design-related process that
ensures that common equipment, modules, and components are
incorporated into the design to achieve the greatest possible economic and
operational benefits. The interchange-ability provided through
standardization is used during a complex project to reduce stocks of repair
parts, reduce logistics requirements, reduce provisioning costs, simplify
operations and maintenance instructions, and improve system reliability and
maintainability. Standardization will include only those equipment items that
are high cost, critical, and that require long lead-time when replacements
are ordered. Standardization will use item-type control methods for
equipment identification and categorizing. A Government review during the
concept and final design phases will determine the degree of
implementation of the standardization program. The program will comply
with the requirements of DOD 4120.24.
5.15.5.4 Construction Safety
5.15.5.4.1 Administration of the safety program on
each construction project rests with the constructing USACE district
and its parent division or designated QA agent. The designer will
ensure that adequate safety and occupational health provisions in
accordance with OSHA (29 CFR 1910 and 1926 as applicable), and
EM 385-1-1, are included in the contract requirements and cover all
hazardous situations expected to arise during construction.
5.15.5.4.2 Safety Surveys/Audits. Surveys will be
made periodically by the Design Agency, USACE constructing
district, and installation safety and engineering personnel to
assess contractor safety provisions during construction for
compliance with the contractual requirements.
5.15.5.4.3 Pre-final Inspections. Districts will include provisions for
evaluating safety in all pre-final inspections of completed facilities
and systems.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
157
5.15.5.5 Commissioning.
The commissioning process is a quality process for achieving, validating, and
documenting that a facility and its systems have been planned, designed, constructed,
secured, installed, tested, and, as a result, is capable of operating and being maintained
in conformity with the design intent. If the project includes an Automated Information
System (AIS) it will require adherence to the site’s Authority to Connect (ATC) process.
The ATC process is to ensure testing of data transfer, video reception, or other forms of
data communication as required by the control system to a front end or another enclave.
Further, the customer will not consider the project to be completed until the site’s
connection approval authority concurs that the system is ready for site acceptance. If a
customer IA office is not involved in the project, assistance by USACECH IA support
should be arranged to ensure any systems installed have been configured in accordance
with the baseline and accepted IA controls.
All projects with HVAC related work must include and comply with guide specification
UFGS – 23 08 00.00 10 Commissioning of HVAC Systems. Commissioning shall be
performed in accordance with ACG Commissioning Guideline, NEBB Commissioning
Standard, or SMACNA 1429. The Commissioning Firm shall be a subcontractor of the
prime Contractor and shall be financially and corporately independent of all other
subcontractors. The Commissioning Firm shall report to and be paid by the prime
Contractor. The specification shall include a requirement to submit a Commissioning
Plan; and a Commissioning Report consisting of completed Pre-Functional Performance
Test Checklists and completed Functional Performance Tests as one package.
In addition to commissioning requirements for HVAC Systems described in the
preceding paragraph, there may be a requirement for commissioning of the following
systems depending on complexity, reliability, customer requirements, and magnitude:
Building Automation Systems (BAS), Lighting Control Systems and interface with
daylighting, domestic hot water systems, fuel handling systems, and renewable energy
generation systems. Other systems not listed here may also require commissioning.
Typically a specification must be developed to include industry standards on
commissioning for the specific system, certification requirements for the commissioning
agent, detailed pre-functional performance checklists, detailed functional performance
checklists, and commissioning plan/report requirements.
The specification should address the following goals of the commissioning process:
• Verify and document that equipment is installed and started per
manufacturer's recommendations, industry accepted minimum standards,
and the Contract Documents.
• Verify and document that equipment and systems receive complete
operational checkout by the installing contractors.
• Verify and document equipment and system performance.
• Verify the completeness of Operations and Maintenance materials.
• Ensure that the operating personnel are adequately trained on the
operation and maintenance of the building equipment.
Requirements for Commissioning must be clearly defined in the contract. There can
be a significant cost associated with commissioning.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
159
5.15.5.6 Concept Design Review Submittals. The designer will submit a
final RAM analysis, a listing of the standardized equipment and
components, and an outline format of the systems safety analysis.
5.15.5.7 Intermediate Design Review Submittals. The systems safety
analysis will be completed and submitted. A draft of the QA plan will be
provided.
5.15.5.8 Final Design Review Submittals. Submittals will include:
5.15.5.8.1 Final list of standardized equipment and components
complete and sufficient enough to initiate the procurement of the listed
items.
5.15.5.8.2 Quality assurance plan.
5.15.5.8.3 Hazard tracking log, indicating residual risks and all
existing hazards
5.15.6 Integrated Logistics Support (ILS).
The ILS process provides an avenue through which management and analysis actions are
combined to ensure effective and economical support of all systems and equipment at all
levels of maintenance during the programmed life cycle. In addition, ILS is also a planning
function used by the technical management elements and tangible support elements to
provide the ILS concept objectives. For projects that USAESCH has design/support
responsibilities, the designer will develop and define the logistics and maintenance
concepts; the maintenance levels for performing scheduled and corrective maintenance;
and the procedures for identifying, selecting, procuring, storing, and handling of parts,
maintenance equipment, and support materials.
5.15.6.1 ILS Objectives
5.15.6.1.1 Early Consideration. Early consideration of support
requirements in design and development of new projects is required.
5.15.6.1.2 Improved Support. Improved maintenance support and
reduced skill requirements.
5.15.6.1.3 Balance of Support Elements. Optimum balance
among support elements. (This can be achieved by possible tradeoffs.)
5.15.6.1.4 In-Stock Support. Provisions for in-stock support elements.
5.15.6.1.5 Life Cycle Cost. Minimum life cycle cost for support.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
161
5.15.6.2 ILS Sub-elements.
5.15.6.2.1 Supply and Maintenance Concept. When directed by the
contract, the designer will develop a maintenance concept for performing
scheduled and corrective maintenance.
5.15.6.2.2 Provisioning. Designers will make
provisions in the equipment specifications for obtaining the
Recommended Repair Parts List and necessary technical logistics data in
order to support facility system effectiveness. From this information,
provisioning recommendations will be made. Designers will define the
selection and allocation of repair parts and other support items to the
various categories of maintenance based on maintenance allocation and
the computation of quantitative requirements for repair parts.
5.15.6.2.3 Equipment Identification. All equipment
specified and installed for each project will be identified by a noun
designator and a consecutive numbering method, generally referred to as
a tag number. For example, the tag number is made of a designator
equipment code for items in the system and an assigned sequential item
number. For systems with instrumentation and control, the
Instrumentation Society of America listing will be the standard for
establishing the equipment identifiers.
5.15.6.2.4 Master Equipment List (MEL). The MEL is a listing of all
end-items of equipment (including, if applicable, software and firmware)
within each project that are significant to operations, maintenance, and
provisioning. When required by the contract, the MEL will be
computerized. See ER 25-345-1 for specific guidance on MEL
preparation. To provide a uniform listing, the designer will use the
systems/equipment identification procedure in generation breakdown
order as the basis for MEL structuring.
5.15.6.2.5 Operation and Maintenance Documentation (O&M)
The designer, when directed by the contract, will prepare design O&M
documentation in accordance with ER 25-345-1 and, where applicable,
DoD/NIST Information Assurance control requirements. When required,
the designer will also perform an O&M analysis to determine
requirements for O&M documentation for electromechanical or other
operational systems. The designer will also identify O&M logistics data to
be provided by vendors and will include these data in the technical and
special provisions of the procured equipment and construction
specifications. Design O&M documentation will be updated and finalized
by the designer or construction contractor or others in accordance with
ER 25-345-1 for use during the facility operational phase.
5.15.6.2.6 Training Program Plan. When directed as a program
requirement, designer will develop training requirements in accordance
with ER 25- 345-1.
5.15.6.2.7 Scheduling. Two schedules are required. A Level I schedule is
an overview schedule which displays systems engineering requirements
as they relate to program phases. The Level II schedule depicts the
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
163
milestones for each SE element. For systems that include Information
Technology, milestones for certification, testing, accreditation, and
connectivity will be included in the schedule. The designer will submit
these schedules as required by the contract. When required to do so,
each contractor will prepare in actual calendar time his own detailed
schedules (bar charts/CPM/NAS charts) with respect to all SE activities
for his area(s) of involvement.
5.15.6.3 Concept Design Review Submittals. The designer will submit a
draft:
Design master equipment list
Technical concept narratives
Training and skills analysis
O&M documentation specification
Training requirements specification
5.15.6.4 Intermediate Design Review Submittals. The concept submittals
will be updated to reflect any progress/changes.
5.15.6.5 Final Design Review Submittals. Comments from the O&M
concept design review and any other review(s) will be incorporated and the
documents updated in the final design review submittals. The final design
review submittals will be submitted according to the schedule established
by the contract and will incorporate any review comments made during
prior review conferences.
5.15.7 Configuration Management (CM).
This SE element applies the technical and administrative direction and surveillance
during the project to properly identify and control changes to the project’s baselines (i.e.,
criteria B/L, Design B/L and Construction B/L) design. It also provides the administrative
process to record and report changes to the configurations of systems, equipment, and
facilities. These changes are monitored by a Configuration Control Board. The design
criteria will be provided by the Design Agency, which will establish responsibilities,
requirements, and procedures for implementing CM throughout the project’s designated
phases (i.e., Design, Construction, Systemization, Operations, Closure). Projects
designated for CM will require a CM plan. The CM plan will be developed by the
designer. The CM plan will be tailored to the project. Ideally, the CM plan should be
submitted before the designated phase for CM design starts.
5.16 VALUE ENGINEERING.
Value Management (VM)/Value Engineering (VE) is an organized effort to analyze a
system and its functions so as to achieve the required functions at the lowest total cost.
VM/VE seeks the highest value for a project by balancing resources and quality. The
VM/VE process emphasizes the use of multi-disciplinary teams and their resulting
synergy, using a functional analysis approach for decision making as specified by
Engineering Regulation (ER) 11-1-321, Change 1 (or current), and the SAVE
International’s 6 Phase Value Methodology. In USAESCH, the VE Officer, located in
ISPM Directorate, coordinates, advises, and, in some cases, conducts the VE effort. ED
supports these efforts by providing technical subject matter experts and cost engineering
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
164
expertise to participate on VE Study Teams, and by vetting submitted Value Engineering
Change Proposals (VECPs) generated by the Contractor, after award of a contract,
against functional, operational, and technical requirements.
5.17 SYSTEMS SAFETY.
5.17.1 Facility System Safety.
Facility System Safety is defined to incorporate systems safety engineering and
management practices into a facility life cycle process used in the conceptual phase,
planning stages, construction of facilities, and facility reduction (demolition). The FASS
program has been structured to concentrate USACE on elimination and control of
hazards in the criteria development and design of facilities. Further, FASS is structured
to emphasize hazards that are not covered by codes and standards. The FASS
program is designed to incorporate system safety into the facility design process as
prescribed in AR 385-16, System Safety Engineering and Management and Military
Standard 882E Standard Practice System Safety. To overcome these problems, the
FASS process examines the specifics of the hazards involved, the level of risk, and the
potential effectiveness of existing codes and standards. Following this discovery and
analysis process, a decision is made to eliminate or reduce the risk through the use of
controls set forth in codes and standards, specially designed controls, or a mix of both
control types. When required by the contract documents, or when determined to be
appropriate by the designer (with KO concurrence if applicable), hazards analysis will be
performed on the facility and process equipment in accordance with AR 385-16 and MIL-
STD 882.
5.17.2 Explosives Safety.
Explosives safety policy is to provide the maximum possible protection to people and
property from the potential damaging effects of DoD military munitions (explosive and
chemical) and to minimize exposures consistent with safe and efficient operations (i.e.,
expose the minimum number of people for the minimum time to the minimum amount of
explosives or chemical agents).
5.17.2.1 Explosives Safety Site Plans (ESSP)
Explosives safety site planning is the composite risk management process associated
with explosives/toxic chemical activities to ensure the minimum risk to personnel,
equipment, and assets, while meeting mission requirements. The damage or injury
potential of explosions is determined by the separation distance between potential
explosion sites (PES) and exposed sites (ES); the ability of the PES to suppress blast
overpressure, primary and secondary fragments; and the ability of the ES to resist
explosion effects. Explosives safety site planning is the process of conducting and
documenting an assessment of new and/or existing facilities and missions involving
Ammunition and Explosives (AE), or non-AE related facilities occurring within the
quantity distance (QD) arcs created by other AE operations and storage. Planning for
the proper location and construction of ammunition and explosives (AE) facilities and
surrounding facilities exposed to AE facilities is a key element of the explosives/toxic
chemical site planning process. Sometimes this planning involves utilizing both distance
and protective construction. For customized protective construction design related to
explosives safety see paragraph 5.10.1.1. The DOR is encouraged to utilize definitive
and standard protective construction facilities approved by the Department of Defense
Explosives Safety Board. These facilities drawings can be located on the Whole
Building Design Guide at http://www.wbdg.org/design/ammo_magazines.php. Design
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
165
completion is required for definitive designs. The DOR shall site adapt the DDESB
standards to accommodate the characteristics of the project site without changing any
blast elements of the design. USAESCH Structural branch should be contacted when
site adapt designs for these DDESB approved standards are used in a project to ensure
key structural elements are not altered.
An ESSP describes in text and graphics the relationship among proposed potential
explosive site/toxic chemical sites, related facilities, and unrelated personnel and
facilities. It also contains a description of the construction specifications for the facilities
and the specifications and placement of required auxiliary equipment such as dividing
walls, LPS, or utility service lines or conduits. It is submitted to the appropriate Service
and Department of Defense Explosives Safety Board (DDESB) for approval of the
particulars of the plan from an explosives safety perspective per guidance in the
applicable references above.
In general, construction of new and/or modifications to existing facilities with missions
involving Ammunition and Explosives (AE), or non-AE related facilities occurring within
the quantity distance (QD) arcs created by other AE operations and storage require an
ESSP. See the respective Service’s regulations for when an ESSP is or is not required.
DoD regulations do not allow the actual construction of a new facility, modification of an
existing facility, or use of an unapproved site until the DDESB final ESSP approval is
received at the installation. For a compressed time line, the Army will allow contract
award or site preparations activities if there is a DDESB approved preliminary ESSP at
the installation. See each Service’s explosives safety regulations related to their
respective policies on projects with compressed schedules. For projects requiring an
ESSP, the DB product delivery method is not recommended if there is a custom design
(non-DoD approved standard facility or structure) required to mitigate explosives effects
unless the DB project schedule allows for final DDESB approval before construction
begins.
5.17.2.1.1 ESSP Development, Coordination, Content, Submission and
Approval
The development, submission and approval of an ESSP shall adhere to the
requirements of DoD 6055.09-M, the respective Services’ explosives safety
standards/manuals and USACE engineering manual contained in the references above.
An ESSP can be submitted in two submittals (preliminary and final) if warranted by the
project time line. A preliminary ESSP is used for new construction or changed footprint
of existing structures and approves the physical location and siting of the planned facility
based on the explosives safety standards. This approval, submitted at the parametric
(10%) to concept (35%) completion stage, reduces the risk of wasted design effort while
proceeding to design completion and submittal of the final ESSP. The final ESSP can
be submitted at the project intermediate (65%) completion stage if the explosives safety
elements (such as protective construction, lightning protection system, and grounding)
represent the pre-final (95%) completion stage.
(1) Development
DDESB approved automated site planning software (ESS or ASHS) is to be used in
most cases to perform the quantity distance analysis for the various combinations of
PESs and ESs. In some isolated cases, the Services and DDESB allows use of non-
automated methods for quantity distance analysis. The Contractor will request approval
from the Government to use non-automated methods for quantity distance analysis.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
166
(2) Coordination
Early coordination is crucial and essential for a properly prepared ESSP. All proposed
AE projects must be coordinated with the Installation Master Plan (IMP) to properly
coordinate and assess the impact on other ongoing and future construction projects and
plans. The development of an ESSP requires installation-level coordination to include, at
a minimum, personnel representing master planning, facility engineering, safety office,
fire department, security officer, environmental office, quality assurance specialist
ammunition surveillance (QASAS), and the installation tenant conducting the AE
operation/storage. If the application of explosives safety requirements to the project is
not clearly understood, it is advisable to leverage the expertise of Services’ subject
matter experts.
(3) Content
The ESSP must include all the information needed for the reviewer to determine if the
explosives safety requirements are meet. The ESSP should be prepared considering
the personnel reviewing the ESSP may not be familiar with the base or operation,
including unique terminology, and do not know the mission or specific circumstances.
Each ESSP varies in content. Major components of the content of an ESSP are an
installation map, site location map, quantity distance analysis (generally a printout of
DDESB approved software), quantity distance map, list of all facilities inside the
inhabited building distance (IBD) arc with a description of each, a description of the
intending operations and the supporting facilities, occupancy limit of the facilities,
detailed drawings and engineering analysis (protective construction and lightning
protecting and grounding details), risk assessments and acceptance of risk (at the
appropriate level). The content of a preliminary and final ESSP shall be as detailed and
complete as required by DoD 6055.09-M, the respective Services’ explosives safety
standards/manuals and USACE engineering manual referenced above.
(4) Submission and Approval
The project schedule should allow 180 days for ESSP approval after it is has reached
the respective Service’s explosive safety center. The ESSP is submitted for review and
approval through command channels to the Service’s explosives safety centers and
DDESB. A request for review and approval memorandum accompanies the ESSP up
through the command channels. If an expedited review is warranted, the request with
detailed justification should be included in the memorandum. For approval, a typical
ESSP submittal staffing for the Army is: Installation – higher headquarters – US Army
Technical Center for Explosives Safety (USATCES) – DDESB. Questions related to the
ESSP content are generally asked back through the chain of command, but the owner of
the ESSP may be contacted directly by the Services or DDESB. Once approved, the
ESSP is routed back to the Installation in reverse of the staffing shown above.
5.17.2.2 Explosives Safety Submission (ESS) Explosives Site Plan (ESP)
and After Action Report (AAR)
Explosives Safety Submissions and Explosives Site Plans and their
Amendments/Corrections are prepared for the purpose of providing site specific
explosives safety specifications for execution of the selected response alternative(s) for
Munitions and Explosives of Concern (MEC) removal operations, removal and/or
disassembly operations, or intrusive investigations of explosively contaminated sites
managed under the Military Munitions Response Program. DoD regulations do not allow
intrusive activities on any site without a DDESB approved ESS or ESP, unless the
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
167
document needs to be expedited. In such an instance, the PM may provide documented
justification to the Directorate of Environmental and Munitions Center of Expertise –
Military Munitions Division (EMM) for obtaining Interim Approval from the USATCES. An
After Action Report serves as documentation that the explosives aspects of the selected
response have been completed per the approved ESS after a Removal Action is
completed. Below are the definitions of the documents that are included under this
Section.
5.17.2.2.1 Definitions
(1) ESS: A documented plan approved by the USAESCH, the
USATCES, and the DDESB that provides the site-specific safety
specifications for execution of the selected response alternative(s) for
MEC removal operations or removal and/or disassembly operations of
explosively contaminated buildings and/or equipment.
(2) ESP: A document approved by the USAESCH, the USATCES and
the DDESB that provides the site-specific safety specifications for
execution of MEC investigations.
(3) No DoD Action Indicated (NDAI) or No Further Action (NOFA) ESS:
A documented plan approved by the USAESCH, the USATCES and
the DDESB that provides the site-specific information such as the site
identification, site location, and justification for the decision of NDAI or
NOFA at any Military Munitions Response (MMR) site.
(4) Time Critical Removal Action (TCRA) ESS: An abbreviated ESS
submitted for expedited approval by the USAESCH, the USATCES and
the DDESB for execution of the selected response alternative(s) for
MEC removal operations or removal and/or disassembly operations of
explosively contaminated buildings and/or equipment.
5.17.2.2.2 After Action Report (AAR): A report approved by the
USAESCH and provided to the USATCES and the DDESB that
documents that the explosives aspects of the selected response have
been completed per the approved ESS. In most cases, a “Statement of
MEC Removal” or “Statement of Munitions Response MEC Removal
Actions” will fulfill the requirements in accordance with the DoD 6055.09-
M.
5.17.2.2.3 Coordination
In order to provide a quality product, early coordination is crucial and
essential for an ESS, ESP or AAR. It is the responsibility of the PM to
coordinate for a meeting/discussions before document preparation. In
addition, the PM shall start the ESS/ESP process early enough to allow a
minimum of 60 days for document generation and the review/approval
process prior to the beginning of field work.
For all in-house written documents, attendees shall include the PDT, ESS
Team (EDS- O), Environmental Center and Munitions Center of Expertise -
Military Munitions (EMM) personnel, and appropriate Contractor personnel if
necessary. The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the site-specific
aspects and safety requirements of the project that must be addressed within
the document. Sufficient documentation pertinent to the site needs to be
provided by the PM and/or TM to the document preparer prior to the meeting
so that it may be reviewed beforehand.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
168
For all Contractor-written documents, a meeting is also necessary. However, it is not a
requirement to include the ESS Team, or the EMM in the meeting for document
preparation planning.
For Active Installations, ensuring that all team members are involved in a meeting with
the Installation in order to receive sufficient site/project specific information that may not
be contained in project documentation.
5.17.2.2.4 Content
These documents consist of information required by DoD 6055.09M and the applicable
references in Appendix A include but are not limited to:
applicable site history and current site conditions,
terrain or climate affecting the procedures of Military Munitions Response
Actions (MMRA),
past, current and future land use,
MEC expected at the site including any historical MEC information from
previous MMRA,
site-specific start and end dates
organizations involved in the MMRA (both government and contractor)
engineering controls (EC) to be used during intrusive work,
allowable geophysical detection instruments,
demolition methods including EC to be used for demolition,
methods for storing or obtaining donor explosives for demolition,
location(s) and Quantity-Distances (Q-D) for magazines used to store donor
explosives or recovered MEC,
Minimum Separation Distances (MSDs) to be used during all field activities
based on munition specific calculations in accordance with DoD Explosives
Safety Board (DDESB) Technical Paper 16 (TP 16),
maps of the site showing the location of the site, the work area, all MSDs for
the work area, and all inhabited buildings and/or public traffic routes within
the MSDs for the work area.
In the event that the ESS or ESP is being generated by the USAESCH, the contractor is
the entity responsible (as required by the task order) for:
Providing ArcGIS and electronic data files as required by the contract for
use in preparation of the ESS/ESP or Amendment.
Providing site-specific input in regards to specific techniques, equipment,
personnel, and other pertinent information that may apply to the response
effort.
5.17.2.2.5 Submission and Approval
The project schedule should allow 60 days for in-house document preparation (unless a
shorter period is agreed to on a case-by-case basis), and 4 weeks for approval from the
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
169
DDESB. For TCRA Actions, a shorter suspense may be negotiated on a case-by-case
basis. For contractor-prepared documents, the schedule should allow 14 days for the
purpose of reviewing the document content for compliance with the requirements of the
6055.09-M and the other applicable references listed in Appendix A. For approval, a
typical ESS, ESP, or AAR, submittal review chain is: PDT and ESS Team – Installation
(if applicable) - EMM – USATCES – DDESB. A request for review and approval
memorandum from the EMM accompanies the ESS, ESP or AAR up through the
command channels. Questions related to the document content are generally asked
back through the chain of command, but the owner of the document may be contacted
directly by the Services or DDESB. Once approved, the ESS, ESP or AAR is routed
back to the PM in reverse of the staffing shown above.
In the event that there is a need for expediting approval, the PM is responsible for
providing a request for USATCES Interim Approval with justification (i.e. TCRA,
dangerous site, political pressure or inordinate cost to the project if not started by a
certain date).
5.18 PREPARATION OF LIFE CYCLE COST ESTIMATES AND
OTHER COST PRODUCTS
5.18.1 Purpose and Applicability.
This chapter provides requirements for preparing life cycle cost estimates and general
studies for cost related products. A programmatic life cycle cost analysis (LCCA) is
defined as a study of the costs and benefits associated with owning and operating
military facilities or components throughout the functional life (concept through
retirement) of the facility. The objective of the analysis is to select the most economical
alternative, in terms of initial cost and operations and maintenance costs, from two or
more candidate alternatives that satisfy a particular design requirement. In this
approach, design decisions are based on total LCC rather than first (investment) cost
alone which leads to more effective cost allocation.
5.18.2 Engineer/Analyst Qualifications.
Life Cycle cost Analyses and other cost studies will be prepared by individuals trained
and competent in the disciplines required. This may or may not be an engineer as many
of the methods used in life cycle and other studies are used by both engineering and
economics/finance. If the study is to be produced by the Cost Branch then the approval
process will follow the PIL Letter. If the study is done outside of Cost Branch then Cost
Branch will review if requested. Other studies will be reviewed and approved by the
standard USAESCH methodology (branch Chief for technical review and System
Division Chief for final review).
5.18.3 Development of the Life Cycle Cost or Study.
All Life cycle analyses will be developed in accordance with OMB circular A-94 unless
there is a variation required by the technical needs of the study (i.e. a nontypical study
may be from the viewpoint of someone other than the taxpayer or the base). If a
variation is required this variation should be acknowledged in the report for the Life
Cycle and approval should be obtained from the branch chief of the group producing the
report prior to preparation of the report. Budgetary life cycles done in accordance with
some software program may not require a written study, most others will. If a written
report is required then all life cycles and all studies should address the following:
The scope of the effort.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
170
The assumptions made
The data used
The derivation of that data if it was altered or modified in any way
A prime analysis should be described and why it is prime should be
addressed
All drivers of the analysis should be identified
A sensitivity analysis should be performed on each driver of the analysis.
5.18.4 Report Format.
While all reports will have their peculiarities a typical format could be:
Executive summary
Introduction
Assumptions and reference requirements
Scope
Data and data derivation
Results and description of prime analysis
Sensitivity Analysis
Conclusions
5.18.4.1
a. Requirements, Standards, and Guidelines. A programmatic LCCA
will be performed if required by the contract. Basic standards and
guidelines for the conduct of LCC studies are contained in AR 11-18 for
general design applications and in reference h, 10 CFR 436A for
special applications, (e.g., solar energy, wastewater treatment, etc.).
Supplemental standards and guidelines that extend the above
directives for Corps of Engineers use are contained in DOD 5000.4M.
b. LCC Methodology. Although DOD policy requires routine application
of LCC during design, the scope of LCC will vary from project to project
to ensure the study effort is cost effective. Duplication of studies and
those situations where the potential savings resulting from the study
are less than the cost of the study will be avoided. An interdisciplinary
approach will be used to ensure that alternates chosen, whether
system, subsystem, or component, will be compatible on a total system
basis. The use of this LCC technique will require effort in the design
phase beyond that required by the Energy Conservation and Life Cycle
Cost Design Analysis specified in chapter 1. The technique will be
used to evaluate the cost advantages of alternates that have the
greatest potential to improve quality and/or functional efficiency of a
system at equal LCC, to lessen the LCC at no loss in quality or
functional efficiency, or to improve quality and functional efficiency and
also reduce LCC. The LCC analysis will be initiated as early as
possible in the project lifecycle and will be scheduled and
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
171
accomplished at a date sufficient to allow the study to guide the design.
Alternatives that have a significant impact on the overall cost and that
do not conflict with the design directive will be considered. These
should include products and methods that may not be cited in current
criteria. Component alternatives must be compatible with the system
being designed.
c. CEHNC-EDS will furnish the guidance on items selected for study,
data required, and how the data will be presented.
d. Cost Data. For engineering and design study life cycle costs the
initial construction costs for each alternate will be developed in the
conventional manner. Maintenance, operating, and custodial costs for
the various alternates which must be considered will be obtained from
the best available sources, i.e., facilities engineers, manufacturers,
utility companies, and maintenance firms. When the required data has
been assembled, USAESCH will make the calculations necessary to
determine the LCC of each alternate. For programmatic life cycle
reports, the latest unit cost and the latest factors from the PAX
newsletter will be used to develop the programmatic life cycle.
5.18.5 Cost Engineering Support to Planning and Programming
5.18.5.1 DD Form 1391 Development and Review.
Huntsville Center cost branch develops 1391 budgetary estimates and reviews 1391s
developed by others for many customers. When developing the 1391 for a customer,
the cost engineer will utilize MII, Means or PACES depending upon the level of detail
available from the design charrette and whether a Project Development Report has been
developed for the project. Reviewing the 1391 generally involves the validation of the
Primary Facilities and Support Facilities scope and unit cost. For standard MILCON
facilities, the latest PAX Newsletter is used to validate square foot costs. Additional
guidance and information above and beyond what is in the PAX Newsletter may be
provided by USACE or other personnel that developed the 1391. All assumptions utilized
for the review must be documented and when the cost is above the allowable
PAX newsletter cost, then a rationale shall be provided as to why the PAX newsletter
cost is non-representative. Other data may be used to provide more clarity for the 1391
cost including historical information for similar projects or site knowledge about where
the project is located (there may be local market conditions that are not envisioned by
the PAX newsletter, Means, MII or PACES. The cost escalation factor, location factor,
acquisition strategy/percentage, exchange rate, SIOH percentage, contingency
percentage, sustainability/special energy measures, information systems costs, low
impact development, demolition and antiterrorism measures are also validated.
5.18.5.2 ENG Form 3086 Review and Development of Unit Cost.
All 3086 reviews will be in accordance with the latest PAX Newsletter. Additional
guidance may be provided at the time by USACE and IMCOM personnel responsible for
the review. Dependent upon the circumstances of the 3086 itself and the 1391 providing
information to the 3086, the reviewer may have to engage other technical personnel to
support in the development of certain portions of the 3086 (particularly the supporting
facilities). While the unit costs shown in the PAX newsletter are very valuable, they shall
not be followed blindly. The Review must be able to make engineering judgments and to
work with other engineers and technical personnel to ensure that the final 3086 form is
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
172
as accurate as can be made given the information available and the time constraints for
the development of the 3086. At a minimum the engineer doing the review and
development will ensure that the Project Development Report has been reviewed, the
1391 has been reviewed plus any supporting documents for either of these documents
and will ensure that the unit cost guidance from the 1391 has been addressed and is
utilized in developing the final unit cost for the 3086.
5.18.6 Other Cost Products.
There are many other cost products that arise occasionally, including statistical models,
detailed labor models, trade off studies, Monte Carlo simulations among many others.
All of these models will have their design requirements and the cost engineer
responsible for developing this product will ensure that all design constraints are
addressed. Typically a report will be required and that report will show not only the final
product, but all assumptions made in order to produce the final product and all design
constraints should be specifically addressed as met or not met and how they were met
or not met. Most cost products will require a sensitivity analysis showing the impact of
the significant design parameters. All cost products should have a separate quality
check for accuracy of the mathematics and when feasible a quality check for the logic of
the design criteria and assumptions made.
5.19 CYBERSECURITY
A control system (CS) typically consists of networked digital controllers and a user
interface which are used to monitor, and generally also to control equipment. There are
many types of control systems ranging from building control systems to manufacturing
control systems to weapon control systems, all with different names and terminology.
Facility-related control systems are a subset of control systems that are used to monitor
and control equipment and systems related to DoD real property facilities (e.g., building
control systems, utility control systems, electronic security systems, and fire and life
safety systems).
Cybersecurity is comprised of the measures that protect and defend information and
information systems by ensuring their availability, integrity, authentication, confidentiality,
and non-repudiation. These measures include providing for restoration of information
systems by incorporating protection, detection, and reaction capabilities.
Control systems use specifically tailored security controls sets and require an
Authorizing Official to have expertise in the system.
The approval of the set of security controls to implement for a given system is the
responsibility of the Authorizing Official (AO) for the system. The designer provides
input into security control selection by advising on the feasibility and potential
impacts of applying a security control.
Therefore, it is imperative that Cybersecurity be
appropriately address in the Design Phase.
5.19.1 References.
Cybersecurity personnel will utilize the following general criteria for the use and
development of Cybersecurity requirements in USAESCH. The requirements found
in these references are applicable to all USAESCH projects/programs that have an
Information Technology component and store or transfer data. Data content and
structure must be maintained in a secure manner in compliance with the referenced
rules, regulations and policies.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
173
a. Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC) 4-010-06: Cybersecurity of Facility-
Related Control Systems
b. Unified Facilities Guide Specifications (UFGS) 01-35-
53.01:Cybersecurity for Facility-Related Control Systems
c. Information Assurance Support Environment (IASE) contains the DOD,
NIST, and Component Policy and Guidance for Cybersecurity and
RMF http://iase.disa.mil/policy-guidance/Pages/index.aspx
d. The Energy, Installations & Environment PIT Control Systems
https://rmfks.osd.mil/rmf/General/IT/PlatformIT/EIEControlSystems/Pa
ges/default.aspx
5.19.2 Five Steps for Cybersecurity Design
a. Step 1: Based on the organizational mission and details of the control
system, the System Owner (SO) and AO determine the Confidentiality,
Integrity, and Availability (C-I-A-) impact levels (LOW, MODERATE, or
HIGH) for the control system.
b. Step 2: Use the impact levels to select the proper list of controls from
NIST SP 800-82.
c. Step 3: Using the DoD master Control Correlation Identifier (CCI) list,
create a list of relevant CCIs based on the controls selected in Step 2.
d. Step 4: Categorize CCIs and identify CCIs that require input from the
designer or are the designer’s responsibility.
e. Step 5: Include cybersecurity requirements in the project specifications
and provide input.
5.20 RENOVATIONS/RETROFITS/ADDITIONS
5.20.1 Assessment of Customer’s Needs.
The first step is to develop and understand the customer’s functional and operational
requirements. Where an Army Standard or similar requirements document governs the
particular space, the designer should attempt to comply with those requirements to the
extent possible, given the size and shape constraints of the existing space. The designer
should also strive to integrate the new work with existing/adjoining features to
provide a unified whole. Schedule/phasing and other restrictions on the contractor’s
activities must also be established at this time. As a minimum, a site visit to verify
existing conditions and discuss needs with the facility users is desirable. A full-fledged
design charrette with the customer, users, other stakeholders, and key design disciplines
may be required depending on the complexity of the project
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
174
5.20.2 Site Investigations
5.20.2.1 Existing utilities.
Establish locations of tie-in points and capacities of existing utilities such as power,
water, sewer, natural gas, telecommunications.etc. Establish requirements for
coordinating outages to facilitate tie-in of new utilities to existing. Verify points of contact
for each utility at the installation (or third-party provider if utilities have been privatized).
5.20.2.2 Condition assessment of features to remain.
Structural; exterior building envelope; roof; mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems
are examples of elements that must be checked to assess the need for repairs or
replacement to meet the needs of the new construction.
5.20.2.3 Environmental issues.
Examples of environmental issues to be investigated and addressed include mold,
radon, hazardous/toxic waste (HTW), asbestos and other regulated materials,
unexploded ordnance, and NEPA documentation (if required).
5.20.2.4 Installation requirements.
Coordinate with the installation fire marshal and Directorate of Public Works/Base Civil
Engineer for any special fire protection/life safety issues, architectural preferences,
environmental/ordnance issues, etc.
5.20.3 Design Considerations
5.20.3.1 Code issues.
Typically the space to be renovated was designed and built years ago and is not
compliant with current building codes. Items to be considered and addressed include
barrier-free design, life safety, fire protection, energy usage targets, and sustainability.
Per UFC 1-200-01, use IBC Chapter 34, except as modified by UFC 1-200-01, for
requirements for the alteration, repair, addition and change of occupancy of existing
buildings and structures.
5.20.3.2 Seismic Evaluation.
Use IBC Chapter 34 with UFC 3-310-04 for seismic evaluation and seismic rehabilitation
of existing buildings.
5.20.3.3 Anti-terrorism.
UFC 4-010-01 has specific thresholds that, when triggered, mandate incorporation of
anti-terrorism measures into renovation projects. Additions, being new construction,
naturally are subject to applicable portions of UFC 4-010-01.
5.20.3.4 Historic Preservation.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
175
Buildings listed, or eligible or potentially eligible for listing, as historic under the
provisions of the National Historic Preservation Act pose special challenges for
renovations and additions. Maintaining the existing historic character and distinctive
materials, features, spaces, and spatial relationships is fundamental. AR 200-1
discusses requirements for historic preservation and disposal. Coordination with the
State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO) may be required.
5.20.4 Coordination/phasing.
Coordination of renovation activities with other construction and user activities will
usually be required, and will require inserting specific completion dates or phasing
requirements into the contract. When the facilities to be renovated cannot be completely
vacated during construction, clearly specify the arrangements (both in work schedule
and sharing of space) for accommodating user equipment and personnel during
construction. If the customer has systems or functions that can only be interrupted for
limited periods, or not at all, clearly describe these requirements in the PWS. Any
restrictions on methods of work (such as limitations on noise, dust, hot work, etc.), must
be clearly described. If tenants are to be moved to swing space during construction,
document applicable work requirements for the contractor in terms of providing the
swing space, facilitating the movement to and from the swing space, and schedule (when
the space to be renovated will be available to the contractor for physical work,
and when it must be ready for beneficial re-occupancy by the tenants.)
5.21 UMCS SITE SURVEY/FEASIBILITY STUDY
Site Survey: Perform a site conditions survey to validate the type and quantities of
system equipment and verify existing site conditions. Provide a written report noting all
identified functional controls deficiencies (actual equipment failure as well as controller
failure to execute designed sequences of operation), discrepancies in the documented
site conditions and a cost estimate to correct the deficiencies. Assess the cyber security
posture of specified systems with respect to current Information Assurance criteria and
the Risk Management Framework. Feasibility study: Conduct an investigation into the
specifics of buildings, systems, controls, and network connectivity with respect to the
implementation of direct digital controls and programming that save energy. Provide a
recommendation of the level of control implementation based on an expected payback of
the initial investment. Deliverables will be per the requirements of paragraph 3.2 and 3.3
and further defined in the specific task order requirements.
5.22 DESIGN MANUAL CHANGE PROCEDURE.
From time to time, issues will come to light requiring changes to this manual. Any
person recognizing the need for such a change is encouraged to document the
proposed change on the form in Appendix F and submit it to his/her immediate
supervisor for approval. Supervisors will promptly assess all such suggested changes,
and forward to the Chief of Design with their recommendations for approval/disapproval.
Contractor personnel are likewise encouraged to submit suggested changes, working in
conjunction with the relevant technical POC on their project. Once a year, or more often
if required for urgent changes, the Chief of Design will evaluate the collected
recommendations for change and assign responsibility for implementing accepted
recommendations; a revised Manual will be posted to the ED SharePoint site.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
176
APPENDICES
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
177
APPENDIX A CONSOLIDATED REFERENCE LIST
FEDERAL CRITERIA
ABA Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, 42 USC 4151
ADA Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 USC 12181
EPACT05 Energy Policy Act of 2005
EISA 07 Energy Independence and Security Act
FISMA Federal Information Security Management Act, 44 USC 3541
NEPA National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA)
PL 106-554 Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2001
RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
Design and Construction of Public Buildings to Accommodate Physically Handicapped,
42 USC Chapter 51
Executive Order (EO) 13514, Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy, and
Economic Performance,
Homeland Security Presidential Directive 12 (HSPD-12): Policy for a Common
Identification Standard for Federal Employees and Contractors10 CFR 436A Code
of Federal Regulations, Title 10 (Energy), Part 436, Subpart A (10 CFR 436A),
Methodology and Procedures for Life Cycle Cost Analysis
29 CFR Part 36 ADA, Standards for Accessible Design
29 CFR 1910 and 1926 Occupational Safety and Health Act Standards, Title 29, Code
of Federal Regulations, Parts 1910 and 1926
Federal Information Processing Standards
GPO Style Manual
Metric Guide for Federal Construction, 1st Ed.
MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, U.S. Dept. of
Transportation
OMB Circular A-94
NISTIR 85-3273-27 Energy Price Indices and Discount Factors for Life Cycle Cost
Analysis
ATF Pub 5400.7 Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms (ATF) Federal Explosives Law
and Regulations
Committee on National Security Systems, Policy No. 11
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD) AND OTHER SERVICES CRITERIA
DDESB TP-16 DoD Explosive Safety Board Technical Paper 16
DFARS Subpart 246.2 Contract Quality Requirements
DoD 6055.09-M DoD Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards
DoD Instruction (DoDI) 2000.16 DoD Antiterrorism (AT) Standards
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
178
DoDD 3020.40 Defense Critical Infrastructure Program (DCIP)
DOD 4120.24-M Defense Standardization Program (DSP): Policies, and
Procedures
DoDD 4630.05 Interoperability and Supportability of Information Technology (IT)
and National Security Systems (NSS)
DoDI 4630.09 Wireless Communications Waveform Development and
Management
DoDI 4715.15 Environmental Quality Systems
DOD 5000.4M Cost Analysis Guidance and Procedures
DoDM 5100.76 Physical Security of Sensitive Conventional Arms, Ammunition
and Explosives
DoDD 5105.19 Defense Information Systems Agency (DISA)
DoDM 5200.01v1-v4 Classified Information
DoDD 5200.2-R Personnel Security Program
DoDD 5205.02 Operations Security (OPSEC) Program
DoD Regulation 5200.08 Physical Security Program
DoDD 5210.41 Security Policy for Protecting Nuclear Weapons
DoDD 5210.63 DoD Procedures for Security of Nuclear Reactors and Special
Nuclear Materials (SNM)
DoDI 5210.65 Minimum Security Standards for Safequarding Chemical Agents
DODD 5220.22 National Industrial Security Program
DoDD 5220.22-M National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual (NISPOM)
DoDD 5230.09 Clearance of DoD Information for Public Release
DoDD 8100.1 Global Information Grid Overarching Policy
DoDD 8100.2 Use of Commercial Wireless Devices, Services, and Technologies
in the Department of Defense (DoD) Global Information Grid (GIG)
DoDD 8320.02 Data Sharing in a Net-Centric Department of Defense
DoDD 8500.1 Information Assurance;
DoDI 8500.2 Information Assurance Implementation;
DoDI 8510.01 DoD Information Assurance Certification and Accreditation
Process (DIACAP)
DoDD 8521.02E Department of Defense Biometrics
DoD 8570.01-M Information Assurance Workforce Improvement Program
DOD O-2000.12H Department of Defense Antiterrorism Handbook
Defense Information Systems Agency (DISA) Secure Technical Implementation Guides
(STIGs)
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
179
DTIC ADA 427785 Uniform Federal Policy for Quality Assurance Project Plans
EIA/IS 632 and ISO 15288 Systems and Software Engineering
Intelligence Community Directive (ICD) 705 Sensitive Compartmented Information
Facilities
MIL-HDBK-759C Human Engineering Design GuidelinesMIL-STD-101 Color
Code for Pipelines and for Compressed Gas Cylinders
MIL-STD-881 Work Breakdown Structure
MIL-STD-882E Standard Practice for System Safety
MIL-STD-1472F Human Engineering
AF MAN 91-201 Explosives Safety Standards
AF Instruction 31-101 Integrated Defense
AF Instruction 33-210 Air Force Certification and Accreditation (C&A) Program (AFCAP)
Engineering Technical Letter (ETL) 11-1: Civil Engineer Industrial Control System
Information Assurance Compliance
Department of the Navy (DON) DIACAP Handbook v1.0
US Navy Chief of Naval Operations Instructions 5530.14E Navy Physical Security and
Law Enforcement Program
NAVSEA OP 5 Volume 1 Ammunition and Explosives Safety Ashore
Navy eMASS User Guides
Explosives Safety Siting (ESS) Software
Assessment System for Hazard Surveys (ASHS)
United States Marine Corps Enterprise Cybersecurity Directive 018 Marine Corps
Certification and Accreditation Process
US Marine Corps Order 5530.14A Marine Corps Physical Security Program Manual
ARMY REGULATIONS (AR) AND PAMPHLETS (PAM)
AR 11-18 The Cost and Economic Analysis and Program
AR 25-1 Army Information Technology
AR 25-2 Information Assurance
AR 25-30 The Army Publishing Program
AR 190-13 The Army Physical Security Program
AR 190-16 Physical Security
AR 380-5 Department of the Army, Information Security
AR 380–381 Security Special Access Programs (SAPs) and Sensitive Activities
Headquarters
AR 200-1 Environmental Protection and Enhancement
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
180
AR 385-10 The Army Safety Program
AR 385-16 System Safety Engineering and Management
AR 420-1 Army Facilities Management
AR 415-18 Military Construction, Responsibilities
AMC-R 385-100 Army Materiel Command Safety Manual
DA PAM 25-30 Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Forms
DA PAM 385-16 System Safety Engineering and Management Guide
DA PAM 385-64 Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards’
DA PAM 385-65 Explosives and Chemical Site Plan Development and Submission’
DA PAM 415-3 Economic Analysis: Descriptions and Methods
UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA (UFC)
UFC 1-200-01 General Building Requirements
UFC 1-200-02 High Performance and Sustainable Building Requirements
UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard
UFC 1-300-07A Design Build Technical Requirements
UFC 3-101-01 Architecture
UFC 3-102-10 Interior Design
UFC 3-201-01 Civil Engineering
UFC 3-210-10 Low Impact Development
UFC 3-220-01 Geotechnical Engineering
UFC 3-230-01 Water Storage, Distribution, And Transmission
UFC 3-230-03 Water Treatment
UFC 3-240-01 Wastewater Collection
UFC 3-240-02 Domestic Wastewater Treatment
UFC 3-240-05A Solid Waste Incineration
UFC 3-240-10A Sanitary Landfill
UFC 3-301-01 Structural Engineering
UFC 3-310-04 Seismic Design of Buildings
UFC 3-340-02 Structures to Resist the Effects of Accidental Explosions
UFC 3-350-03AN Weapons Effects: Designing Facilities to Resist Nuclear Weapon
Effects
UFC 3-350-04AN Structures: Designing Facilities to Resist Nuclear Weapon Effects
UFC 3-350-05AN Shock Isolation Systems: Designing Facilities to Resist Nuclear
Weapon Effects
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
181
UFC 3-350-06AN Air Entrapment, Fasteners, Penetration Protection, Hydraulic-
Surge Protection Devices and EMP Protective Devices: Designing Facilities to Resist
Nuclear Weapon Effects
UFC 3-350-07AN Hardness Verification: Designing Facilities to Resist Nuclear
Weapon Effects
UFC 3-350-08AN Facilities Support Systems: Designing Facilities to Resist Nuclear
Weapon Effects
UFC 3-350-09AN Illustrative Examples: Designing Facilities to Resist Nuclear
Weapon Effects
UFC 3-350-010AN Facilities System Engineering: Designing Facilities to Resist
Nuclear Weapon Effects
UFC 3-400-01 Energy Conservation
UFC 3-400-02, Engineering Weather Data
UFC 3-410-01FA Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning
UFC 3-410-02A Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) Control
Systems
UFC 3-410-03FA Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning of Hardened
Installations
UFC 3-420-01 Plumbing
UFC 3-420-02FA Compressed Air
UFC 3-430-04FA High Temperature Water Heating Systems
UFC 3-430-09 Exterior Mechanical Utility Distribution
UFC 3-450-01 Noise and Vibration Control
UFC 3-450-02 Power Plant Acoustics
UFC 3-460-01 Petroleum Fuel Facilities
UFC 3-470-01 Lonworks Utility Monitoring and Control System
UFC 3-501-01 Electrical Engineeering
UFC 3-520-01 Interior Electrical Systems
UFC 3-530-01 Design: Interior and Exterior Lighting and Controls
UFC 3-550-01 Electrical Power Supply and Distribution
UFC 3-570-02A Cathodic Protection
UFC 3-575-01 Lightning and Static Electricity Protection
UFC 3-580-01 Telecommunications Building Cabling Systems
UFC 3-600-01 Fire Protection Engineering For Facilities
UFC 3-700-02A Construction Cost Estimates
UFC 4-010-01 Anti-Terrorism/Force Protection
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
182
UFC 4-020-01
UFC 4-020-02
UFC 4-020-03
UFC 4-021-01
UFC 4-021-02
UFC 4-022-02
UFC 4-030-1
UFC 4-420-01
UFC-4-510-01
UFC 4-711-01
UFC 4-721-01A
DoD Security Engineering Facilities Planning Manual
Security Engineering: Concept Design
Security Engineering: Final Design
Mass Notification Systems
Electronic Security System
Selection and Application of Vehicle Barriers
Sustainable Development
Ammunition and Explosives Storage Magazines
Design: Medical Military Facilities
Family Housing
Barracks Upgrade Program
ENGINEER REGULATIONS (ER)
ER 11-1-321 Value Engineering
ER 25-345-1 Systems Operations and Maintenance Documentation
ER 415-1-10 Contractor Submittal Procedures
ER 415-1-11 BCOES
ER 415-345-38 Transfer and Warranties
ER 1110-1-12 Quality Management
ER 1110-1-263 Chemical Data Quality Management for Hazardous Toxic,
Radioactive Waste Remedial Activities
ER 1110-1-1300 Cost Engineering Policy and General Requirements
ER 1110-1-8152 Professional Registration and Signature on Design
ER 1110-1-8155 Specifications
ER 1110-1-8156 Policies, Guidance, and Requirements for Geospatial Data and
Systems
ER 1110-3-1300 Military Programs Cost Engineering
ER 1110-345-100 Design Policy for Military Construction
ER 1110-345-122 Interior Design
ER 1110-345-700 Design Analyses, Drawings, and Specifications
ENGINEER MANUALS (EM)
EM 385-1-1 Safety and Health Requirements Manual
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
183
EM 385-1-97 Explosives Safety and Health Requirement Manual
EM 1110-1-1004 Geodetic and Control Surveying
EM 1110-1-1005 Control and Topographic Surveying
EM 1110-1-1804 Geotechnical Investigations
EM 1110-1-2909 Geospatial Data and Systems
EM 1110-1-4008 Liquid Process Piping
EM 1110-1-4009 Military Munitions Response Actions
OTHER USACE GUIDANCE
DG 1110-3-122 USACE Design Guide for Interiors
Engineering Construction Bulletin (ECB) 2008-1 Sustainable Design and
Development (SDD)
ECB 2002-13 Design Charrette Guidance for Army Military Construction
(MILCON) Programs
ECB 2013-5 Continuity of the High Performance Energy and Sustainability
Policy
Engineering Pamphlet (EP) 715-1-7 Architect-Engineer Contracting
EP 1110-1-8 Construction Equipment Ownership and Operating Expense
Schedule
Parametric Cost Estimating manual for PACES software and MII construction software
ERDC/ITL TR-12-X A/E/C CADD Standard, release 5.0
ERDC/ITL TR-12-1 CAD Drafting Standard
Spatial Data Standard for Facilities, Infrastructure, and Environment (SDSFIE version
2.5) https://tsc.wes.army.mil/products/
SDS Facility Management Standard (SDSFMS)
Procurement Instruction Letter (PIL) 2012-03
PAX Newsletter
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
ANSI/ASQ E4 Section 5 (part A) and Section 6 (part B)
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (ASCE)
ASCE/SEI 7 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME)
ASME B31.1, Power Piping
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
184
ASME B31.2, Fuel Gas Piping
ASME B31.3, Process Piping
ASME B31.4 Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquid Hydrocarbons and Other
Liquids
ASME B31.5, Refrigerant Piping and Heat Transfer Components
ASME B31.8, Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems
ASME B31.9 Building Services Piping
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, and Interpretation
Section I: Power Boilers
Section II: Material Specifications
Section IV: Heating Boilers
Section V: Nondestructive Examination
Section VIII: Pressure Vessels
Section IX: Welding and Brazing Qualifications
Section X: Fiberglass-Reinforced Pressure Vessel
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS (IEEE)
PUBLICATIONS
IEEE C2 National Electrical Safety Code, (IEEE C2)
ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING SOCIETY OF NORTH AMERICA (IES)
IESNA G-1-03 Guideline for Security Lighting for People, Property, and Public
Spaces
IESNA The IESNA LIGHTING HANDBOOK, (9
th
Edition)
INSTRUMENTATION SOCIETY OF AMERICA (ISA)
ISA S5.1 Instrumentation Symbols and Identification
INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL (ICC)
ICC IBC International Building Code
MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY (MSS)
SP-58, Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacture
SP-69, Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) STANDARDS
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) CODES AND STANDARDS
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code
NFPA 72 H National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code Handbook
NFPA 101 Life Safety Code
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
185
NFPA 101A Guide on Alternative Approaches to Life Safety
NFPA 101B Code for Means of Egress for Buildings and Structures
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY
ICSSC RP8/ NIST GCR 11-917-12, Standards of Seismic Safety for Existing Federally
Owned and Leased Buildings
FIPS 199 Standards for Security Categorization of Federal Information and Information
Systems
FIPS 200 Minimum Security Requirements for Federal Information and Information
Systems
FIPS 201-2 Personal Identity Verification (PIV) of Federal Employees and
Contractors
SP - 800-30 rev1 Guide for Conducting Risk Assessments
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
186
APPENDIX B STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE FOR AMENDMENT
AND CHANGE ORDER PREPARATION
B-1
PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY.
The Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) outlined herein will be followed in preparing
drawings and specifications for amendments and change orders. The data contained in
this appendix should be used in combination with data contained in Chapter 3 and the
A/E/C CAD Standards to provide a standardized, uniform, and usable way to record
revisions to contract construction drawings. The engineering practices and techniques
contained in this appendix will be used by all personnel and are applicable to all
projects advertised by the US Army Corps of Engineers, Huntsville Center.
B-1.1 Amendments and Change Orders.
All revisions will be limited to only those drawing and specification changes required to
accomplish the approved Engineering Change Proposal (ECP), Amendment, or other
design instruction. This limitation does not restrict the designer or draftsperson from
relocating a dimension, note, or detail in order to accomplish the revision at its proper
location. Revisions on all affected sheets will be completed for all elements of a
proposed amendment or change order before issuing the revised documents to bidders
or contractors; similarly, the drawings will not show in any form additional revisions which
will be included in a subsequent amendment or change order.
B-1.2 Narrative of Specifications and Drawing Changes.
A general description of changes on each specification and drawing will be furnished the
architectural and project specifications branches for incorporation into amendments
and/or change orders. This narrative will be converted into a continuation sheet for CTs
standard form. The continuation sheet will start out as Page 2 and will describe all
additions to bidding documents or contract documents.
B-1.3 Drafting Method.
All contract construction drawings will be revised on the source computer-aided drafting
CAD files and the updates will be formatted for electronic solicitation. Manual drafting will
only be used in emergency field or extenuating circumstances and will be scanned into
adobe acrobat .PDF format and delivered IAW contract requirements.
B-1.4 Specifications.
The format of specification changes will follow paragraph 3.2.14, Project Specifications.
All changes must be summarized for the CT Continuation Sheet
B-2
RECORD COPY.
The files for amendment or change order and the source files will be provided in
accordance with contract requirements.
B-3
IDENTIFYING REVISIONS.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
187
All drawing revisions will be identified by a delta symbol and, unless otherwise directed,
each revision with appropriate delta symbol will be encircled with a cloud. To the extent
practical, the cloud should highlight only specific revisions. (Refer to figures B-1 and B-2
for examples.)
B-3.1 Deltas.
a. Place a delta symbol (∆) adjacent to each revision. The symbol need
only be large enough to contain a 3.0 mm (1/8-inch) high numeral.
Where revisions are general, or can be conveniently grouped in a cloud,
use only a single delta.
b. Inside the delta, insert the number which represents the number of
times this sheet has been revised. Begin sequential numbering with
one (1). The revision number inside the delta has no relationship to the
amendment or change order number.
c. As a subscript or superscript to the right of the delta, place a number of
sequential order beginning with 2. This represents the number of
individual changes that are clouded to accommodate the new revision.
d. For those single amendment or change orders that incorporate multiple
ECPs, a subscript number will be placed below the delta to identify the
specific ECP number prompting the revision.
B-3.2 Cloud.
Encircle each change or group of changes, including the delta, with a cloud. The Clouds
are required to focus attention on the revised areas on the sheet. If the change(s) to a
detail become extensive and require a complete review to make a satisfactory analysis,
the whole detail will be encircled and draw only one delta.
B-3.3 Recording Revisions.
All drawing revisions will be recorded in the Revision Area above the title block. The
Revision Area will be posted as follows:
B-3.4 Symbol Column.
Place a delta with the appropriate revision number for the sheet in the first column.
Indicate the total number of deltas/clouded areas which appear elsewhere on the sheet
for the particular revision to the right of the delta as a subscript or superscript. A new
sheet added to the package will be posed as Revision 1. Prior revision history will be
included on the redrawn sheet. The original sheet will be labeled “superseded”.
B-3.5 Description Column.
The amendment number (e.g. “AN-1”) or change order number (e.g. “CO-AA”) must
come first. For amendments, simply add the phrase “Revised to Accompany
Amendment.” If portions of the changes include revisions due to ECP’s not previously
included in the project drawings, add “including ECP….” When appropriate, the word
“Revised” should be changed to “Redrawn” or “Sheet Added”. For change orders,
identify the work by ECP number and add a very brief description (not exceeding two
lines) of the change(s) to the drawing. If a more detailed description is necessary, add a
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
188
revision schedule elsewhere on the drawing.
B-3.6 Date Column.
The date will be the scheduled date for the introduction of the entire amendment or
change order. This date will be determined by the Government. The same date will be
posted on all revised sheets.
B-3.7 Approval.
Each drawing will be initialed by the Branch Chief (or other designated person)
responsible for that discipline.
B-3.8 Border Identification.
The word(s) “AMENDMENT” OR “CHANGE ORDER” will be lettered in the space
between the border and trim lines under the “sheet reference number” space of the title
block. The number of the amendment or change order will be immediately to the right.
All lettering and numerals will be in accordance with the A/E/C CAD Standards.
B-4
DRAWING INDEX SHEETS
B-4.1 Index Sheets.
Index sheets are normally the responsibility of the Architectural Branch and will be
revised by that office. Index sheets will be revised after receipt of all revised drawings for
the particular amendment or change order. Drawings from the design disciplines will,
when applicable, include the original of any drawing to be deleted with a note to that
effect clipped to it.
B-4.2 Posting.
Drawings revised for each amendment or change order will be posted on an applicable
drawing index sheet. The index sheet will be counted and posted as a revised drawing.
In the split revision column opposite the applicable drawing numbers, the revision number
of each revised drawing will be entered in the first column portion. In the second column
portion, the amendment number (AN- #) or change order number (CO-#) will be entered.
Prior revision postings will not be changed, except as necessary for the current posting.
Entries in the revision column will not be deleted or clouded.
B-4.3 New and Deleted Sheets.
New sheets added by the amendment or change order will have their File Numbers,
Sheet Reference Numbers, and Titles added, their revision columns posted as Revision
1, and identified with the current change. Deleted drawings will be identified by removal
of the Sheet Reference Number and prior Revision Number. The word “Deleted” will be
substituted for the sheet title and the current amendment or change order number will be
posted in the revision column. Cloud the changes described in this paragraph and all
other changes to the drawing index.
B-4.4 Recording.
Recording of revisions and border identification will be as previously described; however,
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
189
ECP’s will not be identified. The description will be limited to the amendment number, or
change order number, and the words “sheet(s) revised”, “sheet(s) added”, “sheet(s)
deleted,” or applicable combination to reflect all changes except those to the index sheet
itself.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
190
Figure B-1
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
191
Figure B-2
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
192
APPENDIX C PROCESS FLOW CHARTS
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C
Swimlane Flow Chart Key
Technical
Products
Leading to
Delivery of a
Physical
Product (e.g.
construction,
renovation,
demolition,
environmental
remediation,
etc)
Delivery
Method
Project
Initiation
Project Planning Project Execution and Control
Pre-Award
Post-Award
PMP
Development
Criteria
Development
Site Surveys
Preliminary
Design
Concept
/ Draft
Design
Intermediate
Design
PreFinal
Design
Final Design
In-house
DBB
App. C.1
(not used;
see ISPM
project
management
guidance)
App. C.2
Assign PDT,
prepare
DQCP or
AE SOW/
PWS &
estimate
App. C.3.1
Conduct design
charrette, prepare
charrette rpt
App. C.4
Site Permits,
Surveys, and
Investigations
App. C.5
Parametric
Design
(applies to
MILCON
projects
receiving a
code 3
directive)
App.
C.6.1
Concept
Design
App. C.7
Intermediate
Design
App. C.8
Prefinal
Design
App. C.9.1
Final Design
App. C.10.0
Prep (or
Coord w/
DOR) RFI
response/
Amendment
App. C.11.1
post-award process
AE DBB
(or other
RFP
prepared
by AE)
App. C.3.2
Participate in
contractor-led
charrette
App. C.6.2
Review Technical Submittal
(note: this process applies to review of any submittal
received from a contractor, regardless of PMBP
phase or delivery method)
App. C.11.2
Coord RFI response/
contract mod w/ DOR
DB (RFP
prepared
in-
house)
App. C.3.1
Conduct design
charrette, prep
charrette rpt
App. C.6.3
Draft SOW/PWS/RFP
App. C.9.2
Final SOW/PWS/RFP
Prep IGE
App. C.11.1
“post-award” process
Work
Plan
(RFP
prepared
in-
house
)
App. C.3.1
Conduct site visit,
document
customer req’ts
NA
Technical
Products not
Involving an
immediate
physical
product (e.g.
studies,
investigations,
Explosive
Safety Site
Plans, etc)
Work
done by
AE
App. C.3.2
Participate in
contractor-led site
visit
NA
App. C.6.2
Technical Submittal Review
(note: this process applies to review of any submittal
received from a contractor, regardless of PMBP
phase or delivery method)
NA
NA
Work
done in-
house
App. C.3.1
Conduct site visit,
document
customer req’ts
NA
App. C.6.4
Prepare Draft
Document
App. C.9.3
Prepare Final Document
NA
NA
Medical
MILCON
All
NA
App. C.3.3
Medical MILCON overall process
NA
App. C.6.5
Medical MILCON Technical Submittal Review
App. C.3.3
Medical MILCON
overall process
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Notes:
1. This key is organized by PMBP phase and delivery method. Phases are intended to cover each part of a project’s life cycle. The delivery methods include: in-house design-bid-build
(DBB); DBB prepared by AE; Design-build (DB), including Work Plans requiring the stamp of a registered professional; and Work Plans not requiring the stamp of a registered
professional. The second group of rows describe technical products (for example, studies, investigations, etc.) which may in the long term lead to physical
construction/renovation/demolition etc, but are not in themselves sufficient to award a contract for such work. Medical MILCON projects, regardless of delivery method, follow the
procedures in the bottom row.
2. The processes included in this Appendix are intended to cover every technical product or service provided by ED, regardless of program, and represent the norm of how we do
business. Variations are permissible for individual projects or programs, subject to approval and documentation in the appropriate Program or Project Management Plan or Design
Quality Control Plan. Approval will be documented by signature of the appropriate PE/A, who will consult ED management as required.
3. These flow charts are not intended to supersede regulatory or other higher-level guidance. If conflicts are discovered, please notify your supervisor and the program PE/A for short-
term resolution, and the Chief of Design for correction of this manual.
4. Legend:
a. ED task
b. AE or services contractor task
c. task for customer or HNC outside of ED
HNC‐PR‐ED‐2000.10
AppendixC
SWIMLANE
PROJECTPLANNING
PROJECTEXECUTION&CONTROL
PRE‐AWARD
POST‐AWARD
POST‐AWARD
(AE)
CRITERIADEVELOPMENT
(IN‐HOUSE)
CRITERIADEVELOPMENT
(AE)
SITEPERMITS,
SURVEYS,AND
PARAMETRICDESIGN
CONCEPT
DESIGN
TECHNICAL
SUBMITTAL
DRAFTSOW/PWS/RFP
DRAFTSTUDYOR
OTHER
INTERMEDIATE
DESIGN
PRE‐FINAL
DESIGN
FINALDESIGN
SUBMITTAL
FINALSOW/PWS/RFP
FINALSTUDYOR
TECHNICALDOCUMENT
C.2 C.3.1 C.3.2 C.4 C.5 C.6.1 C.6.2 C.6.3 C.6.4 C.7 C.8 C.9.1 C.9.2 C.9.3 C.10 C.11.1 C.11.2
STATEANDLOCALGOVERNMENTS X
X
NON‐DODSTAKEHOLDERS
X
X X X
X X X
X
OTHERDODSTAKEHOLDERS
X
X
CUSTOMER/CLIENT
X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
POTENTIALBIDDERS
X
CONSTRUCTIONCONTRACTOR
X X
CONTRACTINGOFFICER(KO)
X X X
LOCALGEOGRAPHICCORPSDISTRICT
X
X
X X
GEOGRAPHICDISTRICTPROJECTMANAGER
X
USINGSERVICE
X X X
X X X X
X
X X
X X
RESIDENTENGINEER(RE)OROTHERFIELDQA
X X
PROJECTMANAGER(PM)
X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X
CHIEFOFDESIGN
X
X X
TECHNICALMANAGER
X
X
X
PROJECTENGINEER/ARCHITECT(PE/A)
X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
TECHNICALBRANCHCHIEF X
X X X X X X X X X X X
PROJECTDELIVERYTEAM(PDT)
X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X
ENVIRONMENTALANDUTILITIESBRANCH
X
SITEDEVELOPMENTBRANCH
X
GEOTECHNICALBRANCH
X
VALUEENGINEERINGOFFICER(VEO)
X
X
X
X
X X
VALUEENGINEERINGSTUDYTEAM
X
X
X
EDQAENGINEER X
COSTENGINEERINGBRANCH
X
X
X X X X X X X X
ITRTEAMLEADER
X X
X
INDEPENDENTTECHNICALREVIEW(ITR)TEAM
X X
X
GEOSPATIALCOORDINATOR
X
X
X X
X X
MANAGEMENTREPRESENTATIVE
X
DIRECTOROFENGINEERING(ED)
X
X X X
X
DIRECTORATEOFCONTACTING(CT)
X
RECORDSMANAGEMENT
X
X X
X X X X
X
X X
COMMANDER
X X
ACSIM/HQUSACE
X
HNCPLANNING&PROGRAMMINGCX
X
CENTEROFSTANDARDIZATION(COS)
X
CONTRACTOROROTHERNON‐HNCDOCUMENTPREPARER
X
AEORSERVICESCONTRACTOR(DESIGNEROFRECORD)
X
X
X
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.2
Custome
r
/ Clien
t
Using Service Proje ct Manager (PM)
In-House Design
Sponso
r
Chie
f
o
f
Design (Process Owner) Division Chie
f
A
ssigned Technical Lead or
Technical Mana
g
er
(
PE/A
)
Director of Engineering Technical Branch Chie
f
Project Delivery
Team
(
PDT
)
V
alue Engineering
Officer
(
VEO
)
ED QA Enginee
r
Geospatial
Coordinato
r
Management
Representative
Evaluate Scope, Schedule,
Budget, etc. of Proposed
In-House Desi
g
n
No
Approved
?
Stop
Y
es
Recommend Design
Team Members
Approved
No
Y
es
?
Develop Draft PMP
(include Value Management
Plan as req'd
)
Review Draft
PMP
Review Draft
PMP
Review Draft
PMP
Review Draft
PMP
Finalize & gain approval for
PMP
(Project Scope, Customer
Requirements, Schedule, etc.
)
Prepare
Design/RFP In
-house?
Y
es
No
Review Draft
DQCP
Review Draft
DQCP
Review Draft
DQCP
Review Draft
DQCP
Review Draft
DQCP
Review Draft
DQCP
Review
Draft DQCP
Provide budget
IAW DQCP
Approve and
Si
g
n DQCP
A
pprove and
Si
g
n DQCP
Approve and
Si
g
n DQCP
Approve and
Si
g
n DQCP
Maintain
DQCP
Develop DQCP
Closeou
t
Lette
r
A
pprove DQCP
Closeou
t
provide
SOW/IGE
inpu
t
Provide draft SOW to
customer & in-house
reviewers
Provide
comments
on draf
t
SOW
Provide
comments
on draf
t
SOW
Distribute
comments to PDT
Evaluate &
respond to
comments
Provide SOW & IGE to
KO for contracting
action
Originate Draft Design
Quality Control Plan
(DQCP); Attach the PMP
to D QC P a s an appendi x.
Prepare draft
geospatial data
management plan
Finalize SOW & IGE
Assemble draft SOW
Review
SOW/IGE
input
Initiate AE or other
contractor SOW/IGE
Provide Written
Notification to ED QA
Engineer when DQCP
is to be Closed Out
Finalize
DQCP
Coordinate
Review of
Dr af t DQCP
Coordinate Assignment
of PDT Members
Coordinate
Recommended
Assignments with
Chief of Design
Coordinate Assignment
of PDT Members
Request Assignment of Project
Design Team (PDT) Members
Notify
Sponsor
Coordinate Results of
Evaluation with the
Division Chief(s)
Coordinate Results of
Evaluation with Chief
of Design
Coordinate Assignment
of Technical Lead
Request Review of
Proposed In-House
Design
Coordinate Evaluation
by Technical Branch
Chief(s)
Notify Chief
of Design of
Proposed
In-House
Design
Maintain Copy
of DQCP
Closeout Letter
for at least 2
Years
Approve and
Sign DQCP
Enter PDT
Members into P2
P ha se
PROJECT PLANNING
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.3.1
Customer / Client Using Service
Project Manager
(
PM
)
Project Engineer/Architect
(
PE/A
)
Project Delivery Team
(
PDT
)
Records Management
Coordinate and Execute Pre-
Design Conference/Design
Charrette/Site Visit (as
appropriate) with
Customer/Client and User to
establish functional,
operational, & sustainability
requirements
Participate in Conference/
Charrette/ Site Visit
Participate in Conference
/
Charrette/ Site Visit
Participate in Conference
/
Charrette/ Site Visit
Participate in Conference
/
Charrette/ Site Visit
Coordinate the
Origination of
Design
Conference/
Design Charrette
Report
Coordinate
Report with
Customer/Client
and Use
r
Finalize Report
and Forward to
PM
Review
Report and
Provide
Comments
Review
Report and
Provide
Comments
Review
Report and
Provide
Comments
Collect and
Forward Comments
to the PDT
Evaluate
Comments
Ensure all
Comments are
Evaluated; Revise
Design
Conference/Design
Charrette Report
and Forward to PM
Forward Final Report to
Customer/Client, User,
and Records
Mana
g
ement
Store
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(CRITERIA DEVELOPMENT)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.3.2
Store
Forward Final Report to
Customer/Client, User,
and Records
Management
Revise Design
Conference/Design
Charrette Report
Forward to PM
Collect and Forward
Comments to the
AE/Contractor
Review Report
and Provide
Comments
Review Report
and Provide
Comments
Review Report
and Provide
Comments
Review Report
and Provide
Comments
Finalize Report
and Forward to
PM
Coordinate Report
with Customer/Client,
User, and PDT
Participate in
Conference/
Charrette/ Site Visit
Participate in
Conference/
Charrette/ Site Visit
Participate in
Conference/
Charrette/ Site Visit
Participate in
Conference/
Charrette/ Site Visit
Participate in
Conference/
Charrette/ Site Visit
Coordinate and
-Design Conference/Design
with
Customer/Client and User
to establish functional,
operational, &
requirements
Records Management
Architect-Engineer
(AE)/Services Contractor
Project Delivery Team
(PDT)
Project
Engineer/Architect
(PE/A)
Project Manager
(PM)
Using Service
Customer / Client
Evaluate/
Resolve
Design
Conference/ Design
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(CRITERIA DEVELOPMENT)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.3.3
Customer / Client
(
Health Affairs
)
Using Service
(HFPA;
users/
p
roviders
)
HQUSACE
Project Manager
(PM)
(
at Geo
g
ra
p
hic District
)
Project Director Technical Team Lead
Project Delivery
Team
(
PDT
)
A
-E or D-B designer Constructor
Issue Design
Directive
Issue Concept of
Operations
(
Cono
p
s
)
Prepare Medical
Design Instruction
(
MDI
)
Prepare A-E SOW
or D-B RFP as
a
pp
ro
p
riate
Prepare
Coordinate Design
Submittal Reviews
assign review
Review design
submittals,
p
rovide comments
Review design
submittals,
p
rovide comments
Review design
submittals,
provide comments
Review design
submittals,
provide comments
Review/coordinate
comments
comments with
desi
g
ne
r
Advertise/ Award
Construction Contract or
Release for Construction
as appropriate for
contract t
yp
e
Provide DDC/S&A
services as
required/
requested by
geographic
District
(Repeat
design/review
cycle until design
completion)
Incorporate
Accepted
Comments
Initiate Project
IAW Corps and
District
procedures
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(MEDICAL MILCON PROCEES FLOW)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.4
START
No
Approve
?
Yes
Execute
Acquisition Strategy
as Tasked
Execute
Acquisition Strategy
as Tasked
Execute
Acquisition Strategy
as Tasked
Coordinate
Acquisition Strategy
Provide Funding/Tasker
for Execution of
Acquisition Strate
gy
Coordinate
Acquistion Strategy
with PM
Revise SOW
as required
Revise SOW
as required
Revise SOW
as required
Review &
provide input
Develop Estimate and
Schedule for
Geotechnical Site
Investigation
Develop Estimate and
Schedule for Site
Topographic Survey and
Erosion Control and
Sedimentation Plan
Develop Estimate and
Schedule for Obtaining Site
Permits and Other
Environmental/ Ordnance
Investigations
Coordinate with Applicable
Technical Branch for
Development
of Estimates, Schedule,
and Acquisition Strategy
for Permits, Surveys, and Site
Investigations
Initiate Tasker for
Development of
Estimates, Schedule,
and Acquistion Strategy
for Required Site
Permits, Surveys and
Investi
g
ations
Geospatial
Coordinator
Geotechnical Branch
Site
Development Branch
Environmental and Utilities
Branch
Project Engineer/Architect
(PE/A)
Project Manager
(PM)
Review Estimates,
Schedule, and Proposed
Acquisition Strategy
Develop
Acquisition Strategy
Recommendation
Develop
Acquisition Strategy
Recommendation
Develop
Acquisition Strategy
Recommendation
Develop
SOW/PWS as
required
Develop
SOW/PWS as
required
Develop
SOW/PWS as
required
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(SITE PERMITS, SURVEYS, AND INVESTIGATIONS)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.5
ACSIM/ HQ USACE
HNC Planning &
Programming CX
Center of Standardization
(COS)
Customer / Client
Using Service
Geographic District Project
Manager
(PM)
Project Engineer/Architect
(PE/A)
Project Delivery Team
(PDT)
Records Management
Issue Code 3
design directive
Participate in Charrette (for
standard facilities)
Participate in Charrette
Participate in Charrette
Coordinate and Execute Code
3 Design Charrette with
COS, Customer/Client and
User to validate project site &
scope, and address
acquisition strategy and
energy enhancements
Participate in Charrette
Participate in Charrette
Monitor/coordinate
PDR/3086 prep
Monitor/coordinate
PDR/3086 prep
Coordinate the
Origination of Parametric
Design Report (PDR)
Finalize Report and
Forward to PM
Review Report and
Provide Comments;
begin preliminary
development of ENG
Form 3086
Coordinate Report with
COS (for standard
facilities), Customer/Client,
and User
Review Report and
validate scope of
standard facilities
Review Report and
Provide Comments
Review Report and
Provide Comments
Review Report and
Provide Comments
Collect and
Forward Comments
to the PDT
Evaluate
Comments
Ensure all Comments are
Evaluated; Revise PDR
and Forward to PM
No
Approve PDR
Yes
PDR
complete?
Submit PDR to HNC
P&P CX & Records
Management
Initiate Finalization of
ENG Form 3086
Finalize 3086 based
on approved PDR
Yes
3086
acceptable?
No
Submit 3086 to HNC
P&P CX & Records
Management
Review 3086 and
Provide Comments
Initiate 3086
revision
Revise 3086 to
address comments
Store
Compile into overall
MCA budget
Store
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(PARAMETRIC DESIGN)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.6.1
Non-DoD Stakeholders
Customer / Client
Local Geographic Corps
District
Using Service
Project Manager
(PM)
Project Engineer/Architect
(PE/A)
Technical Branch Chief
Project Delivery Team
(PDT)
Value
Engineering Officer
(VEO)
Value
Engineering Study Team
(VEST)
Cost
Engineering Branch
Records
Management
Initiate Tasker for
Development of
Concept Design
Coordinate
Origination of
Concept Design
OriginateConcept
Design (Plans, List of
Req'd Specifications,
Basis of Design, etc.)
Review
Concept
Design
CoordinateConcept
Design and Scope
Changes with
Customers/Client, User,
and Others (as req'd)
Document Scope Changes
Relative to 1391 and Assemble
Concept Design Submittal, Cost
Estimate, and Scope Changes
and Forward to PM
Coordinate
Quantity Takeoff
with Cost Engineer
(as reqd)
Originate and
Check
Construction
Cost Estimate
Review Concept Design
and Scope Changes
and Generate
Comments
Review Concept Design
and Scope Changes
and Generate
Comments
Perform Biddability,
Constructibility, Operability,
Environmental, and
Sustainability (BCOES)
Review and Generate
Comments
Review Concept Design
and Scope Changes
and Generate
Comments
receivecomments,
issue tasker to PDT
Evaluate Comments and
Coordinate with
Comment Originator as
Required
Ensure All
Comments are
Evaluated
Coordinate with VEO for VE
Study (VE Study Required if
Construction Cost Estimate
Exceeds
regulatorythreshold)
Assemble Value
Engineering
Study Team
(VEST)
Originate Value
Engineering Proposals
(VEPs) and Document
Estimated Cost
Savings
Issue tasker to
PDT for review of
VE Study Report
Coordinate
Results of VE
Study with PDT
Forward Results of
Review to PM
Review Results of
VE Study and
Evaluate
Recommendations
Develop VE Study
Report and
Provide Report to
PM
Write Justification for Non-
Acceptance of any VEP
over regulatory threshold
& Provide to VEO
Assemble Concept Design,
Results of VE Study, Scope
Changes and Evaluated
Comments
Forward Concept Design
Submittal, Results of VE
Study, Scope Changes and
Evaluated Comments to
Records Management
Revise Concept
Design as
Required
Store
Receive
Notification of
Non-Acceptance
of VEPs
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(CONCEPT DESIGN SUBMITTAL)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.6.2
Customer / Client
Using Service
Project Manager
(
PM
)
Technical Branch
Project Chief
Engineer/Architect
(
PE/A
)
Project Delivery
Team
(
PDT
)
Contractor or other non-
HNC document
p
re
p
are
r
Coordinate w/ PE/A &
Issue tasker for review to
PDT; forward to
customer/client/using
service
Prepare submit
technical deliverable
Review submittal,
provide review
comments
Review submittal,
provide review
comments
Assign Review
Review submittal,
provide review
comments
Approve review
comments
Collect comments;
coordinate w/ PE/A
& transmit to
A
E/Contractor
Consolidate/screen
review comments;
p
rovide to PM
Evaluate & Annotate
comments
Coordinate Annotated
Comments with
Customer/Client, Using
Service, and PDT
Issue tasker for
review of annotated
comments
assign review
Review Annotated
Comments
Review Annotated
Comments
Review Annotated
Comments
Review Annotated
Comments
approve annotation
responses
Review
Conference
No
req'd? (ICW
PE/A)
Yes
Participate in
review
conference
Participate in
review
conference
Participate in
review
conference
Participate in
review
conference
Participate in
review
conference
Participate in
review
conference
Issue tasker for
backcheck
Prepare & submit
next phase
deliverable
Incorporate
Accepted
Verify
comment
incorporation
Verify
comment
incorporation
Verify
comment
incorporation
Verify
comment
incorporation
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(TECHNICAL SUBMITTAL REVIEW)
PHASE
HNC-PR-2000.10
Appendix C.6.3
Local Geographic Corps
Project Manager
Value
Value
Cost
Geospatial
Non-DoD Stakeholders Customer / Client
District
Using Service
(PM)
Project Engineer/Architect
(PE/A) or Technical Lead
Technical
Branch Chief
Project Delivery Team
(PDT)
Engineering Officer
(VEO)
Engineering Study Team Engineering Branch
(VEST)
Coordinator
Records
Management
MILCON
Standard
No
Facility?
Determine format &
Coordinate Origination of
Draft SOW/PWS
Yes
Coordinate Origination of
Draft SOW/PWS using
Model RFP format
Originate Draft
SOW/PWS & attachments
as req'd
Ensure
geospatial data
requirements are
addressed
Review
Draft
SOW/PWS
Prepare estimates for
non-construction
contracts as applicable
IAW PIL
Coordinate Quantity
Takeoff or Basis of
Estimate with Cost
Engineer (as reqd)
Originate and
Check
Construction
Cost Estimate
Review Draft
SOW/PW S and Scope
Changes, and
Generate Comments
Review Draft
SOW/PW S and Scope
Changes, and Generate
Comments
Perform Biddability,
Constructibility, Operability,
Environmental, and
Sustainability (BCOES)
Review (as required) and
Generate Comments
Review Draft
SOW/PW S and Scope
Changes, and Generate
Comments
Coordinate Revised Draft
SOW/PW S and Scope
Changes with
Customers/Client, User, and
Others (as req'd)
Initiate Tasker for
Comment Evaluation
Document Scope Changes Relative
to criteria and Assemble Revised
Draft SOW/PWS Submittal, Cost
Estimate, and Scope Changes and
Forward to PM
Ensure All
Comments are
Evaluated
Evaluate Comments and
Coordinate with
Comment Originator as
Required
No
Does Cost Estimate
Exceed
Regulatory Threshold
for VE study?
Yes
Coordinate with
VEO for VE Study
Assemble Value
Engineering Study
Team (VEST)
Originate Value
Engineering Proposals
(VEPs) and Document
Estimated Cost
Savings
Coordinate Results of
VE Study with PDT
Develop VE Study
Report and Provide
Report to PM
Review Results of VE Study and
Evaluate Recommendations
Review VE Study
Results and Provide
Comments
Review VE Study
Results and Provide
Comments
Review VE Study
Results and Provide
Comments
Coordinate Results of VE Study
with Customers/Client, User, and
Others (as req'd)
Coordinate Results of
Review and Forward to
PM
VEP
Accepted?
No
Yes
Provide Written
Justification for Non-
Acceptance of any
VEP to VEO
Forward Draft SOW/PWS, Results
of VE Study, Scope Changes and
Evaluated Comments to Records
Management
Initiate Tasker for
Development of
Draft SOW/PW S
Revise Draft
SOW/PWS as
Required
Store
Receive Notification
of Non-Acceptance
of VEPs
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(Draft SOW/PWS/RFP)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.6.4
Non-DoD Stakeholders
Customer / Client
Other DoD
stakeholders
Project Manager
(PM)
Project Engineer/Architect
(PE/A) or Technical Lead (as
applicable)
Technical
Branch Chief
Project Delivery Team
(PDT)
Geospatial
Coordinator
Records
Management
Initiate Tasker for
Development of
Draft Document
Determine format &
Coordinate Origination of
Draft Document
Originate Draft
Document &
attachments as req'd
Ensure geospatial
data requirements
are addressed
Review
Draft
Document
Revise Draft
Document as
Required
Document Scope Changes
Relative to criteria, Assemble
Draft Document Submittal and
Scope Changes, and Forward to
PM
Coordinate Draft Document
and Scope Changes with
Customers/Client, User, and
Others (as req'd)
Review Draft
Document and Scope
Changes, and
Generate Comments
Review Draft
Document and Scope
Changes, and Generate
Comments
Review Draft
Document and Scope
Changes, and Generate
Comments
Initiate Tasker for
Comment Evaluation
Evaluate Comments and
Coordinate with Comment
Originator as Required
Ensure All
Comments are
Evaluated
Forward Draft Document,
Scope Changes, and
Evaluated Comments to
Records Management
Store
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(Prepare Draft Technical Document)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.6.5
Authorit
y
Having Customer / Clien
t
Jurisdiction
(
Health Affairs
)
Using Service
(HFPA;
users/
p
roviders
)
Project Manager
(PM)
(
at Geo
g
ra
p
hic District
)
Technical Team Lead
Project Deliver
y
Contractor or other non-
Team HNC document preparer
(
PDT
)
Issue tasker for review to PDT;
forward to
customer/client/usin
g
service
Prepare & submit
Review submittal,
provide review
comments
Review submittal,
provide review
comments
Assign Review
Review submittal,
provide review
comments
Collect comments &
transmit to AE/Contractor
Consolidate/screen review
comments;
p
rovide to PM
Evaluate & Annotate
comments
Coordinate Annotated
Comments with Customer/Client,
Usin
g
Service, and PDT
Review Annotated
Comments
Review Annotated
Comments
Issue tasker for review o
f
annotated comments
assign review
Review annotated
comments, provide
res
p
onses
approve annotation
res
p
onses
Review
Conference
req'd? (ICW
No
PD/Tech Team
Lead)
Yes
Participate in
review
conference
Participate in
review
conference
Participate in
review
conference
No
A
ll
responses
resolved?
Yes
Render
decision on
solution
Waiver
No
Required?
Yes
A
pprove
waiver
Issue tasker for backcheck/ review
of next
p
hase submittal
Prepare & submit next
p
hase deliverable
Verify comment
incor
p
oration
V
erify comment
incor
p
oration
Incorporate
Accepted
Comments
Verify comment
incorporation
Verify comment
incorporation
Participate in
review
conference
Participate in
review
conference
Participate in
review
conference
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(MEDICAL MILCON TECHNICAL
SUBMITTAL REVIEW)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.7
Forward Intermediate
Design Submittal,
Scope Changes, and
Evaluated Comments
to Records
Management
Ensure All
Comments are
Evaluated
issue tasker to review
comments on
intermediate design
Evaluate Comments
and Coordinate with
C
omment Originato
r
as Required
Review
Intermediate
Design and
Scope Changes
and Generate
Comments
Review
Intermediate
Design and
Scope Changes
and Generate
Comments
Review
Intermediate
Design and
Scope Changes
and Generate
Comments
Coordinate Intermediate
Design and Scope
Changes with
Customers/Client, User,
and Others (as req'd)
Document Scope Changes
Relative to 1391 and
Assemble Intermediate
Design Submittal, Cost
Estimate, and Scope
Changes and Forward to
PM
Coordinate
Quantity Takeoff
with Cost
Engineer (as reqd)
Originate and
Check
Construction
Cost Estimate
Review
Intermediate
Design
Coordinate
Origination of
Intermediate Design
Issue Tasker to
Initiate Intermediate
Design
Originate
Intermediate
Design (Plans
and Marked-up
Specifications)
Records
Management
Cost
Engineering
Branch
Project Delivery Team
(PDT)
Technical
Branch Chief
Project Engineer/Architect
(PE/A)
Project Manager
(PM)
Using Service
Customer / Client
Non-DoD Stakeholders
Revise Intermediate
Design as Required
Store
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(INTERMEDIATE DESIGN SUBMITTAL)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Forward ITR Revised Pre-
Final Design, Scope
Changes to Customer,
Using Service, Geographic
District, and others as reqd
Appendix C.8
Project Manager
(PM)
Chief of Design
(Process Owner)
Project Engineer/Architect
(PE/A)
Technical
Branch Chief or
other resource
provider
Project Delivery Team
(PDT)
Cost
Engineering Branch
ITR
Team Leader
Independent Technical Review
(ITR)Team
Records
Management
Initiate Tasker for
Development of Pre-
Final Design
Coordinate Origination
of Pre-Final Design
Originate Pre-Final Design
(Plans, Specifications,
Design Calculations, etc.)
Review Pre-
Final Design
Coordinate Quantity
Takeoff with Cost
Engineer (as reqd)
Originate and
Check
Construction
Cost Estimate
Document Scope Changes
Relative to 1391 and Assemble
Pre-Final Design Submittal,
Cost Estimate, and Scope
Changes and Forward to PM
Forward Pre-Final Design
Submittal and Scope
Changes to Records
Management
Initiate Tasker for
Independent Technical
Review (ITR)
Coordinate with Chief
of Design to Identify
ITR Team Leader
Assign ITR
Team Leader
Initiate Tasker to
incorporate accepted ITR
comments
Ensure All Comments are
Evaluated and Closed Out
Assign ITR
Team
Members
Evaluate Comments and
Coordinate with
Comment Originator as
Required
Coordinate with Geographic
District, TCX/MCX, and Technical
Branch Chiefs for ITR Team
Members
Review and Provide
Comments on Pre-Final
Design Package
Revise Pre-Final
Design as Required
Forward Revised Pre-Final
Design Submittal and Scope
Changes to Records
Management
Revise Pre-Final
Design as Required
Store
Store
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(PRE-FINAL DESIGN SUBMITTAL)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Backcheck Corrected
Final Design
Certify BCOES
Review
(PE/A)
Non-DoD Stakeholders Customer / Client
Local Geographic Corps
District
Using Service
Project Manager
(PM)
Chief of Design
(Process Owner)
Project Engi neer/Architect
Technical Branch Chief
Project Delivery Team
(PDT)
Cost
Engineering Branch
ITR
Team Leader
Independent Technical Review
(ITR)Team
Director of
Engineering
Appendix C.9.1
Review Pre-Final
Design and Scope
Changes and
Generate Comments
Review Pre-Final
Design and Scope
Changes and
Generate Comments
Perform Biddability,
Constructibility,
Operability, Environmental,
and Sustainability (BCOES)
Review and Generate
Comments
Review Pre-Final
Design and Scope
Changes and
Generate Comments
Coordinate revised Pre-Final
Design and Scope Changes
with Customers/Client, User, and
Others (as req'd)
Initiate Tasker for
Comment Evaluation
Evaluate Comments and
Coordinate with Comment
Originator as Required
Ensure All
Comments are
Evaluated
Initiate Tasker for
Development of Final
Design
Coordinate
Origination of Final
Design
Originate Final Design
(Plans, Specifications,
Design Calculations, etc.)
Review Final
Design
Coordinate Corrected Final
Design for Backcheck by
Customers/Client, User, and
Others (as req'd)
Document Scope Changes
Relative to 1391 and
Assemble Final Design
Submittal, Cost Estimate,
and Scope Changes and
Forward to PM
Coordinate Quantity
Takeoff with Cost
Engineer (as required)
Originate and Check
Final Construction
Cost Estimate
Backcheck Corrected
Final Design
Backcheck Corrected
Final Design
Backcheck Corrected
Final Design
Revise Final Design
Package As
Required
Backcheck Corrected Final
Design and closeout ITR
comments
Assemble Corrected
Final Design
Submittal
Ensure All ITR Comments
Are Closed Out and Sign
Statement of Completion of
Independent Technical
Review
Sign Statement of Completion of
Independent Technical Review
Sign Statement of
Completion of
Independent
Technical Review
Route Corrected Final
Design Submittal,
BCOES certification for
Signatures
Initial Corrected
Final Design
Submittal
Initial Corrected
Final Design
Submittal
Initial Corrected
Final Design
Submittal
Forward Signed Corrected Final
Design to Records Management,
Contracting, and to Others as
Directed by the Customer
Sign Title Sheet
Sign Title
Sheet, BCOES
certification
Revise Final Design
as Required
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(FINAL DESIGN SUBMITTAL)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Backcheck
Corrected Final
SOW/PWS
Certify BCOES
Review as
Required
Non-DoD Stakeholders Customer / Client
Local Geographic Corps
Using Service
District
Project Manager
Project Engineer/Architect
(PM)
(PE/A)
Technical Branch
Chief
Project Delivery Team
(PDT)
Value
Engineering Officer
(VEO)
Value
Engineering
Study Team
(VEST)
Cost
Engineering Branch
Geospatial
Director of
Coordinator
Engineering
Appendix C.9.2
Initiate Tasker for
Finalization of Draft
SOW/PW S
Provide Draft SOW/PWS, VE
Study results, and evaluated
comments to PDT
Ensure geospatial
data requirements
are addressed
Review Final
SOW/PWS
Incorporate Technical
Input as Applicable
Document Scope Changes Relative
to criteria and Assemble Revised
Final SOW/PWS Submittal, Cost
Estimate, and Scope Changes and
Forward to PM
Prepare estimates
for non-
construction
contracts as
applicable IAW
PIL
Coordinate
Quantity Takeoff or
Basis of Estimate
with Cost Engineer
(as reqd)
Develop and Check
Construction Cost
Estimate IAW PIL
Coordinate Revised Final
SOW/PW S and Scope Changes
with Customers/Client, User, and
Others (as req'd)
Review Final
SOW/PW S and
Generate Comments
Review Final
SOW/PWS, Scope
Changes, and Cost
Estimate and Generate
Comments
Perform final Biddability,
Constructibility,
Operability,
Environmental, and
Sustainability (BCOES)
Review (as required) and
Generate Comments
Review Final
SOW/PWS, Scope
Changes, and Cost
Estimate and Generate
Comments
Initiate Tasker to
evaluate/incorporate comments
on Final SOW/PWS
Evaluate Comments, Coordinate
with Comment Originator, and
incorporate accepted comments as
Required
Prepare
estimates for
non-
construction
contracts as
applicable IAW
PIL
Coordinate
Quantity Takeoff or
Basis of Estimate
with Cost Engineer
(as reqd)
Revise
Construction
Cost Estimate
as required
Backcheck
Corrected Final
SOW/PW S
Backcheck
Corrected Final
SOW/PWS
Backcheck
Corrected Final
SOW/PWS
Coordinate Corrected Final
SOW/PWS and revised Cost
Estimate for Backcheck by
Customers/Client, User, and
Others (as req'd)
Assemble Corrected Final
SOW/PWS, Scope Changes,
Evaluated Comments, and
revised Cost Estimate
Initiate Tasker to incorporate
backcheck comments
Incorporate Backcheck
Comments As Required
Route Corrected Final
SOW/PWS, BCOES
certification for Signatures
Initial Corrected
Final SOW/PWS
Sign BCOES
certification as
required
Forward Signed Corrected Final
Submittal to Records Management,
Contracting, and to Others as
Directed by the Customer
Assemble Corrected Final
SOW/PWS
Ensure All Comments are
Evaluated & Incorporated
(as req'd)
Incorporate input to Draft
SOW/PWS & attachments as req'd
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(Final SOW/PWS/RFP)
PHASE
Revise Final
SOW/PWS as Required
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.9.3
Non-DoD Stakeholders Customer / Client Other DoD Stakeholders
Project Manager
(
PM
)
Pro
j
ect En
g
ineer/Architect
(
PE/A
)
Technical Branch
Project Delivery Team
(
PDT
)
Cost
En
g
ineerin
g
Branch
ITR Team Leade
r
ITR Team
Geospatial
Coordinato
r
Director of En
g
ineerin
g
or Technical Lead
(
as applicable
)
Chie
f
Records
Mana
g
ement
Initiate Tasker for Finalization
of Draft Document
Provide Draf t Document and
evaluated comments to PDT
Ensure geospatial
data requirements
are addressed
No
Independent
Technical
Review (ITR)
Re
q
uired?
Review Revised
Document
Incorporate Technical
In
p
ut as A
pp
licable
Yes
Initiate Tasker for ITR
Coordinate with Technical
Branch Chiefs to Identify ITR
Team Leader
Coordinate with Technical
Branch Chiefs for ITR
Team Members
Assign ITR
Team Members
Review and Provid e
Comments on Final
Document
Initiate Tasker to incorporate
acce
p
ted ITR comments
Ensure All Co mments are
Evaluated and Closed Out
Evaluate Comments and
Coordinate with Comment
Ori
g
inator as Re
q
uired
Revise Final Document
as Re
q
uired
Backcheck ITR
comment incorporation
Review Final
Document
Review Final
Document
Revise Final Document
as Re
q
uired
No
ROM
estimate
required?
Yes
Coordinate Quantity Takeoff with
Cost En
g
ineer
(
as re
q
uired
)
Originate and
Check ROM
Cost Estimate
as re
q
uired
Document Scope Changes Relative to
criteria, Assemble Final Document
Submittal, Cost Estimate, and Scope
Chan
g
es and Forward to PM
Coordinate Final Document and
Scope Changes with
Customers/Client, User, and Others
(
as re
q
'd
)
Review Final Document
and Generate Comments
Review Final Document, Scope
Changes, and Cost Estimate
and Generate Comments
Review Final Document, Scope
Changes, and Cost Estimate and
Generate Comments
Initiate Tasker to
evaluate/incor
p
orate comments on
No
Revised
ROM
estimate
re
q
uired?
Yes
Coordinate Quantity Takeoff with
Cost En
g
ineer
(
as required
)
Originate and
Check ROM
Cost Estimate
as re
q
uired
Coordinate Corrected Final
Document for Backcheck by
Customers/Client, User, and
Others
(
as re
q
'd
)
Assemble Corrected Final
Document, Scope Changes and
Evaluated Comments
Backcheck Corrected
Final Documen
t
Backcheck Corrected
Final Documen
t
Backcheck Corrected
Final Documen
t
Initiate Tasker to incorporate
backcheck comments
Incorporate Backcheck
Comments As Re
q
uired
Assemble
Corrected Final
Document
Review/ Approve
Corrected Final
Document
Sign ITR Certification
(
as re
q
uired
)
Sign ITR Certification
(as required)
Forward Signed Corrected Final
Submittal to Records Management,
Customer, and to Others as Directed
b
y
the Customer
Ensure All Comments are Evaluated
& Incorporated (as req'd)
Evaluate Comments, Coordinate with
Comment Originator, and
incorporate accepted comments as
Required
Incorporate input to Draft
Document & attach ments as
req'd
store
PROJECT EXECUTION & CONTROL
(Prepare Final Technical Document)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.10
Customer /
Clien
t
Potential
Bidders
Contracting Officer
(
KO
)
Project Manager
(
PM
)
Technical
Project Engineer/Architect
Branch Chief
(PE/A)
Project Delivery Team
(
PDT
)
Cost
En
g
ineerin
g
Branch
Directorate of
Contracting
(
CT
)
A
E or Services
Contracto
r
No
Contracted
Yes
In-
House
?
Advertise
(Contracted
In-House
)
A
dvertise
Initiate
Request for
Information
(
RFI
)
Forward RFI
to PM
Should RFI
be answered
by Customer
?
No
Yes
Generate
Response to
RFI, Forward
to KO
Forward RFI
to Custome
r
Designed
in-house?
No
Generate draft
RFI res
p
onse
Yes
Initiate Tasker to review
p
ro
p
osed RFI res
p
onse
Coordinate review of
draft RFI res
p
onse
Review draft RFI
Res
p
onse
Forward comments to
AE/Contracto
r
Revise draft RFI
res
p
onse
Initiate Tasker to Respond to
RFI and Coordinate with
PE/A fo
r
Distribution
Coordinate RFI
res
p
onse
Generate Response to RFI and
Document in ProjNet or RMS
as a
pp
ro
p
riate
Forward Response to
RFI to KO
Forward Response
to RFI to Potential
Bidders
Notify Customer/Client of
Re
q
'd Amendment
Y
es
Amendment
Req'd
?
Receive
Response to
RFI
No
STOP
STOP
Designed in No
-house?
Originate
amended desi
g
n
Yes
Initiate Tasker to review
draft amendment
Coordinate review of
draft amendment
Review draft
amendment
Forward comments to
AE/Contracto
r
Revise draft
amendment
Initiate Tasker for
Required Amendments to
the Desi
g
n
Coordinate
Amendment to Desi
g
n
Originate Amended
Desi
g
n
Review
Amended
Desi
g
n
Revise Amended
Desi
g
n as Re
q
uired
No
Revised Cost
Estimate
Req'd
?
Y
es
Coordinate Quantity Takeoff
with Cost En
g
ineer
(
as re
q
d
)
Originate and Check
Amended Construction
Cost Estimate
Coordinate Amended Design with
Customers/Client, User, Contracting,
and Others
(
as re
q
'd
)
Assemble Amended
Design Submittal and
Cost Estimate and
Forward to PM
Forward Amended
Design to Potential
Bidders
Ensure all RFIs are
R
esponded to in ProjNet
o
r RMS as appropriate
PRE-AWARD
PHASE
Forward
justification to
HQUSACE
Non-DoD
Stakeholders
Customer / Client
Construction Contractor
Contracting Officer
(KO)
Using Service
Resident
Engineer
(RE) or other field QA
Project Manager
(PM)
Project Engineer/Architect
(PE/A)
Technical Branch
Chief
Project Delivery Team
(PDT)
Value
Engineering Officer
(VEO)
Cost
Engineering Branch
Director of
Engineering
Records
Management
Commander
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix C.11.1
Initiate Request for
Change (URC) and
Forward to Contracting
Officer (KO)
Initiate Request
for Information
(RFI)
Forward to Resident
Engineer (RE)
Evaluate and
Forward to PM as
Required for
Technical Review
Initiate Tasker to
Evaluate RFI or URC
Coordinate RFI/URC
response
Evaluate and Generate
Technical Response
Notify Contractor of
Response to RFI; Notify
User of Response to
URC
Forward to KO
Notify Resident Engineer
of Technical Response
Ensure all RFI/URC have
Documented Response
in RMS
Notify Customer/Client
of Design Change
Coordinate VECP with
customer, VEO
Initiate Value
Engineering
Change Proposal
No
(VECP)
Forward to PM
Initiate Tasker for
Review of VECP
Review and Generate
Response to VECP
Change
Approved
?
Yes
Notify PM
of Approval
Notify Contractor of
VECP Acceptance
or Rejection
Forward to KO
No
Notify Resident
Engineer of VECP
Acceptance/Rejection
No
Notify Customer/Client
of Design Change
VECP
Rejected
?
Yes
Cost
Savings above
regulatory
threshold
?
Yes
Forward
written
justification to
Commander
Yes
Concur with
Rejection
?
No
Notify PM of Reason
for Non-Concur
Initiate Tasker for Change to
the Design (as req'd)
Coordinate
Change to the Design
Originate Design Change
Change
Coordinate Quantity Takeoff
with Cost Engineer (as reqd)
Originate and Check
Changed Construction
Cost Estimate
Review Changed
Design and
Generate
Comments
Review Changed
Design and
Generate
Comments
Review Changed
Design and
Generate
Comments
Review Changed
Design and
Generate
Comments
Review Changed
Design and
Generate
Comments
Coordinate Changed Design with
Customers/Client, User, and Others
(as req'd)
Assemble Changed Design
Submittal and Cost Estimate
and Forward to PM
Evaluate Comments and
Coordinate with Comment
Originator as Required
Assemble & Route
Changed Design for
Signatures
Initial
Changed
Design
Sign
Changed
Design
Forward Changed Design to Contracting
Officer, Customer/User, Records Management
and Others (as req'd)
Assemble
Changed Design
Store
Ensure All Comments are
Evaluated
Generate Field
Response
Revise Design as Required
Forward Changed
Design to Construction
Contractor; Issue
Modification to Contract
as Required
Notify PM
of
Dispprova
Track and
report VECP to
HQUSACE
POST-AWARD
PHASE
Notify PM
Store
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
Appendix
C.11.2
State and Local
Governments
Customer / Client
Construction Contractor
Contracting Officer
(KO)
Using Service
Resident
Engineer
(RE) or other field QA
Project Manager
(PM)
Project
Engineer/Architect
(PE/A)
Project Delivery Team
(PDT)
Value
Engineering Officer
(VEO)
Cost
Engineering Branch
Records
Management
Commander
AE or Services
Contractor (Designer
of Record)
Initiate Request for
Change and Forward to
Contracting Officer (KO)
Initiate Request for
Information(RFI)
Forward to Resident
Engineer (RE)
Evaluate and
Forward to PM as
Required for
Technical Review
Task designer to Evaluate RFI
or User Requested Change
Initiate Tasker to review
draft response
Evaluate and Generate
Technical Response
CoordinateReview
of draft Response
Response; provide
comments
Forward comments to
AE/Contractor
Revise draft Technical
Response
Notify Contractor of
Response to RFI; Notify
User of Response to User
Change Request
Forward to KO
Notify Resident Engineer of
Technical Response
Notify Customer/Client
of Design Change
Coordinate VECP with
Customer, VEO
Initiate Value
Engineering Change
No
Proposal (VECP)
Forward to
PM
Initiate Tasker for Review of
VECP
Review and
Generate Response
to VECP
Change
Approved
?
Yes
Notify PM
of Approval
Notify Contractor of VECP
Acceptance or Rejection
Forward to
KO
Notify Resident
Engineer of VECP
Acceptance/Rejection
No
Notify Customer/Client
of Design Change
No
VECP
Rejected
?
Yes
Cost
Savings above
regulatory
threshold
?
Yes
Notify
Commander
Yes
Concur with
Rejection
?
No
Notify PM of
Reason for Non-
Concur
Task Designer to Initiate Change
to the Design (as req'd)
Originate Design
Change
Initiate Tasker to review draft
design change
CoordinateReview
of Design Change
Review Design
Change
Forward comments to
AE/Contractor
Review Changed
Design and Generate
Comments
Review Changed
Design and Generate
Comments
Review Changed
Design and Generate
Comments
Review Changed
Design and Generate
Comments
Coordinate Changed Design and Cost
Estimate with Customers/Client, User,
and Others (as req'd)
Develop Quantity Takeoff
and changed construction
cost estimate as required
Evaluate Comments,
Coordinate with Commen
Originator, & Revise Design
(as req'd)
Forward Changed Design to Contracting
Officer, Customer/User, Records
Management and Others (as req'd)
Revise as
Required
Generate Field
Response
Forward Changed
Design to Construction
Contractor; issue
modification as required
Notify PM of
Disapproval
Track and report
VECP to
HQUSACE
POST-AWARD (COORDINATE RFI RESPONSE/CONTRACT MOD W/ DOR)
PHASE
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
193
APPENDIX D SAMPLE CERTIFICATIONS
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
194
APPENDIX D.1
STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL REVIEW
COMPLETION OF INDEPENDENT TECHNICAL REVIEW
The Huntsville Center has completed the (type of product) of (project name and
location).
Notice is hereby given that an independent technical review, that is appropriate to the
level of risk and complexity inherent in the project, has been conducted as defined in the
Design Quality Control Plan. During the independent technical review, compliance with
established policy principles and procedures, utilizing justified and valid assumptions,
was verified. This verification included review of assumptions; methods, procedures, and
material used in analyses; alternatives evaluated; the appropriateness of data used and
level obtained; and reasonableness of the result, including whether the product meets
the customer’s needs consistent with the law and existing Corps policy. The independent
technical review was accomplished by a team established in accordance with ER 1110-
1-12. All comments resulting from the independent technical review have been resolved
and no outstanding issues remain.
Technical Review Team Leader Date
Technical Manager Date
CERTIFICATION OF INDEPENDENT TECHNICAL REVIEW
Significant concerns and the explanation of the resolution are as follows:
(Describe the major technical concerns, possible impact, and resolution.)
As noted above, all concerns resulting from the independent technical review of the
project have been fully resolved.
Director of Engineering Date
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
195
Appendix D.2
Biddability, Constructability, Operability, Environmental, Sustainability (BCOES) Review
Certification
Name of Project/Project Number:
/
Phase of Type of Project:
Certification Date:
I (PM) certify that the Value Engineering process as required by ER 11-1-321 (Change 1
or latest version), Army Programs Value Engineering has been completed for this
procurement action. I certify compliance with Public Law 99-662 (33 USC 2288) and
OMB Circular A-131. A VE study was (completed/waived) on by the
appropriate authority. All rejected VE proposals indicating potential savings of over
$1,000,000 have been resolved with approval of the MSC Commander.
Project Manager (dd/mm/yr) Value Engineering Officer (dd/mm/yr)
The Bid or RFP package has been reviewed for Biddability, Constructability, Operability,
Environmental and Sustainability (BCOES) requirements in accordance with ER 415-1-
11. The undersigned certify that all appropriate BCOES review comments have either
been incorporated into the Bid or RFP Package or otherwise satisfactorily resolved.
Comments, evaluations, and backchecks are documented in DrChecks.
Engineering Directorate (dd/mm/yr) Local Customer Rep/HNC Rep
(dd/mm/yr)
Installation Support Directorate (dd/mm/yr)
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
196
APPENDIX E SAMPLE SCOPE OF WORK OUTLINE
E-1 OUTLINE FOR DEVELOPING A STATEMENT OF WORK
(SOW)
This document provides an outline for preparing a specific SOW. Please be aware that
there may be sections in this outline that may not need to be included in your program’s
SOW. The following information should be included in all SOWs: an introduction and a
brief background for the project under which this SOW will be issued; the scope of the
effort, and specific objectives to be achieved; a list of the most significant reference
items relevant to the project; requirements that define precisely what is needed in terms
of tasks to be performed and deliverables to be produced; and Progress and compliance
to detail reporting requirements for the project. Additional areas that may be included
are; transmittal/ delivery/accessibility provisions, security requirements, or other
requirements specific to your program. Attachments, if any, should follow the last
section.
1. INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW
This statement of work will be issued under contract [name of contract and contract
number]. Briefly describe the project and its relationship to your program mission.
1.1 BACKGROUND
Write a brief narrative describing how this project “came to be”.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
Begin with a narrative paragraph describing the scope of work covered by this SOW.
When applicable, include an overall hierarchy of the work being performed; it can be in
form of a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS).
1.3 OBJECTIVES
List the specific objectives for this SOW in bullet form. Be sure they are consistent with
the scope and fit within the WBS, if provided.
1.4 PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE
This section identifies the period of performance for the funding to be obligated under
this action. If this action is for incremental funding, then the projected total period of
performance to project completion, should also be included.
1.5 PROJECTED COST
If this action represents incremental or partial funding, list the total estimated cost for this
Task Order, from this action to completion. Consider providing the Programmed
Amount for design-build projects.
2. REFERENCES
All applicable documents referenced in this SOW are listed below. Where appropriate, a
brief annotation should be provided to indicate the relevance of the document.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
197
Reference any specific requirements with regard to the use of these documents in
performing the work under this SOW.
3. REQUIREMENTS
This section defines the requirements in terms of tasks to be performed, the end
results/deliverables to be achieved, and the schedule of key dates. Important
compliance requirements should be included with the task descriptions and deliverables.
3.1 TASKS
The tasks to be performed under this contract shall be described in discrete functional
areas, or subtasks, with each work area described clearly and completely. The Tasks
description must provide sufficient detail that any contractor can understand the
requirements, the methodology, and the outcomes and deliverables under the task.
Conduct the following tasks:
List the tasks (no. and name) in sequential order by phase (if applicable). Provide
sufficient level of detail to enable the prospective contractor to plan personnel utilization
and other requirements with maximum efficiency.
Desired Methodology
Illustrations/Drawings/Diagrams, if any
Specifications
Data/Property/Facilities
Level-of-Effort
Place/Travel
3.2 END RESULTS/DELIVERABLES
This section describes the products and tangible end results that are expected from
each task contained in the previous section, the date each deliverable is due, and the
government acceptance criteria.
3.2.1 List of Deliverables by Task
For large efforts, deliverables may be divided by subtask. The following table provides a
complete listing of the required deliverables by task. The table includes, Task No. and
Name, End Result/Deliverable, Tool for creating it, Acceptance Criteria, and Intended
Use, as applicable.
Task End Result/Deliverable Schedule/Milestone
3.3 SCHEDULES/MILESTONES
Maintain a single project schedule from which various project reports shall be produced.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
198
The following reports shall be provided:
3.3.1 Who Does What When Report
The "Who does what when" report shall be provided by the contractor with the initial
submission, and again following negotiations. This report will be used by the
Government to assess the adequacy of the resources proposed by the contractor to
accomplish the SOW.
3.4 OTHER CONSIDERATIONS
Include here any other relevant information for the performance of the SOW that does
not fit elsewhere.
4. PROGRESS/COMPLIANCE
The Government requires the following from contractors in order to monitor progress and
ensure compliance:
Weekly Status Report
Weekly Meetings
Monthly Progress Report
Project Management Team (PMT) Meetings
Program Reviews
Outlines and Drafts
5. TRANSMITTAL/DELIVERY/ACCESSIBILITY
The contractor shall provide [x] hard copies of each deliverable and one electronic
version.
6. NOTES
If for reasons of clarity or brevity previous sections need further amplification, use this
section for that purpose and for all other information that does not logically fit into
previous sections. The information designed to assist in determining the applicability of
the specification and the selection of appropriate type, grade, or class of the product or
service.
Preparer Note: For Design-Build Requests for Proposal the List of Deliverables by Task,
Schedules/Milestones, Who Does What When Report, Other Considerations,
Progress/Compliance, and Transmittal/Delivery/Accessibility should be included as
applicable Division 01 UFGS tailored for DESIGN-BUILD.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
199
APPENDIX F DESIGN MANUAL CHANGE RECOMMENDATION FORMS
Appendix F.1
Design Manual Change Recommendation Form
HNC Engineering Design Manual Change Recommendation
Form
Chapter and Paragraph
number Impacted:
Urgency:
Critical (Implement
immediately)
Normal (Implement at next
periodic update)
Type of
Change:
Reference Update
Process/requirement change
Name:
Office/
Agency:
Date
Submitted:
Email:
Phone Number:
1. Current Description (include Document pages as applicable)
2. Problem
3. Change Recommendation (Include specific wording for suggested change)
4. Benefit
This section to be completed by analyzing/reviewing Official (CEHNC Branch
Chief)
Name:
Office/
Agency:
Date
Received:
Email:
Phone
Number:
Date
Completed:
Recommended Action
Approve
Disapprove
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
200
Analyzing/Reviewing Official’s Comments
This section to be completed by Validating Official (CEHNC-ED Chief of Design)
Name:
Office/ Agency:
Date
Received:
Email:
Phone Number:
Date
Completed:
Approved
Implementation
Assigned to:
Disapproved
V
alidating Official’s Comments
This section to be completed by Implementing Official
Name:
Office/
Agency:
Date
Received:
Email:
Phone
Number:
Date
Completed:
Action Taken:
Implementing Official’s Comments
Change Recommendation Tracking
Number:
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
200
Appendix F.2
Design Manual Change Recommendation Register
Change
Number
Paragraph
Number
Submitter
Name
Date
Submitted
Approved
? (Yes or
No, with
date)
Implementation
Assigned to:
(Name)
Action
completed
(Date)
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
201
APPENDIX G GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION
(By Project Leader)
(To be completed prior to forwarding to designer for completion)
1. Project Name:
2. Project Number: (P-No, SP-No, ESR-NO, Other)
3. Contract Number: N68711 -
4. Contract Type: IFB RFP DESBLD Other
5. Estimated Construction Cost (ECC) $
6. A-E Firm:
7. Point of Contact:
8. Phone Number: ( )
9. Area Focus Team (AFT)
10. Project Leader:
11. Phone Number: ( )
12. Contract Specialist:
13. Phone Number: ( )
14. ROICC:
15. Phone Number: ( )
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
199
PROJECT INFORMATION FORM
INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR CONTRACTS
(TO BE COMPLETED BY THE DESIGNER or A-E DESIGNER)
I. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS/PROPOSERS
1. Does project include unit prices? Yes No
If yes, include the following and coordinate with specification section:
a. Lump sum for all work not covered in the unit price items listed below:
$
b. Unit price per for
$ Per x = $
c. Unit price per for
$ Per x = $
Total Price Base Bid Item 0001 $
2. Are there also Additive or Deductive Bid items? Yes No
What are the additive or deductive bid item(s):
If yes, coordinate with Contracts, as this requires Contracting Officer approval.
Coordinated: Not Applicable Yes No
3. Reference to FAC 5252.214-9301, Notice To Bidders
Does the project include additive bid items? Yes No
If yes, include the following (May be included as an attachment):
(i) Base Bid Item 0001 shall be the entire work complete in accordance with the
drawings and specifications, but not including work indicated or specified to be
provided under any of the other bid items.
(ii) Additive Bid Items 0001AA shall be the addition of the following, complete in
accordance with the requirements specified hereinafter:
(iii) Additive Bid Items 0001AB shall be the addition of the following, complete in
accordance with the requirements specified hereinafter:
4. Reference FAR 52.236.27, Pre-Bid Site Visitation
(Coordinate with Project Leader and Contracting Officer)
Will a Pre-Bid site visitation be required? Yes No
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
200
If yes, complete the following:
(a) Point Of Contact:
(b) Telephone Number ( )
(c) Special Security requirements:
(d) Other special requirements:
5. Reference to FAR 52.217-7, Option for Increased Quantity Separately Priced Line
Item.
Will this project have "Option" items? Yes No
If yes, requires Contracting Officer's permission. (Coordinate with the Project Leader and
Contracting Officer)
If yes, complete the following (May be included as an attachment):
(i) Option Item 0001 shall be the addition of the following, complete in accordance with
the requirements specified hereinafter:
(ii) Option Item 0002 shall be the addition of the following, complete in accordance with
the requirements specified hereinafter:
How long of a period, in days, will the option to award be for?
Also, will the option item affect the construction period of the contract?
Yes No
If so, explain (Take into consideration the effect of it being awarded (1) with the original
bid, (2) at any time during the specified option period, or (3) at the end of the specified
option period):
6. Reference FAR 52.236-4, Physical Data
Is physical data (e.g. test borings, hydrographic, weather conditions data, etc.) to be
furnished or made available to offerors Yes No
If yes, fill in applicable data:
a. The indications of physical conditions on the drawings and in the specifications are
the result of site investigations.
Insert description of investigative methods used, such as surveys, auger borings, test
pits, probing, test tunnels, etc.)
b. Weather conditions:
(insert a summary of weather records and warnings)
c. Transportation facilities:
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
201
(insert a summary of transportation facilities providing access to and from the site,
including information about their availability and limitations)
d. Insert other pertinent information:
7. Pre-Proposal Conference (Design/Build).
Is a pre-proposal conference to be scheduled? Yes No
If yes, complete the following:
a. Scheduled for (day) Date
b. Location:
c. Point of Contact:
d. Telephone Number: ( )
8. FAR 52.252-3, Alterations In Solicitations
(Consult with Project Leader, and/or Contracting Officer if this information is required or
if there will be any special conditions for proposals)
a. Will technical proposals be in several parts? Yes No
If yes describe
b. Will costs be separated from technical requirements? Yes No
c. Will proposal require an administrative breakdown? Yes No
d. Will proposal require an Organization breakdown? Yes No
e. Are instructions on how to breakdown costs required? Yes No
f. Will there be specific or special format for submissions? Yes No
If yes to any item above, attach description.
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
202
II. INFORMATION FOR EVALUATION SECTION 00202
1. "Source Selection." If this project is an RFP and is using evaluation of bids for
selection, complete this section.
"EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD."
III. INFORMATION FOR SECTION 00452
1. Reference FAR 52.223-4, Recovered Material Certification
Does this contract specify the use of Recovered Materials? (i.e. materials that have been
collected or recovered from solid waste per FAR 23.402)
Yes No
If yes, describe.
IV. INFORMATION FOR SECTION 00102
1. A-E edits entire section "List of Drawings" in SPECSINTACT and submits it complete
at the 1 00% and final submittal.
Section 00102 included: Yes No
V. INFORMATION FOR SECTION 00710 OR 00720
1. Reference DFARS 252.210-7000, Brand Name or Equal
Does the project include any Brand Name or Equal statements? Yes No
If yes, requires prior approval by a Level One Contracting Officer.
Provide the following:
Description:
Spec Section and/or Dwg. No.:
Spec Para. or Drawing View:
Obtain copy of justification form from PL. Will require approval of a Level One
Contracting Officer. Attach completed form.
2. Reference FAR 52.211-10 Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of
Work and Alternate I
a. Complete the entire work ready for use not later than calendar days after
notice to proceed.
b. Phasing sequence as follows:
3. Reference FAR 52.223-3, Hazardous Material Identification and Material Safety
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
203
Data
Will this contract require delivery of hazardous material that will remain in place when
the project is completed which the station requires Material Safety Data Sheets? Yes No
a. Location of hazardous material:
b. Material Safety Data Sheet information:
4. Reference FAR 52.225-5, Buy America ACT - Construction Materials
Does the project have any exemptions to the Buy America ACT? Yes No
Prior approval is required for an exemption. If yes, fill in table below:
Description:
Spec Section or Drawing No.:
Spec Paragraph or Drawing View:
5. Does this project specify any Class I Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS)?
Yes No
Attach memorandum for contract file verifying the specification has been reviewed for
these substances. When there is no alternative to using ODS, provide technical
certification that no other product is available to meet requirements. Some products do
have waivers, coordinate with the Project Leader. Use of these products requires the
Contracting Officer's approval.
VI. INFORMATION FOR SECTION 00711 OR 00721
1. Reference FAR 52.236-14, FAC 5252.236-9304, and FAC 5252.236-9305
a. Are utilities furnished by the Government or the Contractor? Yes No
b. Will there be any cost to the Contractor for utilities furnished by the Government?
Yes No
If yes, complete the following:
Electric $ per
Water $ per
Gas $ per
Other: $ per
VII. INFORMATION REQUIRED BY SECTION 00830
1. In what city, county, state, and on which base is the project located?
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
204
Complete the following:
a. City
b. County
c. State
d. Base
VIII. SOFTWARE AND COMPUTER REQUIREMENTS
1. Reference Computer Data and Software Clause, DOD FARS 52.227-7013, and
Data
Requirements Clause, DOD FAR 52.227-7031
Does this project require any computer software? Yes No
If yes, complete the following:
Purpose:
Description:
Specification Section:
Project may require completion of Form DD Form 1423, Contract Data, and DD Form
1664, Data Item Description, may be required. Consult with Project Leader and
Contracting Officer. RFPs require the use of DD Form 1423.
If these forms are required, complete and attach.
2. Computer Hardware
Does this project require any computer hardware? Yes No
If yes, complete the following:
Purpose:
Description:
Specification Section:
May require review by Counsel and/or Information Systems Support, ADP services, for
any special requirements. Coordinate with PL, Contracting Officer, and user.
IX. PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS
1. Does this project specify any proprietary items either directly or indirectly?
Yes No
If yes, complete the following:
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
205
Indicate where these items can be found in the drawings and specifications.
Description:
Spec Section or Drawing No.
Spec Paragraph or Drawing View:
Obtain copy of justification form from PL. Will require approval of a level one Contracting
Officer. Attach the completed form.
X. Government Furnished Equipment Yes No
If yes, please identify equipment:
Indicate where these items can be found on the drawing and specifications
HNC-PR-ED-2000.10
206
APPENDIX H DESIGN COORDINATION & APPROVAL BLOCK SAMPLES
PROJECT DELIVERY TEAM (PDT)
DISCIPLINE
DESIGNER
INITIALS
REVIEWER
INITIALS
SUPERVISOR
INITIALS
STRUCTURAL
Name & Initials Name & Initials Name & Initials
ARCHITECTURAL
“
“
“
FIRE PROTECTION
“
“
“
MECHANICAL/PLUMBING
“
“
“
UMCS
“
“
“
CYBERSECURITY
“
“
“
ELECTRICAL/TELECOMMUNICATIONS
“
“
“
PROJECT ENGINEER: XXXXXXXX
DESIGN APPROVALS AND SIGNATURES
APPROVALS
SIGNATURE
BCOES ACCEPTED BY
REVIEWED BY (DIV. CHIEF-MECH/ELEC)
REVIEWED BY (DIV. CHIEF-CIVIL/STRUC)
APPROVED BY (DIR OF ENGINEERING)
THIS PROJECT WAS DESIGNED BY THE U.S. ARMY ENGINEERING AND SUPPORT CENTER,
HUNTSVILLE, OF THE ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS. THE INITIALS OR SIGNATURES AND
REGISTRATION OF INDIVIDUALS APPEAR ON THESE PROJECT DOCUMENTS WITHIN THE SCOPE
OF THEIR EMPLOYMENT AS REQUIRED BY ER 1110-1-8152 AND CEHNC 1110-1-1.
